Home

navy safety and occupational health (soh)

1. NOTE Messenger stay times should be determined by taking the average of all WBGT Index values for the space not including the console booth In most cases this will give a longer stay time than using PHEL Curve values listed for the messenger above B Auxiliary Spaces 1 All Watches OPNAVINST 5100 19E 30 May 2007 Diesel Propelled Ships A All Engineering Watch Personnel unless specified below B Evaporator Watch Crs Messenger IV Gas Turbine Propelled Ships A FFG 7 and CG 47 Class Ships 1 All Engineering Watch Personnel B DDG 51 Class Ships 1 All Engineering Watch Personnel unless specified below 2 Sounding and Security Watch Includes restricted maneuvering and casualty control drills IV Steam Catapult Spaces A All Watches V All Other Surface Ship Spaces A ECC Monitors Inspectors B Laundry Personnel NA C Scullery Personnel V NA D Galley amp Food Service Line NA Personnel VI Submarines A ngine Room EOOW EWS Throttleman Reactor Operator Electrical Operator Upper Level Lower Level
2. RESPONSIBILITIES 1 Is there sufficient personal protectiv quipment PPE aboard the command B1202a Des Is adequate funding provided to obtain or replace missing or worn out personal protectiv quipment B1202a 3 Does the safety officer in conjunction with the master at arms force monitor work stations to ensure that personal protectiv quipment is used for required work or in required spaces as well as being worn in a proper manner B1202b 4 Do division officers inform the supply officer of changes to the allowance of PPE so that COSALs APLs or AELs can be changed B1202c Bus Do division officers stock sufficient PPE to support the division s needs and issue it to personnel when required B1202c 6 Do division officers ensure that personal protective equipment is properly maintained B1202c S Does the MDR assist in obtaining providing medically fitted PPE B1202d OPNAVINST 5100 19E 30 May 2007 PROTECTIVE EQUIPMENT 8 Does the command ensure that metal hard hats are not used B1203a Si Do all personnel above the damage control deck during condition 1 wear battle helmets 10 Do all enlisted hands possess standard stock safety shoes issued at Recruit Training B1203b ET Are poromeric i e CORFAM shoes prohibited except for departing or returning to the ship or when specifically authorized by the commanding office
3. 61 Have work center supervisors ensured that a valid maintenance requirement exists for any HM item not listed in the SHML and initiated a SFR BO302a 12 62 Have work center supervisors removed unauthorized HM from the work center BO302a 12 63 Have work center supervisors ensured a copy of the hazardous material user s guide HMUG is available for use by work center personnel BO302a 12 64 Have work center supervisors ensured that work center HM lockers are secured labeled and have contents identified and approved by the XO safety officer DCA and HAZMINCEN division B0302a 12 65 Have all hands stowed or returned HM to approved locker or the HAZMINCEN upon completion of use or no later than the end of the workday 66 Have all hands used and handled HM in accordance with the applicable MSDS and reference B3 8 67 Have all hands collected and segregated any residue resulting from use of HM issued from the HAZMINCEN for turn in to the supply department HAZMINCEN 68 Have all hands reported any spills of HM to the officer of the deck and or damage control central central control station 69 Have all hands completed annual HM awareness training OIL AND HAZARDOUS SUBSTANCE OHS SPILL RESPONSE Yes No 70 Has the damage control assistant DCA develo
4. 1 Since the body is a conductor time varying magnetic fields or body movement in a static magnetic field induce electric fields and current flow inside the body For commonly encountered fields near high voltage transmission lines power distribution systems office equipment and household appliances the magnitude of these induced currents will typically be below levels which are perceptible Existing guidelines given in reference B9 5 have been established to limit induced current densities in body tissues This rationale has been used to set a biological endpoint since no other definable risk criterion has been identified for establishing a health standard for electric and magnetic fields B9 12 OPNAVINST 5100 19E 30 May 2007 2 Governing Instructions a MPE Limits see references B9 5 0 kHz to 3 kHz and B9 6 3 kHz to 300 GHz o Training and reporting requirements see reference B9 7 c HERP HERF HERO operational guidance see reference B9 17 d Electromagnetic environmental effects see reference B9 18 e Medical management of non ionizing casualties S reference B9 19 f Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers IEEE C95 Series of Standards Guides and Recommendations see references B9 5 B9 6 B9 20 thru B9 23 3 Points of Contact a For Technical Assistance and Reporting Authority Naval Sea Systems Command SEA 62 Commander
5. 2 The Radiation Safety Officer shall a Establish implement and maintain an effective radiation safety program per reference B9 land NRMPs specifically issued to the command B9 5 OPNAVINST 5100 19E 30 May 2007 b Ensure that the appropriate communication processes ar stablished to provide direct access to the highest levels of the chain of command to provide program status reports notification of major evolutions non conformance issues or any concern that may impact safety readiness or mission objectives b Non Ionizing Radiation RF 1 The Commanding Officer shall a Request a radiation hazard RADHAZ survey when 1 Emitter systems have been added relocated or upgraded as a result of scheduled ship alteration SHIPALT or alteration ALT installation since the last RADHAZ survey 2 Watch stations or work areas are moved or established in the proximity of emitter systems 3 Gasoline storage or transfer stations are relocated in the proximity of emitter systems 4 Personnel are injured as a result of exposure to RF radiation and the command requires assistance in re evaluating the current RADHAZ survey 5 The current RADHAZ survey was conducted prior to T995 b Submit a confirmation letter to COMNAVSEASYSCOM Code SEA 05K2B stating that the recommended control measures provided in the hazards of electromagnetic radiation to personnel H
6. cC Reference Al 3 is the Navy s SOH program manual and applies to both shore and afloat commands Due to the many unique and specific situations associated with forces afloat this manual was developed to be the primary SOH resource document for implementing the SOH Program for afloat commands d Reference Al 4 provides policy and procedures for mishap investigation reporting and recording A0102 PURPOSE AND ORGANIZATION OF THIS MANUAL a The purpose of this manual is to provide commanding officers safety officers managers supervisors and workers for afloat commands with a document that gives the guidance and direction necessary to implement the SOH program OPNAVINST 5100 19E 30 May 2007 b This manual addresses all aspects of afloat SOH program management In some instances small ships less than 300 personnel may have to modify program management to suit their command To ensure uniformity group and squadron commanders may specify how small ships under their command are to implement the program management aspects of this manual see paragraphs A0202 e and A0202 f c This manual is organized into four sections 1 Section A SOH Program Administration This section outlines the overall administration organizational and training aspects of the SOH program including a statement of policy and a listing of responsibilities 2 Section B Major Hazard Speci
7. Bo 7 OPNAVINST 5100 19E 30 May 2007 air line respirator applies to the combination of the respirator and air supply hose as a unit and specifically to the part numbers listed on the approval Any use of another manufacturer s respirator or hose automatically invalidates the approval Air line respirators can be subdivided into three types as follows 1 Demand Available only with a facepiece it supplies air to the user on demand inhalation which creates a negative pressure within the facepiece Leakage into the face piece may occur if there is a poor seal between the respirator and the user s face According to reference B6 5 demand respirators shall not be worn 2 Pressure Demand Available only with a facepiece it maintains a continuous positive pressure within the facepiece thus preventing contaminant leakage into the facepiece Per reference B6 5 pressure demand respirators have higher assigned protection factors than continuous flow respirators 3 Continuous Flow Available with a facepiece hood helmet or suit it provides a continuous positive pressure and flow of air within any of the breathing zone containments thus preventing contaminant leakage into the containment 2 Self contained breathing apparatuses SCBAs consist of a facepiece helmet or hood a breathing tube anda source of air or oxygen all of which is carried by the wearer They may
8. BUMEDINST 6470 22 Navy Radiological Systems Performance Evaluation Program This instruction provides guidance on the radiological safety management of all diagnostic imaging systems in Navy Medicine that use ionizing radiation This instruction applies to all naval facilities and commands ashore or afloat and Navy Medical Department sponsored operations having medical and dental radiological systems For implementation procedures this instruction references OPNAVINST 5 30 May 2007 100 19 the Navy Environmental Health Center Technical Manual NEHC TM 6470 03 1 Performance Evaluation Manual Navy Radiological Systems Navy Environmental Health Center Technical Manual NEHC TM 6470 03 1 Navy Radiological Systems Performance Evaluation Manual This manual provides for acceptance testing and periodic the surveyor with standard procedures testing of medical diagnostic medical equipment that employs ionizing radiation for ships and shore stations This manual establishes periodicity of surveys parameters to be measured report ting requirements training and qualification of surveyors and This manual does not address therapeutic medical equipment that employs ionizing radiation BUMEDINST To provide direction medical personnel of Marine Corps commands for the initial exposure assessment 6470 10B Initial Management of Irradiated or Radioactively Cont
9. 4 Evaluation Proper evaluation of a spill can prevent fires explosions personal injury or permit steps to lessen their impact This evaluation consists of the following three steps a Obtain as much of the following information as possible from container labels and MSDS before starting response actions 1 Type and concentration of the spilled material 2 Hazardous characteristics of the spilled material such as B3 A 3 OPNAVINST 5100 19E 30 May 2007 a Flash Point bo Toxicity c Corrosiveness d Potentially incompatible substances e Effects resulting from exposure fainting dizziness skin or eye irritation nausea f First aid measures for exposure b Determine dangerous conditions or potential consequences of the spill including 1 Fire or explosion 2 Presence of oxygen deficient atmosphere in compartment 3 Presence of toxic or explosive gases 4 Possibility of dangerous vapors being drawn into ship s ventilating system 5 Other HM in the compartment that would play a role in a fire or explosion or is incompatible with the spilled material c Determine from the MSDS the appropriate spill response equipment and protective clothing necessary for safe and effective response 5 Containment and Damage Control Actions taken during this phase are directed toward controlling the immediate spread of the spill and minimizing the impact to the shi
10. B3 14 NSTM 079 Volume II Practical Damage Control B3 15 NAVAIR 00 80 R 14 US Navy Aircraft Firefighting and Rescue Manual B3 16 Naval Warfare Publication 62 1 Surface Ship Survivability B3 17 NSTM 555 Volume I Surface Ship Firefighting B3 18 OPNAV Publication P 45 114 95 CNO Policy Guide for Shipboard Hazardous Material Container Disposal B3 19 Hazardous Inventory Control System Windows HICSWIN Afloat Desk Guide B3 26 OPNAVINST 5100 19E 30 May 2007 B3 20 NAVSUP Publication P 722 Consolidated Hazardous Material Reutilization and Inventory Management Program CHRIMP Manual B3 21 NAVSUP Publication P 573 Storage and Handling of Hazardous Materials B3 22 Shipboard Safety Equipment Shopping Guide NAVSAFECEN Publication http safetycenter navy mil osh afloat shoppingguide htm B3 23 NSTM 077 Personnel Protection Equipment B3 24 NSTM 593 S9086 T8 STM 010 CH 593R4 Pollution Control B3 25 NAVSEA S9593 DS GYD 010 Preliminary Technical Manual Design and Installation Guidance for Hazardous Material Minimization Center HAZMINCEN Areas on Surface Ships B3 26 NAVSEA Instruction 5100 3D Control of Mercury Mercury Compounds and Components Containing Mercury or Mercury Compounds B3 27 COMNAVSUBFOR Instruction 5400 38 Standard Submarine Organization and Regulations Manual SSBN B3 28 COMNAVSUBFOR Instruction 5400 39 Standard Su
11. Yes No 116 Has the damage control assistant DCA provided training and supervision of the command s damage control efforts to combat HM and oil spills Has the damage control assistant DCA conducted HM spill response training BO304d 1 LET Has the damage control assistant DCA provided training to divisions regarding reporting initial handling and cleanup of HM spills as requested BO304d 1 118 Has the damage control assistant DCA maintained an OTTO FUEL spill kit AEL A006350027 to respond to OTTO Fuel Spills BO304d 1 119 Has the damage control assistant DCA conducted hazardous material emergency response per the submarine SORM Has the reporting requirements for a HM spill which goes over the side been followed reference B3 4 BO304d 1 B3 D 5 OPNAVINST 5100 19E 30 May 2007 CHAPTER B4 HEARING CONSERVATION B0401 DISCUSSION The goal of the hearing conservation program HCP is to prevent occupational hearing loss and assure auditory fitness for duty of all Navy personnel Noise induced hearing loss is the fleet s number one occupational health hazard High intensity noise exposure results from a wide variety of shipboard operations including gun or missile fire aircraft noise and ship s propulsion systems Operational risk assessment has shown that fleet costs in terms of man hours personal
12. c Ensure that all asbestos containing waste materials are collected as required per paragraph B0104d 2 and appendix B1 B and properly stored while awaiting disposal ashore paragraphs BO104d 1 and 2 d Ensure that only work described in paragraph B0107 is performed by ship s force e Ensure that ship s force personnel performing work under this protocol are trained to accomplish the work described in appendix B1 B B1 11 OPNAVINST 5100 19E 30 May 2007 3 The medical department representative shall implement if applicable an AMSP per reference B1 5 for personnel performing preventive maintenance on brake assemblies 4 Division officers shall a Notify the safety officer and engineer officer repair officer prior to performing or authorizing any work that may include the repair or removal of ACM b Ensure that the workplace is properly cleaned and cleared prior to release for uncontrolled access per B0106 and appendix B1 F The department head or division officer may designate a leading petty officer LPO to accomplish the workplace release inspection c Ensure that all mandatory training for work covered in this protocol is conducted Training requirements are detailed in paragraph B0109 and appendix B1 D 5 Work center supervisors shall train all hands who work in areas where asbestos containing materials are present to recognize and report damaged ACM 6 All hands shall
13. may be exposed t identified in the baseline indust o corrosive materials These locations will be trial hygiene survey Corrosives are frequently found in the following locations and should be evaluated for installation of a combination of emergency shower with eyewash or eye face wash unit 1 Oxygen nitrogen producer room 2 Battery shop or locker wet cell testing electrolyte handling 3 Combat systems areas handling Isopar fluids 4 Boiler repair shop 5 Rubber and plastic shop 6 Composite material repair shop 7 Non destructive test and inspection shops and other ship spac e Portab le Eyewash St es as determined by the industrial hygiene survey tations For those spaces that requir an properly inst mergency shower where potable water and drainage is not feasible tal eyewash or eye face wash but the ship shall tained portable eyewash The a self cont portabl They may order 01 258 1245 and recommended bact Le le eyewash unit for function and inst t design must comply with the same criteria tallation as listed in paragraph B0508a the gravity fed eyewash stations under NSNs 4240 4240 01 234 1796 Use of manufacturer teriostatic solutions or powders are optional The MDR shall examine crew members in sick bay following the emergency use of an eyewash unit or deluge shower B5 8
14. shall comply with the requirements of reference Al 3 b Requirements of this instruction are applicable to ship s forces while underway and during pier side evolutions Other Navy instructions and requirements may have precedence during availabilities and when shore side personnel military Navy civilian or commercial are on board performing operations while pier side Examples include energy control gas free engineering hazardous material and fire watches Afloat commands shall coordinate with appropriate personnel during pre planning meetings for availabilities and pier side operations involving shore side personnel to ensure applicable Navy SOH instructions are identified and implemented c Under the statutory authority of the Atomic Energy Act of 1954 as amended and Executive Order 12344 codified in Public Law 98 525 the Director Naval Nuclear Propulsion Program CNO NOON is responsible for the safety of reactors and associated naval nuclear propulsion plants and the control of radiation and radioactivity associated with naval nuclear propulsion plant activities including prescribing and enforcing Al 3 OPNAVINST 5100 19E 30 May 2007 standards and regulations for these areas as they affect the environment and the safety and health of workers operators and the general public Nothing in this manual shall affect the Ss N tandards and requirements
15. supervisor identified in writing locations and quantities of all HM excess HM stored aboard ship Has the list been provided to the executive officer department heads gas free engineer damage control assistant DCA fire marshal safety officer and senior medical officer BO302a 4 B3 C 4 OPNAVINST 5100 19E 30 May 2007 Yes No 30 odes Has the supply officer HM coordinator HM supervisor executed the following inspections and taken corrective action for all deficiencies found Have the inspection been in accordance with chapters B3 C23 and reference B3 6 section 8202 hazardous material division check off list Have the inspections been conducted in coordination with the safety officer B0302a 4 1 Monthly satellite locker inspections 2 Monthly spot check of HM practices of division personnel 3 Quarterly storeroom inspections 4 Annual ship wide physical inventory of all HM Has the supply officer HM coordinator HM supervisor approved work center HM storage locations lockers in writing as applicable to support daily evolutions Was the approval of locker locations coordinated with the safety officer DCA and XO B0302a 4 32 Has the supply officer HM coordinator HM supervisor acted as the ship s single point of contact in the offload of used excess HM Has used HM been received and segregated consolidated and labeled marked
16. 2 A proposed alteration to a health standard criterion may be submitted by an individual or command to the Navy Environmental Health Center NAVENVIRHLTHCEN via the chain of command NAVENVIRHLTHCEN shall submit the proposed modification to the Department of Navy Bureau of Medicine and Surgery BUMED with a recommendation regarding incorporation of the modification into the manual A1 4 OPNAVINST 5100 19E 30 May 2007 b Modifications to the manual shall be issued in the following manner 1 Alterations which are necessary for immediate incorporation into the manual and which cannot wait for the development of the next manual change shall be issued as advanced changes A Cs by CNO NO9F These changes may be issued by message or letter depending upon the requirement for manual entry timeliness 2 Periodically when a large number of modifications to the manual are necessary a change to the manual shall be issued by CNO NO9F These changes shall incorporate previously issued advanced changes 3 Changes to this manual shall be accomplished by page replacement A0106 TERMINOLOGY The words shall will must should may and can are used throughout this manual Shall will and must are directive in nature and require mandatory compliance Should is a strong recommendation but compliance is not required May or can when used are optional in nature and compliance is not require
17. 7 The nebulizer is inserted into the hole in the front of the enclosure and an initial concentration of the fit test solution is sprayed into the enclosure using the same number of B6 C 13 OPNAVINST 5100 19E 30 May 2007 squeezes either 10 20 or 30 squeezes based on the number of squeezes required to elicit a taste response as noted during the screening test 8 After generating the aerosol the test subject shall be instructed to perform the exercises in paragraph 1 14 of this appendix 9 Every 30 seconds the aerosol concentration shall be replenished using one half the number of squeezes used initially Sip OO dio 10 The test subject shall indicate to the test conductor if at any time during the fit test the taste of Bitrex is detected If the test subject does not report tasting the Bitrex the test is passed 11 If the taste of Bitrex is detected the fit is deemed unsatisfactory and the test is failed A different respirator shall be tried and the entire test procedure is repeated taste threshold screening and fit testing 6 Irritant Smoke Stannic Chloride Protocol This qualitative fit test uses a person s response to the irritating chemicals released in the smoke produced by a stannic chloride ventilation smoke tube to detect leakage into the respirator a General Requirements and Precautions 1
18. JS O 04 0N EE B2 A 2 Be WBGT Index F OPNAVINST 5100 19E 30 May 2007 8 Evaporator Watch I 9 Engineering Drill Monitors NA Auxiliary Spaces All Watches Other Spaces Food Service Personnel NA FIGURE B2 A 1 PHEL CHART Curves I VI Exposure Time Hrs B2 A 3 Table B2 A 2 OPNAVINST 5100 19E 30 May 2007 PHYSIOLOGICAL HEAT EXPOSURE LIMITS PHEL TIME TABLE Without the presence of fuel combustion gases fuel vapors Six PHEL Curves Total Exposure Time in Hours Minutes WBGT Index F I TA III IV V VI 80 0 gt 8 00 gt 8 00 gt 8 00 8 00 6 35 4 30 81 0 gt 8 00 gt 8 00 gt 8 00 7 45 6 00 4 05 82 0 gt 8 00 gt 8 00 8 00 POS 5225 3 40 83 0 gt 8 00 8 00 7 45 6 25 4 55 3 20 84 0 gt 8 00 8 00 7 05 5255 4 30 3 05 85 0 8 00 7 45 6 30 520 4 05 2 50 86 0 8 00 7 05 52 55 4 55 3 45 SES 87 0 7 25 6 30 525 4 30 3 25 2 20 88 0 6 45 525 5 4 55 4 05 3210 2 10 89 0 6 10 525 4 30 3 45 2 50 2 00 90 0 5 40 5 00 4 10 8425 2 40 1 50 91 0 SS 4 35 3 50 3310 ZEZO 1 40 92 0 4350 4 10 3 30 2255 2215 1 30 93 0 4 25 3 50 3215 2 40 2 00 1 25 94 0 4 05 34 35 3 00 2225 1 50 nae Es 95 0 3 45 33 5 2 45 2415 1 45 1 10 96 0 3 25 3 00 ZO 2205 1535 13505 ITO 3310 2 45 2 20 1 55 1325 1 00 98 0 255 2235 2 10 1 45 1 20 0 55 99 0 2 40 2 20 2 00 1 40 TTS 0 50 100 0 2 30 2 10 1350 1 30 TTO 0 45 101 0
19. Le hes Have department heads ensured that HM retained within their work centers is required for the operations and maintenance of assigned equipments and does not exceed the quantity needed to satisfy operational needs requir ments BO302a 3 18 Have department heads ensured personnel are available awareness training that department to receive annual HM B0302a 3 19 BO302a 3 Have department heads ensured that used or excess HM is properly turned into the HAZMINCEN for turn over to the shore activity offload personnel 20 Has the supply officer HM coordinator HM supervisor operated the HAZMINCEN in accordance with guidance in chapter BO302a 4 B3 and in chapter C23 21 command IAW B0302a 4 Has the supply officer HM coordinator HM supervisor prepared and submitted a weekly HAZMINCEN operation summary report to the chain of B0302a 4 22 Has the supply officer HM coordinator HM supervisor prepared and submitted a quarterly report of HAZMINCEN operational CO B0302a 4 efficiency to the LI Is the HM coordinator a graduate of the Afloat HM Coordinator course or Officer training Is officer a graduate of 9595 Course BO302a equivalent Supply Corps the HM supervisor lead petty the HMC amp M Technician 4 SNEC B3 C 3 OPNAVINST 510
20. In addition other factors that reduce physical stamina and enhance susceptibility to heat stress illness are dehydration lack of sleep illness use of medication drugs alcohol and the presence of atmospheric contaminants such as combustion gases or fuel vapors f PHEL curve stay time guidance is not limited to watchstanders but applies to all personnel present in the workspace Exposure time for personnel completing their watch rotation but returning to the workspace to perform other duties 1 e repairs PMS may be limited by the existing heat stress conditions Additionally the recovery time guidance provided in section B0204 d may require a specific rest recovery time out of the workspace between intervals of working in the space and standing the watch in the workspace g Heat Acclimatization In most individuals continued i e daily exposure to heat stress causes a series of physiologic adaptations called acclimatization whereby the body becomes more efficient in coping with the heat stress Heat acclimatization occurs gradually usually requiring three weeks or more although most of the process occurs in the first week B2 2 OPNAVINST 5100 19E 30 May 2007 B0202 RESPONSIBILITIES a The commanding officer shall 1 Establish and enforce an effective heat stress policy that ensures personnel heat exposures are limited per this chapter except in an operational emer
21. PROGRAM RESPONSIBILITIES Has the commanding officer reported all HM mishaps as required by OPNAVINST 5102 MCO P5102 1B B303a 1 Has the commanding officer reported to the fleet commanders by message information to the chain of command any conditions or system equipment malfunctions that results in an overboard discharge of HM into or upon the marine environment per reference B3 4 operations orders OPORDs B303a 1 and applicabl 79 as the commanding officer ensured that spil HM are handled per the submarine SORM B303a 80 Has the executive officer granted written permission to carry on board any restricted during an underway period refer to chapter and reference B3 2 for definitions of submarine material control usage categories B303a 2 HM D15 aL board to minimize the releas into the submarine B303a 2 Has the executive officer ensured assigned personnel follow the conditions under which restricted or limited HM are stored or used on off gassing mists or vapors of potential atmospheric contaminants 82 Has the executive officer revi wed the subma recirculation mode to ensure B303a 2 material control log prior to each underway operation of 24 hours or greater conducted that restricte ltems have been removed from the submarine rine in the d R 83
22. 4 Tight fitting respirators shall not be worn when conditions such as facial hair facial scars or prescription eyeglasses prevent a good respirator seal 5 Wearing SCBAs during shipboard firefighting or other emergencies including shore training for these emergencies is military unique Fit testing and medical certifications are not required prior to wearing SCBAs for these scenarios b User Seal Checks Prior to each use perform a positive and negative user seal check prior to each use B6 13 OPNAVINST 5100 19E 30 May 2007 1 Positive Pressure User Seal Check Place your palm or thumb over the exhalation valve and press lightly Exhale gently The respirator is properly sealed if no air leaks around the edges and a slight positive pressure is felt inside the facepiec 2 Negative Pressure User Seal Check Place your palm s over the cartridge s or canister inlet Inhale gently The respirator is properly sealed if no air leaks around the edges and a slight negative pressure is felt inside the facepiece as it collapses slightly towards the face c Warning Signs of Respirator Failure 1 Particulate Air purifying Respirator When breathing difficulty is encountered with a particulate air purifying respirator increased resistance due to partial clogging the filter s must be replaced If the respirator is a filtering facepiece e g disposable respirator then the respirato
23. amount of energy absorbed is insufficient to produce or cause advers ffects on health even under repeated or long term exposure conditions The Navy also establishes maximum levels to prevent hazards from electromagnetic radiation to fuels HERF and hazards from electromagnetic radiation to ordnance HERO o The mechanism for potential harmful biological effects for laser non ionizing radiation is excessive energy deposition to parts of the eyes or to the skin leading to tissue damage For laser exposures that are within the MPE limits no adverse biological effects are expected to occur even under repeated or long term exposure conditions The Navy adopts laser MPE limits that are consistent with non governmental consensus based standards see references B9 8 and B9 9 Laser incidents are rare due to rigorous Navy laser safety and training programs B0902 RESPONSIBILITIES a Ionizing Radiation 1 The Commanding Officer shall a Appoint a radiation safety officer RSO for industrial uses of radiation when required and ensure that they are properly trained per reference B9 1 b As applicable ensure compliance with the requirements of references B9 10 B9 11 B9 12 B9 13 B9 1 B9 2 and naval radioactive material permits NRMPs specifically issued to the command and the applicable NRMPs issued to another command when possessing the devices noted in paragraph BO903a 2
24. APPENDIX B1 J ASBESTOS REPAIR OR REMOVAL PRE WORK BRAE E E eo Grane alot aa es ad ss Seen la oa Gere ne B1 J 1 iii OPNAVINST 5100 19E 30 May 2007 TABLE OF CONTENTS VOLUME 1 SECTION B MAJOR HAZARD SPECIFIC ELEMENTS CHAPTER B2 HEAT STRESS iii a a B2 1 BO201 DIS EUSS LON Lt SS A A A A At B2 1 B0202 RESPONSI BILL TIRS ia oi go ee Se eee a a ee ee ELER A B2 3 B0203 HEAT STRESS BLEMENT O g KANEA a A ate Beene le oe Sule AEE B2 6 B0204 HEAT STRESS MONITORING AND SURVEYING B2 6 B0205 PHRG DE PERMEINATION oes hee so ER ERA B2 18 B0206 TRAINING a teaa aoda o a atando B2 22 CHAPTER B2 REFERENCES 2 e662 sv ee ee ed ee etenceen caus B2 22 APPENDIX B2 A PHEL CURVE GENERAL APPLICABILITY SELECTION A A a edo B2 A 1 APPENDIX B2 B HEAT STRESS TROUBLE SHOOTING AND REPAIR ACTIONS oe tea rl a tt a lea ae BZ Bd APPENDIX B2 C USE OF THE WBGT METER B2 C APPENDIX B2 D HEAT STRESS DECISION DIAGRAM B2 D 1 APPENDIX B2 E TIME WEIGHTED MEAN TWM WBGT VALUE Se AAA SE IE ORS EM B2 E 1 CHAPTER B3 HAZARDOUS MATERIAL CONTROL AND MANAGEMENT HMC amp M B3 1 B0301 DISCUSS LON DD de co ah se ite WE Se Oe dee EAE EEA ia EO Se Bosi B0302 SURFACE SGHLPTHMC EMS A AS A ASE EE hoe aR B3 6 BO303 SUBMARINE AMC EM asa ii AAA A Ge B3 17 BO304 OIL AND HAZARDOUS SUBSTANCE OHS SPILL RESPONSE B3 22 B0305 PROGRAM EVALUATION 203 a 8 8 5
25. f Activities shall provide RF safety training to personnel who routinely work directly with RF equipment or whose work environments contain RF equipment that routinely emits RF levels in excess of the exposure limits for controlled environments Activities shall conduct training before assignment to such work areas and shall focus on awareness of the potential hazards of RF fields established procedures and restrictions to control RF exposures and personnel responsibility to limit their own exposures Activities may incorporate RF safety training in periodic safety training programs to satisfy command training objectives g The Navy does not authorize RF shielded protective clothing for routine use as a means of protecting personnel This does not preclude use of other protective equipment such as electrically insulated gloves and shoes for protection against electrical shock or RF burn or for insulation from the ground plane h Electric and magnetic fields exist around power lines electrical devices and appliances The intensity of these fields decreases rapidly with distance While questions have been raised about the possibility of health effects from exposure to electric and magnetic fields at levels that are commonly encountered in homes and most work places findings issued by various scientific review panels have not confirmed that such fields pose a risk to health
26. ANSI 2136 1 Lasers NOTAL ANSI 2136 3 NAVMED P 50 BUMEDINST 6470 22 B9 10 B9 11 Evaluation Program B9 12 TM 6470 03 1 Navy Manual The American National The American National Use of Lasers in Health Care Facilities tromagnetic Fields 3 Standard for Standard for Protection of DoD Personnel from the Safe the Safe 55 Radiation Health Protection Manual Navy Radiological Systems Performance Navy Environmental Health Center Technical Manual NEHC Radiological Systems Performance Evaluation B9 27 OPNAVINST 5100 19E 30 May 2007 B9 13 BUMEDINST 6470 10B Initial Management of Irradiated or Radioactively Contaminated Personnel B9 14 DoD 6055 5 M Occupational Health Surveillance Manual B9 15 OPNAVINST 5100 27A MCO 5104 1B B9 16 BUMEDINST 6470 19A Laser Safety for Medical Facilities B9 17 NAVSEA OP 3565 NAVAIR 16 1 529 NAVELEX 0967 LP 624 6010 Electromagnetic Radiation Hazards Hazards to Personnel Fuel and other Flammable Material B9 18 MIL STD 464A Electromagnetic Environmental Effects Requirements for Systems B9 19 BUMEDINST 6470 23 Medical Management of Non Ionizing Radiation Casualties B9 20 ANSI C95 2 IEEE Standard for Radio Frequency Energy and Current Flow Symbols NOTAL B9 21 ANSI C95 3 IEEE Recommended Practice for Measurements and Computations of Radio Frequency Electromagnetic F
27. The proper use of protective clothing requires that all openings be closed and that garments fit snugly about the neck wrists and ankles Accordingly tape the wrist and ankle junctions as well as the collar opening on the outer disposable coveralls to prevent contamination of skin and underclothing without restricting physical movement NOTE Critical watchstanders personnel who must remain in the immediate area due to watchstanding requirements where asbestos repair or removal is being conducted are required to wear the same PPE as those personnel performing the asbestos work and at least a half mask air purifying respirator with a high efficiency filtering cartridge FOR SUBMARINES Personnel performing asbestos work shall wear an emergency air breathing system EAB modified to replace the demand regulator see AELs 2 330023 47 2 33034070 and 2 330024045 for EAB kit information Watchstanders in the same compartment as the work being performed may wear an unmodified EAB mask B1 1 2 OPNAVINST 5100 19E 30 May 2007 Appendix B1 J ASBESTOS REPAIR OR REMOVAL PRE WORK BRIEF To be conducted jointly between the IMA and the vessel receiving asbestos repair or removal support Prior to conducting asbestos repair or removal operations on a ship the IMA will conduct a pre work briefing with the engineering officer safety officer division officer and or work center supervisor of the dep
28. To determine when each sensor has stabilized monitor should watch display When when it oscillates has stabilized and the 0 1 degrees Fahrenheit digit of the the 0 1 degrees Fahrenheit digit stops changing or between a larger or smaller value the value can be recorded always record the higher of the two values c Where AHSS units are used three minutes to DB in the series the the sensor If oscillating watchstanders should take care not to shield the automated WBGT sensor from airflow or heat sources so that readings reflect an accurate watchstander stay time 3 a automated s on available at Th PH PHEL curve used and survey sheet of PHEL stay times times for manned watch or conditions are less than surveyor shall surveyor shall department heads immediately of a survey results in a PHEL stay the department or watch period e surveyor shall use the WBGT index reading to determin EL stay time per section B0205 the corresponding exposure time on th Upon completion of the survey and determin the heat stress surveyor shall note any stay workstations that the watch or work p circle these readings on the sheet in red notify space supervisors and responsible the reduced time which is head responsible for Recording and Reporting Survey Results The heat stress surveyor shall record all non urvey readings to
29. a Avoid areas posted with asbestos warning signs Unless authorized do not enter an asbestos posted area b Inform appropriate supervisor of damage to materials covered under this protocol c Training All personnel currently exposed or with the potential of being exposed to asbestos and their division officer and work center supervisor shall receive asbestos training prior to or at the time of their initial assignment d Personal Protective and Engineering Equipment A matrix containing a general list of personal protective equipment PPE for work covered in this protocol is found in appendix B1 G A detailed authorized equipment list AEL of all engineering equipment is found in appendix B1 H e Disposal of Asbestos Waste Dispose of asbestos waste per paragraph B0104d 2 appendix B1 B and chapter B3 B1 12 OPNAVINST 5100 19E 30 May 2007 B0108 PROTOCOL FOR EMERGENCY ASBESTOS RESPONSE TEAM EART FORMERLY THE 3 MAN EMERGENCY RIP OUT TEAM a All afloat commands meeting the following criteria shall have an EART to perform emergency repair or replacement of ACM Each EART team shall consist of a supervisor a cutter and a cleaner Per paragraph B0102 the following afloat commands shall maintain an EART 1 Any ship whose keel was laid prior to 1980 2 Any ship whose keel was laid on or after 1980 not meeting the exemption for new ships detailed in
30. a Ionizing Radiation In the event of a radiation incident involving ionizing radiation notify NAVSEADET RASO for incidents associated with industrial operations and NAVENVIRHLTHCEN for medical and dental incidents b Radiofrequency Radiation 1 Commands shall investigate and document all suspected RF incidents or mishaps involving personnel exposure to excessive RF levels in accordance with reference B9 7 and B9 15 such as a Personnel injury has been sustained or physical symptoms are experienced by the individual s that are believed to be associated with RF exposure b Personnel exposure has been determined to have xceeded the appropriate MPE limit in terms of power density by a factor of five or more For exposure determinations provisions for time averaging and spatial averaging can be used in conjunction with transmitter duty factors and antenna rotation or scanning rates to establish maximum likely exposure levels c Inadvertent exposure occurred to members of the general public or to other non involved personnel as a result of naval operations that have exceeded the appropriate MPE limit d Exposure circumstances or the severity of the incident or mishap are such that inquires from news media are B9 22 OPNAVINST 5100 19E 30 May 2007 anticipated or are deemed to be of interest to the chain of command 2 Investigation of incidents involving alleged
31. i The mixtures used in the IAA odor detection test shall be prepared in an area separate from where the test is performed in order to prevent olfactory fatigue in the subject j If the test subject is unable to correctly identify the jar containing the odor test solution the IAA qualitative fit test shall not be performed k If the test subject correctly identifies the jar containing the odor test solution the test subject may proceed to respirator selection and fit testing 3 IAA Fit Test a The fit test chamber shall be a clear 55 gallon drum liner suspended inverted over a two foot diameter frame so that the top of the chamber is about six inches above the test subject s head If no drum liner is available a similar chamber shall be constructed using plastic sheeting The inside top center of the chamber shall have a small hook attached b Each respirator used for the fitting and fit testing shall be equipped with organic vapor cartridges or offer protection against organic vapors c After selecting donning and properly adjusting a respirator the test subject shall wear it to the fit testing room This room shall be separate from the room used for odor threshold screening and respirator selection and shall be well ventilated as by an exhaust fan or lab hood to prevent general room contamination B6 C 6 OPNAVINST 5100 19E 30 May 2007 d A copy of the test exercis
32. 5 Offload Offload the old brake pads and any scrap materials as ACM Handle all rags disposable clothing respirator cartridges and drop cloths as asbestos waste Once all asbestos waste is collected place in impermeable appropriately labeled bag and wet thoroughly Tape off the bag and place in second approved and appropriately labeled bag double bag Seal up the second bag with tape and place in ACM marked barrel container for offload Seal all bags with a J or goose neck seal Properly label the waste bag 6 Medical Surveillance Medical surveillance may be required for this asbestos operation Placement of personnel into the asbestos medical surveillance program AMSP is based on past history and or current exposure or potential exposure to asbestos Placement into the AMSP is dependent upon industrial hygiene sampling data and the determination of the medical department representative MDR 7 Training All personnel performing brake assembly preventive maintenance shall be trained on this standard operating procedure prior to performing the operation Accomplish training as follows B1 B 9 OPNAVINST 5100 19E 30 May 2007 For ships with no EART this training shall be accomplished by the safety officer or engineering officer as on the job training using the Standard Operating Procedures in this appendix For ships with an EART this training shall be accomplish
33. Has a baseline or periodic industrial hygiene survey been conducted of all processes and areas where there is the risk of occupational exposure to air contaminants paragraph B0602 b 2 Does the industrial hygiene survey provide recommendations on the types of respiratory protection required for various processes areas and situations paragraph B0602 b 2 Are there a sufficient supply of NIOSH or NIOSH approved respirators spare parts and expendable supplies e g cartridges and filters maintained to conduct routine and emergency operations paragraph B0602 b 3 Are there a sufficient number of respirator models and sizes so that the respirator is acceptable to and correctly fits the users paragraph B0602 b 3 Is a current roster of personnel enrolled in respiratory protection maintained and provided to the medical department representative paragraph B0602 b 4 L Is fit testing performed initially and annually and documented per paragraph B0608 paragraphs B0602 b 5 and BO603 h Are central control points established for issuing and maintaining respiratory protection equipment paragraph B0602 b 6 Are divisions that frequently use respirators and personnel who are assigned individual respirators allowed to maintain custody of their own respiratory protection equipment and are responsible for its proper case and stora
34. Insulation deteriorated compacted Insulation too thin B2 B 4 OPNAVINST 5100 19E 30 May 2007 Relocate terminal Replace and install metal lagging shielding Replace and cover with metal lagging shielding Replace Replace Install replaceable pad Increase insulation thickness Paint surface with aluminum paint 3 STEAM WATER LEAKS a Turbine Shaft Seals NSTM 231 Propulsior and SSTG Steam Turbines Excessive shaft seal Visual leakage slight leakage is required to lubricate the shaft seals Excessive shaft gland seal Visual leakage some turbine shaft seals are vented to a gland leak off system b Mechanical Pump Seals NSTM 503 Pumps Visual Shaft alignment Worn bearings Improper or worn packing Seal leaks beyond capacity of leak off system High exhaust steam Pressure Low vacuum in gland leak off system less than 1 2 inch vacuum Shaft alignment Worn bearings Improper or worn package installation B2 B 5 OPNAVINST 5100 19E 30 May 2007 Align shaft Replace bearings Replace packing installation Repair Seal Rework exhaust dump Value Secure unneeded auxiliary machinery Check loop seals Isolate idl quipment Ensure gland exhaust fan operating Align shafting Replace bearings Replace when leakag forms a stream c Pump Stuffing Boxes NSTM 503 Pumps Check for leakage for greater than 32
35. STOWAGE PRECAUTIONS 2 NERO a e da PARURE a E A SS DAA Bhs CONVE VOR chu sree A A o dE CHAPTER G2 REFERENCES poria a e a ee dd OPNAVINST 5100 19E 30 May 2007 TABLE OF CONTENTS VOLUME 11 SECTION C SURFACE SHIP SAFETY STANDARDS C0402 PRECAUTIONS FOR LAUNCHING AND RETRIEVAL C0403 SMAI BOAT FUELING oripa niner AS ob Be SRS Re eee OSs C0404 OPERATION Socio Gio ae a de Glee aie a ive lel BOW ae Gls Pe BO a Ghee oe aw C0405 CONTRACT LIBERTY BOAT SAFE TM sous ate fyi ale Be ae ee Bue ae aye CHAPTER iC 4s REFERENCES tata ala ia CHAPTER C5 WIRE AND FIBER ROPE ooo ooooooooooo o CO501 DLS CUSSION 2 AS bila A ees a ee ea Sa ae C0502 GENERAD PRECAUTIONS 20102 ww Se Sh we Se C0503 NATURAL PINES ti a e ace A oh ee Seo te the Se EA C0504 SYNTHETIC dk NBS oie eee A A Swe BS A aS C0505 WIRE AND SPRING LAY ROPE swr tenes wise we Wie e Sew tes C0506 CABLE CBEANER DUBRICAND a add ate bie WR ate ae eee ate CHAPTER C5 REFERENCES 6224 es ow pt ee Ge ee oe be ea ew ee s CHAPTER C6 GROUND TACKLE AND TOWING co601 DISCUSSION cal ta td td ts ti ee C0602 GROUND TACKLE PRECAUTIONS etet eue Gi eee rs G Slee Glee eS C0603 TOWING PRECAUTIONS oma n A A AAA A a eS CHAPTER 6 REFERENCES 60 cara a o e CHAPTER C7 HELICOPTER OPERATIONS oo oooooocooooooooooo C0701 DISCUSSTON doae se ad lin ENRE eee te ee Se E E C0
36. a ts for the tag audits recorded f the TORS under the last tag an audit record sheet record eted the discrepancies noted ture of the person doing the 18 Are all outstanding TORS audited against the tag out index sheet B11 1 1 7 4 c 1 Le Are the results of the TORS audit entered on the index sh L 7144 0 2 record the date completed the discrepancies noted and the signature of the person conducting the audit B11 1 t or an audit record sheet L 20 Does the auth results of t department head B 11 1 1 7 4 a 2 h orizing officer report the e audit to the applicable Za Do special i CAUTION tags conditions u be operated n n structions on the back of the checked state specific der which the tagged object may Bills ZO B11 A 3 OPNAVINST 5100 19E 30 May 2007 22 Do out of calibration labels checked indicate a correction factor to be applied to the instrument B11 1 1 10 1 a 1 TRAINING 23 Do all newly reported personnel receive indoctrination training on the tag out program B11 1 1 4 a 24 Do personnel assigned to prepare tag outs review tag outs position equipment post attach tags check posted tags clear remove tags or perform tag audits qualified on the tag out users manual B11 1 1 4 25 Is the authorizing o
37. b The respiratory protection manager RPM shall 1 Complete required training course within three months of assuming the position Respiratory protection managers RPM shall attend the Respiratory Protection Program OPNAVINST 5100 19E 30 May 2007 Management Course CIN A 493 0072 the Naval Occupational Safety and Health and Environmental Training Center NAVOSHENVTRACEN 2 Ensure a baseline or periodic industrial hygiene IH survey has been conducted of all processes and areas where there is the risk of occupational exposure to air contaminants The IH survey will provide recommendations on the types of respiratory protection required for various processes areas and situations Industrial hygiene will provide a written respirator program evaluation during baseline and periodic industrial hygiene surveys 3 Ensure a sufficient supply of National Institute for Occupational Safety and Health NIOSH approved respirators spare parts and expendable supplies e g cartridges and filters are maintained to conduct routine and emergency operations There should be a sufficient number of respirator models and sizes so that the respirator is acceptable to and correctly fits the user NOTE Respirator parts and filters are not interchangeable Ensure that all components are of the same manufacturer e g Brand X facepiece must have Brand X filters 4 Maintain a current roster of personnel enro
38. completed 8 If the first response is nega trex can be tasted tasting the biti the screening test is completed is noted as 10 regardless of the number of squeezes ac tive ter taste during the 10 threshol tually The taste are repeated rapidly and the test subjec the Bitrex is tasted is completed The taste the number of squeezes ac 9 If the Bitrex is tasted bitter taste during the test is completed The 10 the second response is nega are repeated rapidly and the tesi If the third set of taste regardless of the number of sq The test conduc squeezes required to solicit tor will take B6 C 12 t subject test subject 10 squeezes threshold is noted as 30 ueezes actual and is then An initial 10 squeezes are repeated rapidly and then is asked whether the If d 10 more squeezes t is again asked whether tive If the test subject reports tasting the bitter taste during the second 10 squeezes the screening test threshold is noted as 20 regardless of tually completed 10 more squeezes is again asked whether ly completed reports tasting the the screening note of the number of t a taste response OPNAVINST 5100 19E 30 May 2007 11 If the Bitrex is not tasted after 30 squeezes step 10 the test subject is unable to taste Bitrex and may not perform the Bitrex fit test
39. Appendix B1 G PERSONAL PROTECTIVE AND SPECIAL EQUIPMENT Ship s Force Performing Non Friable Asbestos Repair and Removal Operation Required Personal Protective Equipment Special Equipment Hood Respirator Gloves Tyvek or HEPA equivalent Vacuum coveralls Limited Floor Tile Mastic y optional Removal Brakes Clutch y yx y y y Assemblies Replacement of Gaskets optional Packing materials For work covered by this protocol the worker will wear a half face air purifying respirator with high efficiency filtering cartridge The RPM will determine the type of respirator required for each work process Type quantity specific ordering information for this PPE is found in appendix B1 H Gloves Use medium weight rubber gloves with a thin cotton under glove to absorb perspiration See appendix B1 H for national stock numbers NSNs for this and all associated PPE and equipment NOTE Critical watchstanders personnel who must remain in the immediate area due to watch standing requirements where asbestos repair or removal is being conducted are required to wear the same PPE as those persons performing the asbestos work OPNAVINST 5100 19E 30 May 2007 Appendix B1 H AUTHORIZED EQUIPAGE LIST FOR ASBESTOS WORK PROTOCOLS AEL 2 330024045 NOMENCLATURE Cover Disposable sacksuit ts ae hood Large Coveralls Disposable sacksuit 1 092 7532 w
40. Casualties The purpose of this instruction is to issue MPE limits medical surveillance requir ments and casualty management procedures for personnel exposed to non ionizing RF and Laser electromagnetic radiation It applies to all Departments of the Navy activities using sources of non ionizing radiation that may affect the safety or health of personnel Personnel not employed by the Department of the Navy must comply in all respects with this instruction when engaged in a Navy sponsored program or operation or when visiting Navy ships aircraft or stations This instruction does not apply individuals B9 A 5 to the exposure of individuals to non ionizing radiation when used for the diagnosis or treatment of medical or dental conditions of those OPNAVINST 5100 19E 30 May 2007 C THOSE CONTAINING ONLY LASER RADIATION GUIDANCE OPNAVINST 5100 27A MCO 5104 1B Navy Laser Hazards Control Program The purpose of this instruction is to prescribe Navy and Marine Corps policy and guidance in the identification and control of laser radiation hazards The scope and provisions of this directive are mandatory for all Navy and Marine Corps activities They apply to the design use and disposal of all equipment and systems capable of producing laser radiation including laser fiber optics with the exception of medical and industrial lasers BUMEDINST 6470 19A Laser Safe
41. Does the Beit bo a A copy of the equipment tag out bill and amplifying instructions log contain Se 2 the following sections b DANGER CAUTION Tag out index and record of audi ts c Effective DANGER CAUTION Tag out record sheets d Instrum ent log 13 e Cleared DANGER CAUTION tag out record sheets Are danger and caution tags removed immediately when the situation requiring the tag out has been corrected and the clearing of tags has been authorized B 1I L gt TA Bec B11 A 2 OPNAVINST 5100 19E 30 May 2007 LZ Does the authorizing officer specify in block 19 of the TORS the desired position or condition of the tagged item after the tag has been removed B11 1 1 8 3 TAG OUT AUDIT ESA Does the department head ensure that audits are performed every two weeks and for ships in overhaul conversion or restricted availability propulsion plant tag out log s weekly B11 1 1 7 4 a 1 conduct audits of the LGs Does ships force check all outstanding tags on each TORS comparing th TORS and on audit B11 1 e oe for correct posting by visually information on the tag on the the component for the tag 1 7 4 b 1 17 Are the resul on the back listed or on the date compl and the sign audit Billy he Ted 37 O
42. Follow recommended work practices and procedures for controlling heat stress hazards 3 All hands are required to complete heat stress training upon reporting aboard B2 5 OPNAVINST 5100 19E 30 May 2007 B0203 HEAT STRESS ELEMENTS a Monitoring and surveying of heat stress conditions See paragraph B0204 b Establishing safe work schedules in heat stress environments See paragraph B0205 c Investigating and reporting personnel heat injuries See paragraph BO204f and reference B2 1 d Training See paragraph B0206 e Recordkeeping See paragraph B0204c 3 f B0204 HEAT STRESS MONITORING AND SURVEYING a Definitions 1 Monitoring Observing and recording temperatures of dry bulb DB thermometers at specified watch and or workstations 2 Surveys Use a WBGT meter or AHSS to measure DB WB and GT and compute the WBGT index to determine the amount of time it is safe to work in a given space Personnel conducting a survey shall validate the WBGT index using the following formula WBGT 0 1 x DB 0 7 x WB 0 2 x GT 3 Heat Stress Surveyor A trained person assigned to conduct or review AHSS readings for any required surveys b Heat Stress Monitoring 1 Dry Bulb Thermometer Positioning A hanging DB thermometer alcohol in glass NSN 9G 6685 00 243 9964 shall be permanently mounted at watch and workstations throughout the ship where heat stress conditions may exist Ev
43. In cases where personal hearing protection devices do not sufficiently reduce personnel effectiv xposure levels to less than 84 dB A administrative control of exposure time will be necessary A table of noise exposure limits is found in appendix B4 B 4 Hearing Testing and Medical Evaluation a Hearing Test Audiometers used in the performance of hearing tests shall conform to the standards defined in the most current edition of reference B4 7 Hearing tests shall be pure tone air conduction hearing threshold examinations to include as a minimum test frequencies of 500 1 000 2 000 3 000 4 000 and 6 000 Hz and shall be taken separately for each ear Tests shall be performed by an audiologist otolaryngologist qualified physician or by a person certified by the NAVENVIRHLTHCEN Norfolk or the equivalent organization of another U S military service Hearing tests shall be conducted in an audiometric chamber with internal ambient sound levels not exceeding those prescribed in reference B4 6 1 Audiometric booths must be certified annually by an industrial hygienist audiologist or other qualified personnel under their direct supervision 2 The use of noise excluding audiometric earphones is not permitted to augment the performance of a deficient e g non certifiable audiometric test room Their use for B4 A 6 OPNAVINST 5100 19E 30 May 2007 minimizing ambient noise masking effe
44. OPNAVINST 5100 19E 30 May 2007 g Remotely Located Eyewash Facilities Permanently plumbed emergency showers eyewashes and eye face washes located in remote locations or minimally manned areas shall be provided with an audible alarm interlocking with the activation device of the unit The alarm is intended to alert personnel in a manned area that someone is using an eyewash facility in a remote area and may not have anyone in the immediate vicinity to render aid The alarm shall be located in one of the following appropriate areas outside the protected area or shop in the associated enclosed operating station EOS in a nearby manned space or in damage control central NOTE For remotely located eyewash facilities without an audible alarm observe the two man rule when eye hazard operations are performed until the alarm system is installed A label plate shall be placed at eye level in the immediat vicinity of the alarm and shall be inscribed WARNING WHEN THE EMERGENCY SHOWER EYEWASH EYE FACE WASH IN THE SHOP OR SPACE LOCATION HAS BEEN ACTIVATED PROVIDE IMMEDIATE ASSISTANCE TO PERSONNEL AND NOTIFY SICK BAY B0509 TRAINING The division officer or work center supervisor shall perform training for personnel assigned to work centers with eye hazard areas processes at the time that protectiv yewear is issued Training materials are available through the NAVOSHENVT
45. Such hard hats will be turned in and replaced 4 Do not drill any holes in hard hats or modify them in any way Such action will greatly reduce the protective B12 2 OPNAVINST 5100 19E 30 May 2007 capability of the headwear Affixing decals on protective headwear is permitted 5 Protective headwear for cold weather watch caps tocking caps ball caps etc may be worn with the hard hat if t does not interfere with correct fit n H b Foot Protection Shipboard environments such as flight decks hangar decks machine shops pipe shops heavy supply parts stowage areas replenishment areas and rigging sponsons expose personnel in some degree to foot hazards 1 Leather shoes are required for all personnel aboard ship for normal daily wear CORFAM or equivalent shoes made of synthetic material may only be worn when immediately departing or returning to the ship or when specifically authorized by the commanding officer for ceremonial or other special occasions Do not wear CORFAM or equivalent plastic synthetic or vinyl shoes in fire rooms main machinery spaces or in hot work areas 2 Standard stock safety shoes with built in steel box toe protection and non slip soles are intended primarily to provide protection from falling and rolling objects Enlisted personnel are issued safety shoes at recruit training commands Officers shall be provided standard stock safety shoes when requi
46. The respirator to be tested shall be equipped with high efficiency particulate air HEPA or P100 series filter s 2 Only stannic chloride smoke tubes shall be used for this protocol 3 No form of test enclosure or hood for the test subject shall be used 4 The smoke can be irritating to the eyes lungs and nasal passages The test conductor shall take precautions to minimize the test subject s exposure to irritant smoke Sensitivity varies and certain individuals may respond to a greater degree to irritant smoke Care shall be taken when performing the sensitivity screening checks that determine B6 C 14 OPNAVINST 5100 19E 30 May 2007 whether the test subject can detect irritant smoke to use only the minimum amount of smoke necessary to elicit a response from the test subject 5 The fit test shall be performed in an area with adequate ventilation to prevent exposure of the person conducting the fit test or the build up of irritant smoke in the general atmosphere b Sensitivity Screening Check The person to be tested must demonstrate his or her ability to detect a weak concentration of the irritant smoke 1 The test operator shall break both ends of a ventilation smoke tube containing stannic chloride and attach one end of the smoke tube to a low flow air pump set to deliver 200 milliliters per minute or an aspirator squeeze bulb The test operator shal
47. applied not only to operational missions but at the deck plate level for day to day work unit operations as well d Purchasing Procedures Afloat units procuring material and equipment at the local unit level can prevent hazards by purchasing approved material or equipment in the proper quantity i e that which can reasonably be expected to be used to accomplish the operation or task for which it was procured Procurement of unauthorized or excess material or equipment can introduce hazards to the workplace as well as create stowage and disposal problems Hazardous material is of special concern All local purchases of potentially hazardous material shall be accomplished per paragraph B0305 of this instruction Note If ordering items through a catalog ensure you verify the item and national stock number NSN are authorized as required by chapters C23 and D15 A0403 PRINCIPLES OF HAZARD CONTROL Short of complete elimination of the hazard methods of hazard control in order of preferred application are substitution engineering controls administrative controls and use of personal protective equipment a Substitution The risk of injury or illness may be reduced by replacement of an existing process material or equipment with a similar item having a lower hazard potential Care must be exercised in any substitution to ensure that the substitute materials are technically
48. e Instrumentation including calibration and maintenance reference B8 1 appendices K and L f Training of ship s force and gas free engineering personnel reference B8 1 paragraph 074 18 7 through 18 9 CHAPTER B8 REFERENCES B8 1 Naval Ships Technical Manual NAVSEA S9086 CH STM 030 CH 074 V3 Gas Free Engineering B8 2 NAVSEA S6470 AA SAF 010 Gas free Engineering Manual NOTAL B8 3 COMFLTFORCOMINST 4790 3 REV A CH 4 Joint Fleet Maintenance Manual JFMM Volume 4 chapter 25 B8 3 B0901 DISCUSSION OPNAVINST 5100 19E 30 May 2007 CHAPTER B9 RADIATION SAFETY a This chapter outlines Navy safety and occupational health policies and procedures designed for levels of command which comprise the naval afloat establishment to minimize personnel exposure to radiation from sources other than nuclear power systems and nuclear weapons programs as patient protection and control those individuals who therapeutic procedures b Per paragraph Propulsion Program A0103b CNO that have their radiation and radioactivity associated with naval propulsion plants command Cc Radiation is common ionizing and non ionizing As such own radiation This chapter also excludes ts must undergo diagnostic or involving use of ionizing radiation the Director Naval Nuclear NOON is responsible for the control of nuclear the requirements of this ch
49. earing for a new reference audiogram may B4 A 10 s This re ed at the OPNAVINST 5100 19E 30 May 2007 start of service which may still be used to determine hearing losses at the termination of military service g Termination Hearing Tests Personnel shall receive a hearing test upon termination of service B4 A 11 OPNAVINST 5100 19E 30 May 2007 Appendix B4 B ADMINISTRATIVE CONTROL OF NOISE EXPOSURE WITH HEARING PROTECTIVE DEVICES STAY TIME Limiting time hr min per 24 hour day Sound level Hearing protector noise reduction dB dB A 10 20 30 40 90 6 a H 94 8 e 98 4 102 2 11 18 106 1 5 39 110 0 30 2 49 16 14 O 5 1 25 8 el 18 55 gt 0 42 4 122 0 21 2 11 18 126 1 5739 130 0 30 2 49 134 ER 0215 125 138 B a 0 42 NOTE Values other than those given above may be calculated using the formula T 161 22 15 80 419 Where T Time in hours decimal L Effective sound level dB A Intermediate values may be interpolated by adding or subtracting the decibel difference to the appropriate column OPNAVINST 5100 19E 30 May 2007 Appendix B4 C ADDITIONAL NOISE ABATEMENT INFORMATION 1 Introduction The primary means of protecting Navy personnel from hazardous noise levels shall be through the application of engineering controls Administrative controls e g the adjustment of work schedules
50. measurements or laser safety calculations will usually be B9 14 OPNAVINST 5100 19E 30 May 2007 required only for lasers operating on outdoor ranges or in open areas when it is necessary to define a laser nominal hazard zone NHZ c Lasers or laser systems designated for combat combat training or classified in the interest of national security may be exempted from compliance with some or all of the provisions of reference B9 24 To obtain military exemption status the contractor must have written authorization from the military contracting activity and the laser product must be certified to conform with requirements in reference B9 15 B9 25 and have been approved by the Navy Laser Safety Review Board LSRB d Military laser systems are reviewed by the LSRB during their development to ensure that adequate safety criteria have been incorporated LSRB review is required at appropriate stages of development and prior to introduction of prototype or production units into the fleet for testing or initial use An important function of the Navy laser safety program is a determination of the nominal ocular hazard distance NOHD or safe viewing range for each operational laser system used in the Navy LSRB review also applies to class IIIb and class IV commercial lasers and laser systems that are not intended solely for laboratory or medical use Reference B9 15 contains general guidance for materials
51. the HCP enrolled personnel is performed Reference B4 2 identifies suitable training materials and provides additional guidance 4 Consult the command industrial hygiene survey or an occupational health professional to determine the type of required hearing protective devices required for personnel Maintain an adequate stock of various sizes of non disposable hearing protective devices to properly fit wearers 5 Schedule personnel in HCP for annual audiometric testing Ensure that all test results have been entered into each individual s health record uploaded to the defense occupational and environmental readiness system hearing B4 3 OPNAVINST 5100 19E 30 May 2007 conservation DOEHRS HC data repository and that all appropriate and necessary follow up actions are completed 6 Ensure that personnel who require hearing retests due to a significant threshold shift STS are excluded from hazardous noise areas defined as areas exceeding 84 dB A for continuous or 140 dBSPL peak for at least 14 hours before the scheduled test Hearing protection may not be used to meet this requirement 7 If audiometric testing is performed within the MDR s command ensure the certification of annual electro acoustic calibration of audiometers and audiometric test chambers Technicians conducting testing will hold current DoD occupational hearing conservation certification CAOHC through completion o
52. 0017 EPMU 2 10 Food Safety Managers B 322 2101 EPMU 2 11 Malaria Prevention Control B 322 2209 EPMU 2 12 Lab Identification of Malaria B 322 2210 EPMU 2 13 Shipboard Pest Management B 322 1075 EPMU 2 OPNAVINST 5100 19E 30 May 2007 NOTE The courses titles and numbers are subject to change Check with the appropriate NAVENPVNTMEDU or the CANTRAC for course name content and convening date NAVENPVNTMEDUS are at the following locations TWO Norfolk Virginia FIVE San Diego California SIX Pearl Harbor Hawaii Similar training may be available from cognizant industrial hygiene staff A5 B 2 OPNAVINST 5100 19E 30 May 2007 CHAPTER B1 ASBESTOS MANAGEMENT B0101 CHAPTER ORGANIZATION BE ay a The chapter has been reorganized to clarify ships requirements and responsibilities for management of asbestos exposure b There are three categories of asbestos work that can be performed aboard ship paragraph B0105 These categories ar referred to in this chapter as asbestos work protocols Individual asbestos work protocols which detail plan work scope plan responsibilities and equipment and training requirements are included for each type of asbestos work c This chapter contains two types of information Paragraphs B0101 through B0106 contain information that is general in nature and is mandatory for all ships Paragraphs B0107 throu
53. 1 The Damage Control Assistant shall a Train and supervise ship s damage control efforts to combat HM spills Conduct HM spill response drills as necessary b Provide training to divisions regarding reporting initial handling and cleanup of HM spills as requested c Maintain an OTTO fuel spill kit AEL A006350027 to respond to OTTO fuel Spills d Hazardous material emergency response shall be conducted per guidance provided in references B3 27 and B3 28 The DCA shall follow the toxic gas bill in preparation for possible HM spills or releases to the environment Reporting requirements for a HM spill which goes over the sid are found in reference B3 4 chapter 19 B3 24 OPNAVINST 5100 19E 30 May 2007 e Oil and Hazardous Substance OHS Spill Response Elements The DCA shall implement a spill contingency plan SCP using the guidance provided in references B3 27 and B3 28 The DCA shall follow the toxic gas bill in preparation for possible HM spills or releases to the environment Reporting requirements for a HM spill which goes over the side are found in reference B3 4 chapter 19 B0305 PROGRAM EVALUATION a The HMC amp M Program shall be evaluated annually for compliance and effectiveness The checklists of appendices B3 C surface ships B3 D submarines and C23 B surface may be used for this purpose Additional checks can be found in references B3 6 and B3 7 Wh
54. 12 If a taste response is elicited the test subject shall be asked to take note of the taste for reference in the fit test 13 Correct use of the nebulizer means that approximately one ml of liquid is used at a time in the nebulizer body 14 The nebulizer shall be thoroughly rinsed in water shaken to dry and refilled at least each morning and afternoon or at least every four hours b Bitrex Solution Aerosol Fit Test Procedure 1 The test subject may not eat drink except plain water smoke or chew gum for 15 minutes before the test 2 The fit test uses the sam nclosure as that described in paragraph IV a 1 above 3 The test subject shall don the enclosure while wearing the respirator selected according to paragraph I of this appendix The respirator shall be properly adjusted and equipped with any type particulate filter s 4 A second DeVilbiss Model 40 Inhalation Medication Nebulizer or equivalent is used to spray the fit test solution into the enclosure This nebulizer shall be clearly marked to distinguish it from the screening test solution nebulizer 5 The fit test solution is prepared by adding 337 5 mg of Bitrex to 200 ml of a 5 salt NaCl solution in warm water 6 As before the test subject shall breathe through his or her slightly open mouth with tongue extended and be instructed to report if he she tastes the bitter taste of Bitrex
55. 19E 30 May 2007 5 Complete training per paragraph BO708d d The supply officer shall ensure that all electrical tools equipment received on board are turned over to the electrical safety office electrical division for submarines for a safety inspection prior to issue e Division officers shall 1 Ensure that assigned personnel are trained per paragraph BO708 2 Ensure that all portable electrical equipment is visually inspected prior to use and is electrically safety checked according to applicable planned maintenance system PMS Reference B7 1 paragraph 300 2 7 contains detailed technical guidance on portable electric equipment 3 Ensure that all personal electrical electronic equipment is authorized for shipboard use Reference B7 1 contains guidance on determining suitability for shipboard use The electrical safety checks for personal electrical electronic equipment are not required 4 Ensure that required personnel receive CPR training per paragraph B0708 5 Ensure that items open purchased or received from Navy supply are authorized for shipboard use and electrically safety checked prior to use Reference B7 1 contains guidance on determining suitability for shipboard use 6 Ensure that all personnel experiencing electrical shock report to medical f All hands shall 1 Request permission from their division officer prior to bringing personal
56. 2103 DSN 377 0766 Commercial 757 953 0766 Fax 757 953 0685 b Non Ionizing Radiation Radiofrequency RF and Microwaves MW 1 Radar communication equipment transmitters and radiofrequency RF heat sealers a These devices may emit hazardous levels of RF radiation In addition to causing biological changes B9 10 OPNAVINST 5100 19E 30 May 2007 RF microwave radiation can induce electrical currents voltages that may Cause shocks and burns premature activation of electro explosive devices EEDs in ordnance and arcs which may ignite flammable materials Information on the hazards of RF electromagnetic radiation to personnel fuels and ordnance is available in reference B9 17 Hazards of electromagnetic radiation to fuels HERF and for ordnance HERO can be found in volume II of reference B9 17 The hazards of electromagnetic radiation to personnel HERP can be found in Volume I of reference B9 17 However volume I of reference B9 17 will be amended to reflect the current RF MPE limits listed in reference B9 5 for 0 kHz to 3 kHz and reference B9 6 for 3 kHz to 300 GHz Note reference B9 7 is also under revision to reflect the current MPE limits listed in references B9 5 and B9 6 Refer to appendix B9 A for a discussion of controlled and uncontrolled MPE limits b Commander Naval Sea Systems Command COMNAVSEASYSCOM is the lead agent for coordinating el
57. 2220 2 00 1 40 1 25 1 05 0 45 102 0 2310 1 50 1335 1215 1 00 0 40 103 0 2 00 1 45 1 25 LO 02 55 0 35 104 0 135 0 132 35 1 20 1 05 0 50 0335 105 0 1 40 1 30 T15 1 00 0 45 0 30 106 0 1 35 1 25 1 10 0 55 0 45 0 30 10 70 1 30 t15 105 0 50 0 40 0 25 108 0 1 20 1 10 1 00 0 50 0235 0 25 109 0 TELS 1505 0255 0 45 0435 0 25 110 0 1 10 1 00 0 50 0 40 0 30 0 20 111 0 1 05 1 00 0 50 0 40 0 30 0 20 11720 1 00 0255 0 45 0235 0 25 0 20 ESAS 0 55 0 50 0 40 0 35 0 25 0315 114 0 0 35 59 0 45 0 40 0 30 0 25 0 15 115 0 0 50 0 45 0 35 0 30 0 20 Or 145 116 0 0 45 0 40 0 35 0 25 0 20 0 15 117 3 0 0 45 0 40 0 30 0 25 0 20 0 10 118 0 0 40 0 35 0 30 0 25 0315 0 10 119 0 00 35 0 35 0 25 0 20 0 15 0 10 120 0 0 35 0 30 0 25 0 20 0 15 0 10 121 0 0 35 0 30 0 25 0 20 0 31 5 0 10 122 0 03 0 0 25 0 20 015 0 15 0 10 123 0 0 30 0 25 0 20 0215 0 10 0 10 124 0 0 25 0 25 0 20 0 31 55 0 10 0 05 B2 A 4 OPNAVINST 5100 19E 30 May 2007 TABLE B2 A 3 with the presence of fuel combustion gases fuel vapors Six PHEL Curves Total Exposure Time in Hours Minutes WBGT Index F I II III IV V i N W lt S 80 0 4 50 4 15 3 30 LEO 2 15 81 0 4 25 330 3 10 2 40 2 00 82 0 4 00 3 30 2799 22 29 ESO 83 0 3 40 3 20 2 40 2 10 40 84 0 3 20 2 755 PARAS 2 00 1 30 1 85 0 3 00 2 40 2 10 1 50 1 25 0 86 0 2 45
58. 5100 19E 30 May 2007 Appendix B9 A CHAPTER B9 RADIATION INSTRUCTIONS STANDARDS REGULATIONSM MANUALS AND HANDBOOKS A THOSE CONTAINING IONIZING RADIATION GUIDENCE NAVMED P 5055 Radiation Health Protection Manual This manual provides the radiation health requirements applicable to Navy and Marine Corps radiation protection programs A radiation protection program may be defined as the sum of all methods plans and procedures used to protect the health and environment of personnel from exposure to sources of ionizing radiation It includes the radiation health program and radiological controls program These regulations are intended for observance during peacetime by all Navy and Marine Corps activities possessing or using sources of ionizing radiation which may affect the health of personnel These standards do not apply to the exposure of an individual to ionizing radiation when used for the diagnosis or treatment of medical or dental conditions of that individual Personnel not employed by the Department of the Navy shall comply in all respects with these regulations when engaged in a Navy sponsored program or operation It is recognized that these regulations may not be applicable to procedures initiated after an attack in which nuclear weapons are used however the provisions of these regulations insofar as they are feasible shall remain in effect after such an attack
59. 5100 19E 30 May 2007 d Personal Protective Equipment PPE This method of hazard control is the least preferred because any equipment breakdown failure or misuse immediately exposes the wearer to the hazard Nevertheless there are instances where adequate risk mitigation cannot be achieved through other methods and personal protective devices must be used either alone or in conjunction with other control measures Training maintenance of PPE and user acceptance are key to the successful use of PPE to protect personnel Chapter B12 of this manual discusses personal protective equipment in general Other chapters describe personal protective equipment requirements for specific programs and hazards A0404 HAZARD ABATEMENT PROGRAM PROCEDURES The hazard abatement program is a process by which identified hazards that are not able to be immediately corrected are recorded and tracked to completion Hazards are tracked until verified as corrected or eliminated Some hazards may be corrected by ship s force while others may require documentation to ensure they are noted for correction during availabilities or maintenance periods a Some deficiencies can be corrected on the spot When this is possible the division officer will either notify the safety officer or complete the applicable portion of the Safety Hazard Report and return it to the safety officer via the appropr
60. A0306 HAZARDOUS MATERIAL CONTROL AND MANAGEMENT ASSIST Ships needing assistance for implementation day to day operations or equipment problems with their hazardous materials minimization centers HAZMINCENS may request an assist from the logistics support center LSC at the local fleet industrial supply center FISC A0307 HAZARD REPORTING BY INDIVIDUAL CREWMEMBERS Detection of unsafe or unhealthful working conditions at the earliest possible time and prompt control of hazards identified as a result is essential to a successful SOH program The following procedure enables any member to submit a report of unsafe or unhealthful conditions A3 9 OPNAVINST 5100 19E 30 May 2007 a All hands are encouraged to orally report unsafe or unhealthful working conditions to their immediate supervisor That supervisor shall promptly evaluate the situation and take appropriate corrective actions Supervisors will contact the division safety petty officer the division officer or the safety officer for assistance if necessary Inform the reporting crewmember of all actions taken b If the notified supervisor has not taken action to investigate the situation or if they are not satisfied with the result they may submit a written report of an unsafe or unhealthful working condition on a safety hazard report 3120 5 available on line at https forms daps dla mil OPNAV
61. ACM Removal Required Personal Protective Special Equipment Equipment Tyvek or Equivalent v U eq D a 3 qf gag a Operation U ba E y Q z 4 H n d 0 Y v O gt l rH Y u H H Y U 6 oq n 0 fu U o 0 v vn H v gt S 4H H y e e U d U O U uo y o gt a H D G gt fe fo 00 u O A fo S al O O O U q El O e U O T sa N eA W T U fu Mi Glove Bag Procedures ONLY lt 3 linear feet of pipe insulation Y Wes ya Y Y YA fv or 1 square foot of insulation on surfaces other than pipes The RPM will determine the type of respirator required for each work process If the concentration of airborne asbestos is unknown use a full face continuous flow supplied air respirator The self contained breathing apparatus SCBA respirator meets this requirement Type II Tyvek or equivalent coveralls have hood and booties attached therefore separate hoods and shoe coverings are not reguired with this PPE OPNAVINST 5100 19E 30 May 2007 Type quantity specific ordering information NSN information is found in appendix B1 H Information contained in appendix B1 H is taken from AEL 2 330024045 Gloves Use medium weight rubber gloves with a thin cotton under glove to absorb perspiration See appendix B1 H for the national stock numbers NSNs for this and all associated PPE and equipment NOTE
62. Appoint assign in writing a HM coordinator The HM coordinator shall be a graduate of the Afloat HM Coordinator Course or equivalent supply corps officer training See HM training paragraph Appointment shall be a person of ranking in the following order of preference 1 A commissioned officer within the supply department IN A chief or leading petty officer see note NOTE Ships and afloat activities specifically designated by the type commander in which the number of assigned officers is limited and appointment would pose an excessive burden to the ship may assign a chief or leading petty officer as HM coordinator B3 6 OPNAVINST 5100 19E 30 May 2007 c Appoint assign a HM supervisor lead petty officer in writing to operate the HAZMINCEN The HM supervisor lead petty officer shall be a graduate of the HMC amp M Technician secondary Navy enlisted classification SNEC code 9595 Course see HM training paragraph d Annually prepare and submit a report of HAZMINCEN operational efficiency to the chain of command Report shall be based upon HICSWIN R Supply data and report the following a HM obtained onboard via ship procurement Cost b HM obtained on board via open purchase request c HM obtained on board via reuse from other ships or shore CHRIMP facilities and d HM offloaded e Approve by signature ship s hazardous material list SHML feedback reports SFRs A des
63. D l A T l o N 2 4E 12 Cosmic Rays OPNAVINST 5100 19E 30 May 2007 Note C is the speed of light in a vacuum equal to 3 x 10 meters per second h is Planck s constant equal to 3 34 x 10 32 Joule seconds g As shown in Figure B9 1 non ionizing radiation can be further divided into two sub categories radio frequency radiation RFR and laser radiation h RFR is conventionally referenced by its frequency and includes frequencies from approximately 0 hertz Hz to 3000 gigahertz GHz Communication transmitters radars and radio frequency heat sealers emit RFR Note A Hz equals 1 cycle per second i Laser radiation is conventionally referenced by its wavelength and includes wavelengths from approximately 10 nm Infra red to 180 nm Ultra Violet This includes the visible wavelengths between approximately 700 nm red to 400 nm violet with all the other colors in between these wavelengths note the order red orange yellow green blue indigo violet pneumonic ROY G BIV Note nm is the abbreviation for nanometers 1 nm equals 1 x 10 meters j For all EMR ionizing and non ionizing wavelength A and frequency v are related such that their product is equal to the speed of light in a vacuum c where c equals 3 x 10 meters per second Av cC k For all EMR ionizing and non ionizing the energy is equal to
64. D8 1 D0803 MAINTENANCE e vakta ad lt e dt det det A D8 3 D0804 TNDUSTRIA T BOUTPMENT Si irea at rs E eels A Gi Gear D8 4 D0805 TRASH COMPACTOR TRASH DISPOSAL UNL waacde atvwla Saree D8 13 CHAPTER D9 SANITATION SYSTEMS o oooooooooooooooooooo D9 1 D0901 DISCUSSION e De Dt EEA EE E EEA EAN E EA E a Des D9 1 D0902 GAS FREE ENGINEERING FOR SANITATION SYSTEMS D9 1 D0903 SUBMARINE SANITATION SYSTEMS k ee EEA E nee D9 2 D0904 SANITARY HYGIENIC AND SAFETY PROCEDURES D9 4 D0905 DISCHARGE REQUIREMENTS AND ADDITIONAL GUIDANCE D9 7 CHAPTER DO REFERENCES e 564 Ree hee eee ed Be x D9 7 CHAPTER D10 HEAVY WEATHER ooo ocoocococooooooonoooo D10 1 D1001 DISCUSSION 2 ii SA ES A E iD aes D10 1 D1002 SAFETY PRECAUTIONS WHILE IN PORT AND OR MOORED D10 1 D1003 OPEN OCEAN OPERATION iia ei vena cas areal iat Give eran val ods whe D10 2 CHAPTER D11 ABANDONING SHIP ccoo ooccccocoooooooooo D11 1 D1101 SAFETY PRECAUTIONS DURING ABANDONING SHIP Dita CHAPTER D12 PAINTING AND PRESERVATION 22000 D12 1 D1201 DPS CUS SALON Sd D12 1 xix OPNAVINST 5100 19E 30 May 2007 TABLE OF CONTENTS VOLUME III SECTION D SUBMARINE SAFETY STANDARDS D1202 SAFETY PRECAUTIONS FOR PAINT REMOVAL D12 1 D1203 SAFETY PRECAUTIONS FOR SURFACE PREPARATION amp PAINTING OPERATION gt sirens svete e ta ates ls
65. Have the department heads ensured that HM re within their work centers is unique to the operations and maintenance of assigned equipment and does not exceed the quantity needed to satisfy operational requirements B303a 3 tained 84 Have the department heads ensured used or excess HM is properly returned to the supply officer for turnover to the shore activity B303a 3 OPNAVINST 5100 19E 30 M ay 2007 Yes No 85 Have the department heads reported all items found R or limited L use code that have not been logged in the submarine material control log to the supply officer for logging with a restricted labeling and assignment location or disposal B303a 3 t of approved storage 86 Have the department heads reported all items found that are not listed categorized in the submarine material control list SMCL to the supply officer Items not listed in the SMCL prohibited per paragraph D1502 a are B303a 3 87 Have the department heads obtained writ permission from the executive officer tten to retain on board restricted items during underway operations B303a 3 88 Have the department heads ensured that restricted items authorized for in port use only are removed from the submarine as soon as the need for them no longer exists Have the department heads informed the supply officer of t
66. INSURV safety and occupational health inspection or Naval Safety Center afloat safety survey is conducted at a minimum of every three years A copy of the inspection survey results will be provided to the ISIC by the unit commanding officer within 30 days of receipt of inspection survey report along with written status report of all discrepancies identified during the inspection survey visit The status report should indicate those discrepancies that have been corrected those on the consolidated ship maintenance CSMP including job sequence number JSN and those beyond capability of the command to correct without outside assistance c Safety Officer Collateral Duty Safety Officer The safety officer is responsible for managing the SOH program The safety officer reports directly to the commanding officer on SOH matters and to the executive officer for the administration of the SOH program Primary duty safety officers shall be assigned to CV CVN LHA LHD AS type ships Ship and submarine squadrons and groups shall appoint a commissioned officer as the safety officer On ships without a primary duty safety officer the commanding officer shall appoint a commissioned officer of department head status and seniority as collateral duty safety officer hereafter referred to as the safety officer TYCOMs may grant waivers for small ships with limited officer manning to appoint a chief petty officer as the safety of
67. Monthly satellite locker inspections Coordinate conduct inspections with the safety officer Additional locker inspection guidance is found in reference NSTM B3 7 s 2 Monthly spot check of HM practices of division personnel Choose one division randomly which uses HM Coordinate conduct spot checks with the safety officer Ensure all divisions are checked at least twice per year 3 Quarterly storeroom inspections Coordinate conduct with the safety officer 4 Annual ship wide physical inventory of all HM including lockers and HAZMINCEN storerooms spaces Compare this inventory to the SHML and take appropriate action on all differences 1 Approve work center HM storage locations lockers in writing as applicable to support daily evolutions Coordinate approval of locker locations with the safety officer DCA and XO m Act as the ship s single point of contact in the offload of used excess HM Comply with the following B3 11 OPNAVINST 5100 19E 30 May 2007 1 Receive and segregate consolidate used HM and ensure contents of offloaded HM are labeled marked in accordance with chapter C23 2 Supervise document preparation for offload of used excess HM 3 Prior to getting underway ensure that no HM remains on the pier 4 Ensure all contractor and shipyard representatives offload all HM brought on board following completion of their work n Ensure personnel assigned to the HAZMINCEN are t
68. Naval Sea Systems Command Headquarters Washington D C 20362 commercial 202 781 3140 b For measurement surveys ad technical assistance for shipboard RF emitting systems Systems Electromagnetic Effects Branch Code J 52 Naval Surface Warfare Center Dahlgren Division 17320 Dahlgren Road Dahlgren VA 22448 5100 DSN 249 8594 commercial 540 653 3487 or 401 832 5552 fax 540 653 7494 c For RF bio effects and medical research issues or assistance in evaluating personnel overexposure incidents Naval Health Research Center Detachment Directed Energy Bioeffects Laboratory Brooks City Base 8315 Navy Road Brooks City Base TX 78235 5365 DSN 240 4699 6532 commercial 210 536 4699 6532 fax 210 536 6439 B9 13 OPNAVINST 5100 19E 30 May 2007 d For RF health hazards personnel exposures and exposure incidents from industrial and medical RF emitting sources Navy Environmental Health Center NEHC 620 John Paul Jones Circle Suite 1100 Portsmouth VA 23708 2103 DSN 377 0766 Commercial 757 953 0766 FAX 757 953 0685 e For guidance on RF exposure limits and health issues Non Ionizing Radiation Health Branch Bureau of Medicine and Surgery Code M342 2300 E Street NW Washington DC 20372 5300 DSN 762 3448 3444 commercial 202 762 3448 3444 fax 202 762 0931 For site certification and measurement surveys for shore based RF emitting systems Space and Naval Warfare Systems Center SPAW
69. Periodicity Reference Title Training Training of Required Training Determined by DCA b HM HW Emergency Ja Procedures 2 b Proper HM Coordinator Procedure for Workcenter Handling Supervisor HM HW All hands B0302a 2 Job Specific Workcenter Initial B3 C 69 M HW supervisor raining Assistants to the HM coordinator BO302a 4 a M Control and NAVOSHI Initial personnel who control the day to Management day operation of the HMC amp M program Technician and personnel who manage the Course A 322 HAZMINCEN 2600 or A 322 2601 Personnel wearing hearing B0402 d Use and Division Initial protection device HPD not in HCP 3 Maintenance of Officer MDR Damage control teams required to B0304a combat HM spills releases BO304b B0304d Workcenter personnel BO0302a al 2 1 1 Prior to using or handling HM HPDs Personnel working in noise BO408a Initial MDR Prior to hazardous areas or with noise Training beginning hazardous equipment work and annually thereafter All personnel in the Hearing BO408b Refresher NEHC Technical TBD Annually Conservation Program Training for Manual TM the HCP 6260 51 99 2 Enrolled Navy Medical Personnel Department Hearing Conservation Program Procedures A5 A 4 Navy Personnel Training Requirement Respiratory Protection Manager All personnel performing preventiv Paragraph Reference B
70. STS has resolved personnel shall have their hearing protective devices refitted be re indoctrinated in their use and returned to duty to be recalled for a hearing test in one year b If the first follow up supports the existence of STS then a possible conductive or mechanical basis for the shift must be ruled out before proceeding with follow up The preferred method to rule out conductive hearing loss is through B4 A 9 screening tympanometry and o technician or MDR tympanometry should have Subjects toscopy OPNAVINST 5100 19E 30 May 2007 that requires Again first follow up if middle ear func hea evalua then immediately receive If tympanomet tion test sequence medical eval c suspected relative hearing protective devices refitted be re 3 Follow up No 2 a to the referenc try is unavailable can provide examination and clearance audiometric Otoscopic t uation prior the second follow up may be At any point in lth care provider has the option sequence and referring the patient If the second follow up audiogram to resuming th to continue provided by the audiometric who demonstrate normal otoscopy and fact noted on a SF 600 their second follow up hearing test then any health care provider and may the tympanometric anomaly test sequenc given on the sam
71. a A fe a aa Ae tas Gas hd ee daa 2 eels Gath s 14 Torch SOLEIL a 2 TORGA Brazing iia a is is Da oo dee ah 3 or 4 GIONE Cureingy wp ter Li im 256MM 3404 A ds A io SSA 3 or 4 M dium Cutting 1 bo g LAZO Co V50 mM ede eles ene es Rese ate Meds wee dees 4 or 5 Heavy Cutting over 2n i150 mmm 2204 e540 A Bie Se eee S 5 or 6 Gas Welding Light up to 1 8 Dn B22 Mm wires Sea a a eae 4 or 5 Gas Welding Medium 1 8 to 1 2 in 3 2 to 12 7 mm 5 er 6 Gas Welding Heavy over 2 2 in 222 mm ir a Au aS ees 6 or 8 Fire Watch For Any Welding or Cutting Operation 08 The choice of a filter shade may be made on the basis of visual acuity and may therefore vary widely from one individual to another particularly under different current densities materials and welding processes However the degree of protection from radiant energy afforded by the filter plate or lens when chosen to allow visual acuity will still remain in excess of the needs of eye filter protection Filter plate shades as low as shade eight have proven suitably radiation absorbent for protection from the arc welding processes NOTE In gas welding or oxygen cutting where the torch produces a high yellow light it is desirable to use a filter lens that absorbs the yellow or sodium line in the visible light of the operation spectrum B5 A 5 OPNAVINST 5100 19E 30 May 2007 CHAPTER B6 RE
72. anaes D15 19 D1509 PTO OMS o o da anida Di gt 5 21 D1510 COMPRESSED GASE Sis sive sede Dia sodas E E ia a A D15 21 CHAPTER DLS REFERENCES adi a li a D15 27 APPENDIX D15 A HAZARDOUS MATERIAL COMPATIBILITY STORAGE DIAGRAM USING HAZARD CHARACTERISTIC CODE HEC J seats se Ose aed GR ee eee Sera a Gone eg D15 A 1 AO O On RS A O ROO G 1 XXL OPNAVINST 5100 19E 30 May 2007 CHAPTER Al INTRODUCTION A0101 BACKGROUND a The Navy has conducted safety and occupational health SOH programs for many years These programs gained special prominence after passage of the Occupational Safety and Health Act OSHAct in 1970 The primary thrust of the OSHAct was directed at the private sector employer however section 19 of the OSHAct and several subsequent presidential executive orders directed federal agencies to establish and maintain occupational safety and health programs Requirements for such programs are contained in Title 29 Code of Federal Regulations CFR Part 1960 29 CFR 1960 b References Al 1 and Al 2 issued policy statements and outlined responsibilities for the implementation of the total safety and occupational health program for the Navy The total safety and occupational health program includes all safety disciplines such as system safety aviation safety weapons explosives safety traffic recreational and off duty and occupational safety and health
73. and chemical aprons ired by annual safety zone trial hygiene othing is required for personnel impervious chemical These surveys or standard tos removals see chapter Bl When fueled machinery spaces fire see chapter Cl Synthetic or returning to CNT may only be worn the ship or when the commanding officer for ceremonial Stow leather protection equipment Hang up welding leathers When climbing working aloft or over th side with safety lanyard at all times wear a full body safety harness Additionally use the following actions to provide maximum protection 1 B12 5 Use wire rope lanyard when doing hot work OPNAVINST 5100 19E 30 May 2007 2 Perform MRC 6231 001 12 R 1 or perform the appropriate planned maintenance on the safety harness and safety lanyards before each use Inspect safety harnesses D rings and safety lines before each use 3 Ships shall train personnel who work aloft or over the side in the proper use of personal fall protection equipment 4 Do not use safety lanyards for any other purpose than personal fall protection In particular do not use them for hoisting heavy objects 5 Hang lanyards and full body harnesses used for personal fall protection equipment in a cool dry atmosphere Do not pile equipment one upon the other as such action may prevent proper drying and result in rotting and weakening of lanyards Ri
74. as follows a Inspections All respirators shall be inspected routinely before and after each use Emergency use respirators shall be inspected after each use and at least monthly Emergency respirator inspection records must be maintained for the life of the respirator SCBAs shall be inspected periodically to ensure proper function during an emergency response and after each use and at least monthly Follow manufacturer s recommendations for respirator inspection General inspection guidance to identify respirator deficiencies is listed below 1 Head Straps or Head Harness Examine straps or harness for breaks loss of elasticity broken or malfunctioning buckles and attachments full facepiece only excessively worn serrations on the head harness which might permit slippage 2 Facepiece Examine facepiece for excessive dirt cracks tears holes or distortion from improper storage inflexibility stretch and massage to restore flexibility cracked or badly scratched lenses in full facepieces incorrectly mounted full facepiece lens or broken or missing mounting clips cracked or broken air purifying element holder s badly worn threads or missing gasket s if required B6 16 OPNAVINST 5100 19E 30 May 2007 3 Inhalation and Exhalation Valves Examine exhalation valves for foreign material such as detergent residue dust particles or human hair under the valve seat cracks tears or distor
75. audiogram to determine STs 1 Annual a If the annual audiogram shows no significant threshold shift the individual shall be returned to duty and recalled for hearing testing in one year b If the annual audiogram shows STS toward improved hearing then the individual should be re tested immediately to determine if the baseline reference test was in error hearing has actually improved or the annual test was invalid If the repeat audiogram continues to show STS and is plus or minus 5 dB from the annual test re establish the reference based on the first follow up test and repeat the test in one year Nothing else is required c If the annual audiogram shows a significant threshold shift toward deteriorated hearing then the individual must be re tested following at least 14 hours of exclusion from noise levels in excess of 80 dB A Because the presence of a STS implies that hearing protective equipment used may be inadequate physical exclusion from noise may not be accomplished by the use of hearing protective equipment The physical exclusion period is referred to as auditory rest The required 14 hours of auditory rest is usually sufficient to allow a temporary STS to return to pre exposure levels 2 Follow up No 1 a If the first follow up audiogram shows no Significant threshold shift relative to the reference audiogram i e
76. ballistic protection devices OPNAVINST 5100 19E 30 May 2007 Eye and Face Protectors Key 1 Goggles flexible fitting regular or perforated ventilation 2 Goggles flexible fitting covered or indirect ventilation or goggles chemical 3 Goggles cushioned fitting rigid body 4 Spectacles without side shields 5 Spectacles with eyecup type side shields 6 Spectacles semi flat fold side shields 7 Welding goggles eyecup type tinted lenses 7A Chipping goggles eyecup type clear safety lenses 8 Welding goggles coverspec type tinted lenses various shade numbers 8A Chipping goggles coverspec type clear safety lenses 9 Welding goggles coverspec type tinted plate lens 10 Face shield plastic or mesh window 11 Welding helmet various lenses B5 A 4 OPNAVINST 5100 19E 30 May 2007 TABLE B5 A 2 WELDING FILTER SHADE PROTECTION CHART SUGGESTED WELDING OPERATION SHADE NUMBER Shielded Metal Arc Welding up to 5 32 in 4 mm electrodes 10 Shielded Metal Arc Welding 3 16 to 1 4 in 43 8 to G24 MM electrodos ii A a ie 12 Shielded Metal Arc Welding over 1 4 in 6 4 mm electrodes 14 Gas Metal Arc Welding NoOnferrous oooooooo ooo 11 Gas Metal Arc Welding Ferrous iii a 12 Gas TunGsten Are Wel ding ai wack A ae a di nce ad elas 12 Atomic Hydrogen Welding ac vase Sees Cd ae eed See id h 12 Carbon Are Weldlingii e
77. carried item Any item on this list must also contain the name of the person requested it the reason it was B3 9 OPNAVINST 5100 19E 30 May 2007 requested and the amount that was requested Report also must provide the requisition number for the material reason why the material is NIS or N C and the status of resolving the NIS and or N C issue 4 Summary of HM training conducted in addition to general and professional training c Quarterly prepare and submit a report of HAZMINCEN operational efficiency to the CO Report shall be based upon HICSWIN data and report the following a HM obtained on board via ship procurement cost b HM obtained through open purchase request c HM obtained on board via reuse from other ships or shore CHRIMP facilities d HM offloaded d The HM Coordinator shall be a graduate of the Afloat HM Coordinator Course or equivalent supply corps officer training The HM supervisor lead petty officer shall be a graduate of the HMC amp M Technician SNEC 9595 Course see HM training paragraph e Provide quarterly training to HAZMINCEN personnel on proper handling issuing labeling stowage receipt processing inventories spill response and disposal procedures training based on chapter C23 chapter 4 of reference B3 6 and reference B3 7 f Ensure HM training is provided quarterly to division work center personnel responsible for maintaining in spa
78. center HM storage locations lockers in writing as applicable to support daily evolutions Coordinate approval of locker locations with the HAZMINCEN division c Maintain and replenish spill kit material B3 14 OPNAVINST 5100 19E 30 May 2007 9 The Medical Department Representative MDR shall a Assist the HM coordinator HM supervisor and work center supervisors in training personnel regarding health information and personal protective equipment requirements for the HM they are using b Maintain a complete MSDS file This may be on CD ROM or hardcopy 10 Division Supply Petty Officers Repair Parts Petty Officers shall request HM from the HAZMINCEN and shall ensure before HM is ordered that a valid requirement exists specifically required by a maintenance procedure or other shipboard operation HM listed on the SHML shall be used to avoid open procurement of HM Submit an SFR to HAZMINCEN personnel whenever requesting HM not authorized by the SHML 11 Embarked Unit Supply Petty Officers Repair Parts Petty Officer shall a Execute in writing an agreement detailing responsibilities of ships company and the embarked unit The agreement shall address procurement storage reorder and offload b Submit requirements for hazardous material to the ship prior to embarking Provide a valid requirement for material needed on board ship i e maintenance procedure technical manua
79. comply with the requirements of this protocol b Emergency Asbestos Response Team EART Protocol Formerly the Three Men Emergency Rip Out Team This protocol details the requirements and procedures for the minor repair and removal of friable ACM i e asbestos work that can be accomplished using proper glove bag procedures B0108 B0106 WORKPLACE RELEASE CRITERIA a Strict adherence to good housekeeping procedures and dust control measures to minimize release of asbestos fibers during removal repair of asbestos containing materials are the most important and effective means of reducing downtime to reoccupy a workspace after asbestos repair or abatement operations b Before a space where asbestos work was performed may be released for unrestricted access the area must be thoroughly cleaned and inspected Use the checklist found in appendix B1 F for this purpose if required by the protocol B0107 PROTOCOL FOR SHIP S FORCE PERFORMING NON FRIABLE ASBESTOS MAINTENANCE a All Navy ships have non friable asbestos therefore all afloat commands shall comply with the specific requirements of this protocol The SOPs for the work processes authorized for ship s force personnel to perform are found in appendix B1 B Additionally all afloat commands are required to comply with the general requirements detailed in B0101 through B0106 Ship s force may perform 1 Replacement of a
80. conducted during the Fleet Readiness Training Program FRTP The ship s immediate superior in command ISIC will allocate time early in the ship s FRTP so the commanding officer can use the safety survey results in deployment preparations For two crew submarines e g SSBNs the survey should be conducted during a refit major maintenance period when both crews are on board b The shipboard safety survey includes training and a survey of a representative sample of the entire ship identifying safety hazards training safety officers and safety petty officers and providing the commanding officer with an evaluation of the safety status of the command The survey is intended to promote operational risk management as the primary tool in preventing mishaps and reducing the risks inherent to the operational Navy The survey report shall be provided to the ship including a relative standing for safety performance among the ship class Within 30 days of the completion of the survey commanding officers shall provide their ISIC in writing the status of the significant discrepancies identified during the survey and indicate those that have been corrected those on the CSMP including job sequence number JSN and those beyond capability of the command to correct without outside assistance To arrange a survey contact the Naval Safety Center Afloat Directorate at SAFE AFLOAT navy mil or by naval message
81. could cause injuries and extensive damage to shipboard equipment and may compromise the ship s mission capabilities Reference B 1 chapter 300 is the primary reference for detailed technical guidance on electrical hazards and the potential for electric shock Work involving electric tools equipment and systems is inherently dangerous Always use the principles of operational risk management ORM when dealing with electricity Details of ORM are found in reference B7 2 BO702 RESPONSIBILITIES a The commanding officer shall authorize all work on nergized equipment per reference B7 1 b The safety officer shall ensure electrical electronic indoctrination training is provided for all newly reporting personnel per paragraph BO708 Coordinate with the electrical officer electronics material officer to provide this training c The electrical safety officer electronic maintenance officer shall 1 Establish an electrical tool issue room per paragraph BOTOT 2 Ensure that applicable maintenance and repair are conducted per reference B7 3 3 Ensure that the on board cardiopulmonary resuscitation CPR instructor is certified per paragraph B0708 4 Ensure that all electrical tools equipment received on board are authorized for shipboard use Reference B7 1 contains guidance on determining suitability for shipboard use OPNAVINST 5100
82. e Conduct SOH training on safety precautions and potential hazards applicable to a division as part of the ongoing ORM process Operational risk management training may be conducted prior to scheduled evolutions such as CONREP VERTREP aircraft operations towing anchoring or engineering drills or at scheduled divisional training periods Division officers shall ensure assigned personnel receive mandatory training on safety programs e g heat stress electrical safety hazardous material control and management the SOH program and hearing conservation and that at least two safety briefs are conducted at quarters or muster each month Appendix A5 A is a consolidated list of training requirements directed by this instruction f At a minimum commands shall conduct one safety stand down per year Additional safety stand downs may be warranted at the discretion of the commanding officer g Where specified in this instruction division officers shall ensure training is documented using Navy career development program databases e g R Admin COMPASS or other standard electronic or hardcopy means Divisional safety petty officer training completion shall be tracked by the safety officer Training accomplishment shall be part of the annual safety self assessment A0504 TRAINING RESOURCES AND PUBLICATIONS a A complete list of occupational safety and health correspondence courses can be found in appendi
83. established by the Director Naval uclear Propulsion Program CNO NOON for areas under his cognizance However for areas other than those described above such as asbestos control heat stress electrical safety and gas free engineering the requirements of this manual apply to activities involved with naval nuclear propulsion d This manual addresses the identification and maintenance of safe and healthful conditions in afloat work places or occupational environments Recreational and off duty safety and traffic safety program requirements are provided in references Al 5 and Al 6 Some but not all of aviation safety chapters C7 and C12 and explosives safety chapter C14 are addressed Additional guidance in these areas is provided in references Al 7 through Al1 10 A0104 REFERENCES AND DEFINITION OF TERMS For matters of convenience and organization references for a specific chapter appear at the end of each chapter Special terms and their definitions appear in the glossary at the end of volume I of the manual A0105 SOH MANUAL CHANGES a Users who identify a requirement for a modification to this manual shall initiate a change recommendation as follows 1 A proposed alteration to this manual or a safety requirement shall be submitted by the identifying command to Chief of Naval Operations CNO Special Assistant for Safety Matters NO9F via the chain of command
84. eva o B10 B1002 PERMISSIBLE EXPOSURE LIMIT AND ACTION LEVEL TRIGGERING REQUIREMENTS EEEE O EEEE EEEE c eds B10 B1003 LEAD CONTROL RESPONSIBILITIES 60 2 B10 2 B1004 LEAD CONTROL BREMEN dida A a A tonne gt ase si Gy ans B10 4 B1005 INDUSTRIAL HYGTENE SURVEY ias is B10 4 B1006 CONTROL OF LEAD IN THE WORKPLACE ENVIRONMENT B10 5 B1007 WASTE DISPOSAL PROCEDURES teve sa che e teca a tea e B10 8 B1008 MEDICA SURVE IE DANCE tt A A a B10 8 B1009 WRITTEN COMPT LANCE PLAN qt Siew E A EAA Ss B10 9 B1010 IRALNING 1 e aa aos uR as DAR B10 10 CHAPTER BLO REFERENCES 0000 68 cesos an cal ee as B10 11 viii OPNAVINST 5100 19E 30 May 2007 TABLE OF CONTENTS VOLUME I SECTION B MAJOR HAZARD SPECIFIC ELEMENTS CHAPTER Bil TAG OUT coi Sees Bee Ss Sle ee SE De ed Eee Geo B11 1 BL MOD DESCUSS LON sitiar as laa rales plas wa B11 1 CHAPTER Bill REFERENCES 1 dues 2 03 a dele e a Sede ts B11 1 APPENDIX B11 A TAG OUT PROGRAM CHECKLIST B11 A 1 CHAPTER B12 PERSONAL PROTECTIVE EQUIPMENT B12 1 B1201 DISCUS SALON 0d as rete cht Slatche eee lara rats B12 1 B1202 RESPONSI BIGL TIES trace Set desl oa B12 1 B1203 EROTECTIEVE EQUBPMEN Es oo tite Sot A Lob ton RO tel Los bance e RL Le B12 2 CHAPTER Bib REFERENCES 2 aida a ta B12 6 APPENDIX B12 A PERSONAL PROTECTIVE EQUIPMENT STOCK NUMBER IN
85. exposure to environmental electromagnetic radiation EMR to assist commanding officers in carrying out their responsibilities for EMR safety The sources of this EMR include communications transmitters radars electronic countermeasures transmitters and lasers This manual also provides technical data and information concerning non ionizing radio frequency RF hazards to personnel fuel and other flammable material as well as laser hazards to personnel The procedures and precautions prescribed herein apply in every instance within the naval establishment where a person or a flammable vapor mixture is exposed to RF fields of potentially hazardous intensity B9 A 8 OPNAVINST 5100 19E 30 May 2007 Operational commanders may waive compliance with any provision when essential under emergency conditions When noncompliance with restrictions contained herein is essential emergency procedures are suggested and background information is provided in order to explain and minimize the risks involved MIL STD 464A Electromagnetic Environmental Effects Requirements for Systems This standard established electromagnetic environmental effects E3 interface requirement and verification criteria for airborne sea space and ground systems including associated ordnance This standard contains two sections the main body and an appendix The main body of the standard specifies a baseline set of requireme
86. eyewear a Safety Glasses Spectacles Safety glasses are to be worn in those areas where there is a possibility of flying objects particulates or dust entering the eye Those spectacles with suitable filter lenses are permitted for use with gas welding operations on light work and for inspections Spectacle type glasses are made both with and without side shields and may have either a rigid nonadjustable or adjustable bridge Sun glasses rate as safety glasses and marked with Z87 with or without side shields may be used for outdoor work when sun protection is desired NOTE safety sun glasses are not suitable as ultraviolet UV protection from welding cutting or burning operations b Chemical Goggles Chemical goggles provide the eyes and eye area with protection from liquids splashes mists vapors and spray Goggles may consist of a flexible frame or a rigid frame with a separate cushioned fitting surface and are held in place with a supporting band Chemical goggles with ventilation must be splash resistant covered vents vice perforations c Welding Goggles Welding goggles provide protection against glare and injurious radiation as well as from flying objects chips and metal splashes Eyecup type goggles are designed to be worn alone while cover type goggles are designed to fit over corrective spectacles The lens filter of welding goggles is shaded to prote
87. facility RPM 2 Submarine personnel assigned as the RPA shall be trained by the NSSC or squadron designated RPM Training shall include local guidance and program standard operating procedures respirator selection care and maintenance fit testing procedures and respirator user training Training shall be conducted upon initial assignment and annually thereafter 3 See chapter A5 for training aids to assist in respiratory protection training Department heads division officers leading petty officers and the MDR shall be trained annually on the recognition of work requiring respirators respiratory protection procedures and the proper use of respirators e Responsibilities 1 Per paragraph B0614 b NSSC or squadron commanders shall designate a RPM to provide support to all submarine units under their cognizance B6 25 OPNAVINST 5100 19E 30 May 2007 2 The RPM shall a Ensure that up to date command guidance exists on respiratory protection Such guidance will normally be issued in this chapter however information unique to the command may be written into a command directive b Develop and maintain a roster of personnel enrolled in the respiratory protection program c For respirators needed while underway e g nuclear welders provide guidance to submarine RPAs and supply officers on the selection of proper types and stock levels of respiratory protectiv
88. fatal occupational disease Asbestos has also been found as a causal factor in the development of lung cancer and of malignant pleural mesothelioma and it is suspected of causing cancer of the gastrointestinal tract When coupled with smoking tobacco products the risk of developing lung cancer is increased dramatically Mesothelioma is a rare malignant tumor of the membrane that lines the chest and abdominal cavity It is rarely found except in those exposed to asbestos Most symptoms of these asbestos related diseases do not show up until 10 45 years after exposure c Asbestos insulation and other asbestos containing materials are normally not a health hazard when in good condition secured in place and unlikely to be disturbed Bound asbestos materials such as most gaskets floor coverings and cements are not generally health hazardous except when worked by punching grinding machining or sanding or when the material is deteriorated Of primary concern is asbestos that has the potential to become airborne through friability able to be crushed under hand pressure Gasket material that has been exposed to high heat over time and damaged asbestos packing materials may also be friable d There are no known acute immediate effects associated with exposure to asbestos Therefore avoid breathing asbestos dust even though it may not seem to produce any harmful effects at the time of exp
89. fitting piece Face piece Air Purifying Respirator 5 10 SO Semere Tores z Filtering Facepiece Resp IS Powered Air Purifying Respirator PARR sav noana a e e a 50 1000 25 1000 25 Supplied Air Respirator SAR or Airline Respirator Demand MOI O reetedirnnena ts I Aunis 10 BOR e is amh R Continuous flow MOE a 50 1000 25 1000 25 Pressure demand or other J Joo 50 LO0 08 sees A Z positive pressure mod Self Contained Breathing Apparatus SCBA Demand Modes ain 10 50 BO aaah y Pressure demand or other positive pressure mode ae O o 10 000 T0000 mass B6 11 OPNAVINST 5100 19E 30 May 2007 e g open closed circuit RPMs may select respirators assigned for use in higher workplace concentrations of a hazardous substance for use at lower concentrations of that substance or when required respirator use is independent of concentration The assigned protection factors in table 1 are only effective when th employer implements a continuing effective respirator program as required by 29 CFR 1910 134 including training fit testing maintenance and use requirements 3 The RPM must have evidence provided by the respirator manufacturer that testing of these respirators demonstrates performance at a level of protection of 1 000 or greater to receive an APF of 1 000 This level of performance can best be demonstrated by performing a workplace protection factor or simulated wo
90. from an industrial hygienist or radiation health officer 2 Governing Instructions a Policy and guidance in the identification and control of laser radiation hazards see reference B9 15 b Laser safety for medical facilities see reference B9 16 c Military exempt lasers see reference B9 25 d Laser safety on ranges and in other outdoor areas see reference B9 26 e Food and Drug Administration FDA performance standards for light emitting products see reference B9 27 f American National Standards Institute ANSI 2136 series of standards guides and recommendations see references B9 8 B9 9 and B9 27 thru B9 31 g Medical management of non ionizing casualties see reference B9 19 3 Points of Contact a For medical and industrial laser operations Bureau of Medicine and Surgery BUMED Code M342 2300 E Street NW Washington DC 20372 5300 DSN 762 3448 Commercial 202 762 3448 Fax 202 762 0931 b For all laser operations other than medical military exemption of lasers and certification surveys of laser firing ranges Funding for services shall be provided by the requesting command Laser System Evaluation and Range Surveys Naval Surface Warfare Center Dahlgren Division G 72 17320 Dahlgren RD Dahlgren VA 22448 DSN 249 1060 1149 2442 Commercial 540 653 1060 1149 2442 Fax 540 653 8824 http www navylasersafety com B9 18 OPNA
91. have hearing protective devices available at all times and wear them without consideration of the duration of the exposure Exceptions to this requirement must be documented by a qualified professional b A combination of insert type and circumaural muff type hearing protective devices double protection shall be worn 1 In all areas where sound levels exceed 104 dB A unless an occupational audiologist industrial hygienist or occupational medicine physician has determined that single protection is adequate for the anticipated duration of the exposure 2 When a medical officer or audiologist determines that double protection is required c All personnel exposed to gunfire in a training Situation or to noise from large caliber gun or missile firing under any circumstances shall wear sufficient hearing protective devices single protection up to and between 140 ABSPL peak and double protection at 165 dBSPL peak and above to reduce the individual s effective exposure level to below 84 dB A 140 dBSPL administrative controls as discussed in appendices B4 B and B4 C will be required d Assistance in the determination of which hearing protective device or combination of devices suitable for use in each situation is available from an occupational audiologist industrial hygienist or occupational medicine physician Hearing protection recommendations are contained in the baseline and periodic
92. heat stress monitor watchstation 303 of the safety programs afloat personnel qualifications standard PQS NAVEDTRA 43460 4B within 12 weeks of assignment c Training and information on the automated heat stress system AHSS is available in appendix B2 C CHAPTER B2 REFERENCES B2 1 OPNAVINST 5102 1D MCO P5 102 18 B2 22 OPNAVINST 5100 19E 30 May 2007 B2 2 NAVMED P 5010 3 Manual of Naval Preventive Medicine Chapter 3 Ventilation and Thermal Stress Ashore and Afloat B3 3 NEHC Technical Manual NEHC TM OEM 6260 6A Prevention and Treatment of Heat and Cold Stress Injuries B2 23 OPNAVINST 5100 19E 30 May 2007 Table B2 A 1 PHEL CURVE GENERAL APPLICABILITY SELECTION PERSONNEL PHEL CURVE Routine Casualty Watch Control Drills Steam Propelled Ships A Propulsion Spaces 1 BTOW Boiler Technician of the Watch Console Operator I Upper Levelman checkman Lower Levelman MFP Main Feed Pump Watch Burnerman EOOW I Engineering Officer of the Watch Y O OB WD 8 MMOW Machinist s Mate of the Watch 9 Throttleman 10 EMOW Electrician s Mate of the Watch 11 Upper Levelman SSTG Ship s Service Turbine Generator 12 Lower Levelman Lube Oil Condensate 13 Evaporator Watch I 14 Messenger S Note Below IV
93. in the ear s At the discretion of an audiologist or medical officer evaluation and medical record entries will be necessary to discover and document the existence of occupational versus non occupational etiology NOTE All personnel shall bring their personal hearing protective devices with them when they report for monitoring audiometry 1 Consult reference B4 2 for detailed Medical Department guidance for the provision of monitoring audiometry B4 A 7 OPNAVINST 5100 19E 30 May 2007 follow up testing and case management of personnel with noise induced hearing loss 2 The monitoring audiogram shall be compared to the most current reference audiogram to determine if a significant threshold shift STS has occurred a Significant threshold shift STS is defined as a change of 15 dB or greater at any test frequency from 1000 to 4000 Hz in either ear or a change in hearing averaging 10 dB or more at 2000 3000 and 4000 Hz in either ear b When an STS is identified additional monitoring hearing tests shall be performed to determine if the threshold shift is temporary or permanent in nature The member s division officer or MDR will be informed of the time and place for follow up testing c A significant threshold shift will be considered permanent when so determined by an audiologist or appropriately trained physician Individu
94. in a visible location close to the eyewash unit b Eye Face Wash Units On surface ships locations for eye face ash units will be identified in the baseline industrial hygiene survey Corrosives are frequently found in the following locations and these areas should be evaluated for installation of an eyewash or eye face wash unit 1 Main and auxiliary machinery spaces IC gyro battery charging areas 2 Medical treatment area 3 Chemical water testing and medical laboratories 4 Darkrooms and X ray developing areas if liquid chemicals are used 5 Hazardous material issue storerooms if HM is dispensed 6 Paint mixing and issue rooms 7 Other areas determine by the baseline industrial hygiene survey c For propulsion plant spaces of nuclear powered submarines eyewash bottles may be used in lieu of permanent or B5 7 portable eyewash nucleonics wate Approved eyewash bott under NSN 6515 d Combina OPNAVINST 5100 19E 30 May 2007 stations and shall be readily available in r chemistry rooms and secondary analysis stations tles are available through the supply system 01 393 0728 or 6540 01 353 9946 ag tion Shower Eyewash Units As specii ied in reference B5 1 a combination of emergency shower with eyewash or eye face wash unit with drain and stay open valve shall be available in al l areas where the eyes and skin of crew members
95. in accordance with chapter C23 Has the supply officer HM coordinator HM supervisor supervised document preparation for offload of used excess HM and prior to getting underway ensured that no HM remains on the pier Has the supply officer HM coordinator HM supervisor ensured that all contractor and shipyard representatives offload all HM brought on board following completion of their work BO302a 4 33s 34 Has the supply officer HM coordinator HM supervisor ensured that personnel assigned to the HAZMINCEN are trained on duties and responsibilities prior to assuming these duties Has the supply officer HM coordinator HM supervisor ensured at least the number of persons specified in the ships manning document are assigned to operation the HAZMINCEN BO302a 4 Has the supply officer HM coordinator HM supervisor maintained HICSWIN BO302a 4 B3 C 5 OPNAVINST 5100 19E 30 May 2007 Yes No 39 Has the supply officer HM coordinator HM supervisor managed embarked unit Marines Airwing Squadrons Special Forces etc HM in accordance with B0302 i e ensur mbarked units do not bring onboard prohibited HM Screen embarked unit HM against the ships T SHML ensure embarked units provide a valid requirement for material needed onboard ship i e maintenance procedure technical manual etc ensure embarked units submit requirements for hazardous material
96. of hazard severity and mishap probability use the matrix shown below The RAC is expressed as a single Arabic number 1 2 hazard abatement priorities Hazard Severity 3 4 or 5 that can be used to help determin Mishap Probability A B C D I 1 2 3 Ae 2 3 4 III 2 3 4 5 IV 3 4 5 5 Code Description T Critical Safety or Health Deficiency Correct as Soon as Possible This is hazard a deficiency which presents a critical safety to personnel or machinery or health hazard to personnel which must be corrected immediately This code is to be used for items such as electric shock hazards inoperative interlock or safety devices missing or damaged lifelines inoperabl scape scuttles a leaking refrigerant system into a confined space leaking component containing PCBs and the like All efforts must A4 7 OPNAVINST 5100 19E 30 May 2007 be exerted to correct these items prior to any other maintenance deficiencies Suspension of use of equipment system space is mandatory 2 Serious Safety or Health Deficiency Suspension of Equipment System Space Use is Required These items deal with serious safety hazards to personnel or machinery or health hazards which must be corrected prior to resuming use of equipment system space 3 Moderate Safety or Health Deficiency Waiver of Equipment System Space Use is Granted Pending Correction of the Item This cate
97. of the bar is in the yellow section the batteries will need recharging soon If the top of the bar is in the red section the batteries must be recharged before use b While taking readings hold the meter about chest high 18 inches away from the body If there is airflow at the reading location the monitor should be positioned to allow the airflow to enter the left side of the unit When taking a measurement the order in which the temperatures and WBGT index are taken are DB WB GT and WBGT Wait five minutes after turning the monitor on until taking the initial reading Allow the temperature to stabilize before taking the subsequent readings Following temperature readings position the function switch to the PHEL curve P position from appendix B2 A which corresponds to the routine limit the non routine limit the heavy work limit and the drills limit The exposure limits should be checked against table B2 B 2 5 Use of the Automated Heat Stress System AHSS a Viewing Printing AHSS Data B2 C 4 OPNAVINST 5100 19E 30 May 2007 1 The AHSS PC workstation displays stores and prints the heat stress information The information on the monitor is updated each minute and stored each hour A dry bulb DB log is available which displays the DB temperature values for each location The AHSS software allows the workspace supervisor to review the DB log and enter
98. on ship operating requirements and personnel rest duty cycles 3 Abatement of Existing Noise Hazards a Abatement of hazardous noise levels shall be undertaken to the extent possible or practicable by one or more of the following methods 1 By engineering design to eliminate or reduce the noise level of machinery equipment and other operating devices facilities to acceptable levels 2 By damping the noise by means of lamination mufflers mountings couplings supports insulation or application of acoustic materials 3 By acoustical enclosure of the noise producer 4 By isolation of the noise producer to a point where the noise will affect fewer personnel B4 C 2 OPNAVINST 5100 19E 30 May 2007 5 By substitution of less noisy operations e g welding in lieu of riveting 6 By administrative controls which limit exposure e g control of work schedules 4 Airborne Noise Criteria for Navy ships and submarines In accordance with reference B4 9 noise levels have been established as acceptable compartment noise levels for habitability and occupational health They are categorized according to personnel functional requirements and apply under all ship operating conditions These criteria apply to steady state noise and do not apply to impact or impulsive type noise This information is provided to aid in assessing noise abatement prioriti
99. or actual RFR exposures that are five times the MPE or greater shall include as a minimum a A listing of all involved personnel b Measurements of RFR exposure levels c Results of appropriate medical examinations d A detailed description of the circumstances surrounding the incident e Recommendations for more detailed medical follow up if necessary f Recommendations to prevent future recurrence of the incident 3 The command exercising operational control of the RF source has the primary lead for conducting the RF exposure investigation and for ensuring the appropriate report is filed 4 Commands shall refer personnel reporting physical symptoms or suspected of having been exposed to levels in excess of five times the MPE limit for a medical evaluation or follow up Since medical evaluations following RF exposures have been infrequently required and physical signs of injury are usually not manifested medical personnel should be advised to refer to reference B9 19 for information on RF biological effects 5 Commands shall make initial notification for the occurrence of an RF incident by telephone fax message or e mail to the appropriate technical assistance point listed in this chapter with copy to the Bureau of Medicine and Surgery Code M342 Discussions following this initial notification can determine whether a more extensive investigation will be necess
100. oz min d Casing Joints NSTM 221 Boilers Check all areas of boiler casings for leakage e Piping NSTM 505 Piping Check for stained and wet lagging Notes 3 4 f Drains Funnel No overflow Visual Measure Visual Feel Soap Suds Visual Visual Packing not sufficiently tight Gland bottomed out Shaft alignment Worn bearings Improper or worn packaging Dirt on matting surfaces Improper bolt tightening Warped doors access Cracked seams fasteners missing or defective faulty gaskets Pipe valve or flange leaking Pipe broken Check valve jammed Drain funnel fouled B2 B 6 OPNAVINST 5100 19E 30 May 2007 Tighten packing Add packing Align shaft Replace bearings Replace packing Clean Surfaces Retighten bolts Replace doors panels Caulk seams renew fasteners replace renew gaskets use tadpole gaskets Repair or replace as necessary Replace Repair check valve Clean drain funnel OPNAVINST 5100 19E 30 May 2007 BILGE Dry Bilge Ships No water Visual Leaks Repair leaks Machinery Piping Wet Bilge Ships Minimize water Visual Leaks Pump bilge water and no quantitative Machinery or repair leaks standard Piping Note 1 For ships designed to MIL STD 769D or earlier revisions the surface temperature after installing insulation was limited to 105 F Note 2 Infrared Heat Gun Survey Infrared heat guns may be borrowed from IMA or IMA
101. personnel have been trained on the hazards associated with that material and are familiar with what an MSDS is what it contains and where a copy is available for review B303a 9 109 Have the work center supervisors ensured that a valid maintenance requirement exists for any HM item not listed in the SMCL and initiated a SMCL feedback report B303a 9 110 Have all hands ensured that HM is returned to appropriate stowage upon completion of use or at the end of the workday whichever is earlier B303a 10 Have all hands followed instructions provided for the proper use of HM B303a 10 Have all hands collected and segregated any used HM for proper offload per chapter D15 B303a 10 B3 D 4 OPNAVINST 5100 19E 30 May 2007 Yes No 113 Have all hands reported any spills of HM to the duty officer in port or the chief of the watch underway B303a 10 114 Have all hands reported any violation of HM use storage and handling precautions to the supervisor for resolution correction B303a 10 ESTE Have all hands been alerted to prevent the on board storage and use of restricted material during underway operations without prior approval authorization from the executive officer Are all hands using limited material per SMCL guidance B303a 10 OIL AND HAZARDOUS SUBSTANCE OHS SPILL RESPONSE
102. printout for the heat stress survey sheet The surveyor shall record the following heat stress information on the heat stress survey sheet manual or computer printout Date and time of survey 2 In the follow on survey form identify a time and temperature 3 Stations surveyed including the following information for each station a Time WBGT measurement was taken at the location Hanging DB temperature Not b d system required for the automate C WBGT meter readings for DB WB GT and WBGT d PHEL curve for the station and the corresponding exposure time NOTE Only the column that pertains to the current watch work situation needs to be completed e g all four columns do not need to be filled in 4 The heat stress surveyor shall check to ensure that the WB lt DB GT 2 DB and WB lt WBGT lt GT Once this is verified then the heat stress surveyor shall manually calculate the highest WBGT index obtained using the formula B2 11 OPNAVINST 5100 19E 30 May 2007 WBGT 0 1 x DB The surveyor shall compare cal the two readings shall 0 7 x WB be within 0 2 degrees Fahrenheit value is not required with the 0 2 x GT lculated WBGT to the meter WBGT and A or shall note any manual calculation of the WBGT AHSS d The heat stress survey material deficiencies that may be con stress conditions and recor
103. product of Planck s constant h and the frequency v where h equals 3 34 x 10 Joule seconds E hv l Potentially hazardous sources of ionizing and non ionizing radiation exist aboard Navy ships Examples of ionizing radiation sources include radioactive materials and x B9 3 OPNAVINST 5100 19E 30 May 2007 ray generating equipment Examples of non ionizing radiation sources include communication transmitters radar systems radio frequency heat sealers and lasers m The mechanism for potential harmful biological effects from personnel exposure to ionizing radiation involves the possibility of directly ionizing cellular DNA deoxyribonucleic acid or other cellular materials such as cytoplasm that result in the production of reactive oxidizing agents that can potentially affect cell function There are four possible outcomes if this occurs the cell can repair itself majority of the time the cell can be damaged and unable to reproduce the cell can be damaged and reproduces corrupt daughter cells or the cell dies The occupational ionizing radiation control levels imposed by the Navy are typically 10 times lower than the Federal limits and keep worker exposures as low as reasonably achievable ALARA While any exposure no matter how small involves some risk the risk is small compared with normal hazards of life For further information and a perspective about the risks associated with occupational exposure to ion
104. protective equipment maintenance configuration and use are key elements to an effective personal protective effort NOTE Preparation for any availability should include careful assessment of PPE needs over the entire period to ensure an adequate supply B1202 RESPONSIBILITIES a The commanding officer shall ensure that there is sufficient PPE aboard to meet the needs of his her command He she shall ensure that adequate funding is provided to obtain or replace missing or worn out personal protective equipment b The safety officer shall ensure that the use of PPE is monitored for required work or in required spaces as well as being worn in a proper and effective manner PPE selection should be based on the workplace evaluation and recommendations contained in the applicable sections of the baseline or periodic industrial hygiene survey naval ship s technical manual NSTM OPNAVINST 5100 19E 30 May 2007 hazardous materials user s guide HMUG and maintenance requirement card MRC Appendix B12 B contains a checklist that can be used for program assessment and evaluation c Division officers shall budget for procure and stock personal protective clothing and equipment and provide it to personnel as needed Division officers shall ensure that the supply officer is aware of required changes to the allowance of PPE so that coordinated shipboard shore based allow
105. quantities of hazardous material HM Great care must be taken in handling using and storing HM to prevent injury to personnel damage to equipment or harm to the environment Risks associated with HM are greater aboard ship than ashore because of the limited number confined nature and at sea environment of shipboard spaces Consequently both special precautions and an effective HM program are needed The maintenance of safe and healthful working conditions for HM is a chain of command responsibility Implementation begins with the commanding officer and extends to the individual Sailor b In order to comply with Chief of Naval Operations CNO direction all U S Navy ships are required to implement the consolidated hazardous material reutilization and inventory management program CHRIMP This program is a HM control and management plan calling for all HM to be centrally controlled onboard ships CHRIMP requires the establishment installation of hazardous material minimization centers HAZMINCENs on each ship for the centralized management of all shipboard HM used and excess HM and empty HM containers The HAZMINCEN is an issue reuse site with HM inventory tracking software c Execution of CHRIMP through the establishment of a HAZMINCEN should reduce on board quantities of HM through inventory control and management in accordance with environmental safety and health requirements However suffici
106. removal acid gas and organic vapor removal or acid gas ammonia and organic vapor removal Some manufacturers allow users to create their own combination cartridges by screwing two cartridges together however always follow the manufacturer s recommendations when doing this since there may be some limitations 4 Prefilters All manufacturers allow the user to combine different degrees of particulate removal with any cartridge by attaching a pre filter to the cartridge by means of a retainer ring Such systems are commonly used to protect against an aerosol 5 Color Coding By federal regulation each type of respirator cartridge canister is color coded to identify its B6 6 OPNAVINST 5100 19E 30 May 2007 intended use The color coding may be achieved by coloring all or part of the cartridge canister case or by affixing a colored label See reference B6 5 for specific information on color coding 6 Labeling Each cartridge canister is labeled with the contaminant s it protects against and the NIOSH approval number Some labels may provide more information about the cartridge s capabilities and limitations 7 Military gas masks e g MCU 2A P Mark V M40 are military unique air purifying respirators that are only to be used for chemical biological radiological CBR warfare MILITARY GAS MASKS MUST NEVER BE USED IN PLACE OF AN AIR PURIFYING RESPIRATOR This chapter does not apply to the
107. remove installed ACM which are in good condition for the sole purpose of eliminating asbestos Where substitution is not possible the command shall use engineering controls or and or personal protective equipment The command shall prohibit the use of administrative controls e g personnel rotation as a means of keeping the exposure below the permissible exposure limit PEL 2 Specific procedures to control the accumulation of asbestos laden waste dust and scrap materials are found in the individual work protocol standard operating procedures SOPs appendix B1 B for ship s force and appendix B1 C for emergency asbestos response team 3 Warning Signs and Labels a The command shall provide and display warning signs which comply with reference B1 3 at each location where asbestos work is performed Post signs at a sufficient distance from the work area that personnel may read the signs and take necessary steps befor ntering the area A listing of required protective equipment may be attached to or be a part of the Sign The warning sign shall state DANGER ASBESTOS CANCER AND LUNG DISEASE HAZARD AUTHORIZED PERSONNEL ONLY RESPIRATORS AND PROTECTIVE CLOTHING MAY BE REQUIRED IN THIS AREA This warning sign is available from standard stock under NSN 9905 01 345 4519 B1 6 OPNAVINST 5100 19E 30 May 2007 b Affix warning signs to containers of raw materials mix
108. requested to perform Heat gun should be used to detect hot spots This equipment does not provide accurate temperatures Note 3 Use extreme caution when inspecting pressurized or high temperature piping systems Do not attempt repairs while system is pressurized Note 4 Prior to removing lagging ensure that it does not contain asbestos B2 B 7 OPNAVINST 5100 19E 30 May 2007 Appendix B2 C USE OF THE WBGT METER 1 The basic instrument for assessing heat stress is the WBGT meter a small lightweight portable instrument The WBGT meter measures dry bulb wet bulb and globe temperature and electronically integrates these values into the WBGT Index There are currently two meters available in the fleet the RSS 220 meter and the Model 960 Each meter is assembled and operated per its technical manual either NAVSEA SNO000 AA MMO 0010 for the RSS 220 meter or NAVSEA S9491 AJ MMO 010 0910 LP 464 1300 for the Model 960 meter and the guidance contained within this instruction Specific instructions for requisitioning and turn in of units are available from Type Commanders The Allowance Equipage List AEL for the meter is AEL 2 870003051 Experience has shown that the meter globe assembly may be damaged before the meter itself is damaged Replacing the globe assembly in the event of meter malfunction may often eliminate the need to return the entire meter for repair Similarly
109. review of the list of HM to ensure that CHRIMP efforts are optimized to minimize HM stowage locations and eliminate excessive or unauthorized guantities of HM b Ensure that HM retained within their work centers is required for the operations and maintenance of assigned equipments and does not exceed the quantity needed to satisfy operational needs requirements c Ensure that department personnel are available to receive annual HM awareness training d Ensure used or excess HM is properly turned into the HAZMINCEN for turn over to the shore activity offload personnel 4 The Supply Officer HM Coordinator HM Supervisor shall a Operate the HAZMINCEN in accordance with guidance in this chapter and in chapter C23 Provide control and inventory management of designated shipboard HM Ensure receipt stowage consolidation issue inventory and accountability of all HM used on board b Weekly prepare and submit a HAZMINCEN operation summary report to the chain of command Report to include 1 Listing of new HAZMAT requirements lists new HM line items and provides status of the SHML feedback report SFR when SFR was sent and what is the answer 2 Summary of results from storeroom and satellite locker spot checks Including size of sample taken results HICSWIN RSUPPLY accuracy and reason for inaccuracies deficiencies 3 Report of NIS not in stock but carried and N C not
110. shall a Wear the provided respirator when required and in a proper manner bo Inspect the respirator before and after each use per paragraph BO609a c Perform a positive and negative respirator facepiece seal check prior to each use per paragraph BO607b d Report any malfunction of the respirator to their immediate supervisor and the RPA e Prevent damage or loss of respiratory protective equipment ee Procedures 1 Personnel shall report to the RPA or RPM for fit testing and training Those personnel who do not have a current within one year record of fit testing training shall be fit tested and trained by the RPA RPM or submarine supporting IMA 2 All personnel shall receive the following training prior to respirator issue from the respirator issuing facility a Respirator inspection procedures b Positive and negative facepiece seal checks c Respirator cartridge service life d Warning signs of respirator failure Respirators cartridges shall be issued for the duration of the job 3 Upon completion of work disposable respirators shall be disposed of non disposable respirators shall be returned to the supplying activity Bo 30 OPNAVINST 5100 19E 30 May 2007 g Training Department heads division officers leading petty officers and the MDR shall be trained annually on the recognition of work requiring respirators respiratory protection pr
111. shipboard respirator program SOPs d Respirator selection select and issue only NIOSH approved respirators e Respirator availability f Personnel roster g Medical respirator qualification based on current PHA paragraph B0613 h Initial and annual fit testing and training i Respirator issue j Respirator maintenance k Breathing air requirements 1 An annual audit of the respirator program by the RPM and a written respirator program evaluation by the industrial Bo 4 OPNAVINST 5100 19E 30 May 2007 hygiene office performing baseline and periodic industrial hygiene surveys Note See reference B6 5 for detailed explanations of these respiratory protection elements B0604 TYPES OF RESPIRATORS AND THEIR APPLICATIONS The two basic types of respirators are air purifying and atmosphere supplying Illustrations of typical respirators are provided in appendix B6 B a Air purifying respirators remove air contaminants by filtering or by absorbing them as the air passes through the cartridge In all cases when using air purifying respirators adequate oxygen 19 5 percent by volume must be present They are available with quarter half and full facepieces with the full facepiece respirator providing a higher degree of protection than either of the others Air purifying respirators are available as filtering facepiece e g disposable respirators with the filter or cartridge bu
112. shoes and hood X Large lean Room Medium 01 399 0704 01 399 0702 lean Room Large Overshoes Rubber Medium 00 421 7487 ee 2 o OPNAVINST 5100 19E 30 May 2007 a CP O ECN Finger Grip Saw 5 570 6896 Nylon Brush 7 324 2746 920 00 Scouring Pad 7920 00 753 5242 EAB Modification Kit for 4240 01 077 5994 EA 0 Submarines Ventilation Smoke Tube Kit for MSA 458481 EA 0 glovebags Glass Smoke Tubes 10 PKG MSA 5645 Plastic Sheeting 6 mil 8135 00 579 6486 RO Paper Towels Absorbent 7920 00 823 9772 B1 H 2 OPNAVINST 5100 19E 30 May 2007 Negative Air Unit Abatement Open Purchase Technologies HEPA Aire 1000 Part Abatement Number H1000V Technologies 3305 Breckenridge eplacement Parts Blvd 11001 Primary Filter Pads 30 cs 118 11002 12 Pleated Secondary Duluth GA 301 ilters 12 cs 1 800 634 9091 11010E Wood Frame 99 97 HEPA cs Magnehelic Gauge HEPA Vacuum Hako Minuteman GSA Contract Wet Dry 15 gallon capacity Number C83985 05 16 GS 07F 8158B Replacement parts 800317 Crush proof Hose 800015 Wand Operator s Handle 800070 Gulper Tool 800024 Round Dust Brush 800116 Swivel Connector 110121PKG Impact Filters 12 Pkg 805037PKG Plastic Bags 12 Pkg 805038PKG Filter Protectors 12 Pkg 10010 HEPA Filter Replacemen
113. specific work area s occupied The IH shall note the frequency and duration of events taking place within the workplace o A list of hazardous materials HM used in the workplace that present significant risk The list shall include a description of use at each workplace Reproductive hazards and carcinogens shall be specifically identified NOTE IHs shall have access to a copy of the authorized use list for the workplaces being surveyed A3 4 OPNAVINST 5100 19E 30 May 2007 c A list of physical hazards e g noise ergonomic stressors non ionizing radiation in the workplace that present significant risk including a brief description of their source s d A description of existing controls e g industrial ventilation and personal protective equipment 2 Exposure assessment The BUMED IH will assess exposures using all the information available The outcomes include groupings of workers having similar exposures definition of an exposure profile for each similarly exposed group and judgments about the acceptability of each exposure profile The BUMED IH shall make appropriate control strategy recommendations regarding the workplace workforce and environmental agents based on the results of the exposure assessments by using accepted industrial hygiene practices which comply with appropriate regulatory requirements 3 Further information gathering Exposure pr
114. stock HM shall be used whenever possible to avoid procurement of open purchased HM B3 20 OPNAVINST 5100 19E 30 May 2007 9 Work center Supervisors shall a Ensure that approved personal protective clothing and equipment are maintained and utilized b Ensure that prior to using or handling any HM work center personnel have been trained on the hazards associated with that material and are familiar with what an MSDS is what it contains and where a copy is available for review c Ensure that a valid maintenance requirement exists for any HM item not listed in the SMCL and initiate a SMCL feedback report SFR requesting material certification in accordance with the requirements of reference B3 1 chapter 7 10 All Hands shall a Ensure that HM is returned to appropriate stowage upon completion of use or at the end of the workday whichever is earlier b Follow instructions provided for the proper use of HM c Collect and segregate any used HM for proper offload per chapter D15 d Report any spills of HM to the duty officer in port or the chief of the watch underway e Report any violation of HM use storage and handling precautions to the supervisor for resolution correction f Be alert to prevent the on board storage and use of restricted material during underway operations without prior approval authorization from the
115. storage and use onboard by the submarine material control list SMCL Has the supply officer HM coordinator affixed an atmosphere contaminant tag appendix D15 C for any material that is a shipboard restricted R or limited L use code HM B303a 4 95 Has the supply officer HM coordinator initiated an investigation of any item suspected of being an atmosphere contaminant per the procedures of reference B3 2 and submitted a SMCL feedback report per chapter D15 B303a 4 96 Has the supply officer HM coordinator ensured that all restricted R and limited L items are inventoried every six months or prior to a change of command B303a 4 97 Has the supply officer HM coordinator reviewed th submarine material control log weekly in port and monthly underway B303a 4 98 Has the supply officer HM coordinator obtained commanding officer s written authorization prior to open purchasing any HM B303a 4 99 Has the medical department representative MDR assisted work center supervisors in training personnel regarding health information and personal protective equipment requirements for the HM they are using B303a 5 100 Has the MDR provided medical assistance in the event of a HM spill or mishap involving HM and used MSDS information in SHIMS provided by the supply officer B303a 5 101 Have the division officers e
116. submarine medical technician NEC 8402 only under the supervision of a physician may conduct the medical evaluation B6 23 OPNAVINST 5100 19E 30 May 2007 B0614 SUBMARINE RESPIRATORY PROTECTION a Respiratory protection program requirements are only applicable to submarine operations in port When respiratory protection is required at sea the installed emergency air breathing EAB system is the primary protection Nuclear system welders may use metal fume respirators with their welding goggles b Submarine squadrons or naval submarine support commands NSSCs activities shall serve as the respiratory protection manager RPM activities for the submarines assigned NSSC or squadron commander shall designate a RPM to provide support to all submarine units under their cognizance Submarines shall designate an individual to serve as the respiratory protection assistant RPA for that unit c Submarine respiratory protection programs shall comply with the following requirements 1 Proper respirator training is essential for personnel required to wear respirators and for supervisors of those wearing respirators Required training shall be given and documented prior to respirator use and annually thereafter and shall include the following topics a Proper fitting and wearing of the respirator including how to perform user seal checks Each person shall demonstr
117. tests should be recorded on a standard form SF 600 and maintained in the health record B0408 TRAINING a All personnel included in HCP shall receive training relative to HCP prior to working in noise hazardous areas or with noise hazardous equipment and annually thereafter Initial training topics shall include 1 The elements and rationale for HCP including the effects of noise on hearing 2 Designated noise hazardous areas and equipment 3 Proper use and maintenance of hearing protective devices including the advantages and disadvantages of each type of device 4 The necessity for periodic hearing testing anda description of test procedures 5 Mandatory requirement to wear assigned protective equipment and administrative actions that may result from failure to comply 6 Off duty hearing health hazards 7 The effects of hearing loss on career longevity promotion and retention 8 Communication in high noise environments b Annual refresher training must be conducted for personnel enrolled in the HCP Often this training is accomplished in conjunction with the annual audiogram Reference B4 2 identifies suitable training materials and provides additional guidance B4 10 OPNAVINST 5100 19E 30 May 2007 B0409 RECORDKEEPING a Results of hearing tests performed for hearing conservation purposes and the results of exposure assessments shall be permanently recorded u
118. the submarine Restricted material may not be used on board during an underway period c Ensure restricted R and HM items pending for classification are not used on board while underway 3 Department Heads shall a Ensure that HM retained within their work centers is unique to the operations and maintenance of assigned equipment and does not exceed the quantity needed to satisfy operational requirements b Ensure used or excess HM is properly returned to the supply officer for turn over to the shore activity c Report all items found with a restricted R or limited L use code that have not been logged in the submarine material control log to the supply officer for logging labeling and assignment of approved storage location or disposal d Report all items found that are not listed categorized in the submarine material control list SMCL to B3 18 OPNAVINST 5100 19E 30 May 2007 the supply officer Items not listed in the SMCL are prohibited per paragraph D1502 a e Ensure that restricted items authorized for in port use only are removed from the submarine when no longer needed Inform the supply officer of their removal to allow documentation in the submarine material control log Obtain written permission from the executive officer to retain on board restricted items during underway f Ensure that all HM in their custody are used handled and stowed per
119. the application of makeup and storage of food and tobacco products in lead work areas 2 Personnel working with lead shall wash their hands and faces prior to eating drinking smoking or applying cosmetics B1007 WASTE DISPOSAL PROCEDURES a Lead containing waste materials are classified as hazardous material and must be handled per chapter B3 Bag hazardous lead waste in heavy duty plastic bags or other impermeable containers Label bags with caution labels described in paragraph B1006e 2 b Label containers such as bags and trash cans LEAD WASTE ONLY Care must be exercised in order to prevent bags and other containers from rupturing when being moved B1008 MEDICAL SURVEILLANCE a Medical surveillance consists of pre placement medical evaluation blood lead monitoring and follow up medical evaluation based on the results of blood lead analysis worker complaint and physician opinion The lead medical surveillance examination and forms can be found in the medical matrix of B10 8 OPNAVINST 5100 19E 30 May 2007 reference B10 1 as examination 161 Personnel are included in this program when industrial hygiene surveillance indicates that they perform work or are likely to be in the vicinity of an operation which generates airborne lead concentrations at or above the AL more than 30 days per year Inclusion in this program is based on measured airborne concentrations without regard to respirator
120. the appropriate comments which will also record the time of the DB log review 2 A complete listing of all the WBGT and PHEL curve data are stored hourly and are available for review 3 The AHSS provides the ability to conduct a real time and immediate heat stress survey The heat stress survey printout includes the current WBGT and PHEL curve stay time information Additionally the AHSS software performs the comparison checks to verify that DB gt WB GT 2 DB and GT gt WBGT gt WB b AHSS Operations 1 The AHSS unit has four sensor channels from left to right the first is capped the second has the DB sensor the third has the relative humidity RH sensor the fourth has the GT black globe sensor The WB value is calculated from the DB and RH values The LED lights for the AHSS unit should be red green green green indicating that the AHSS unit and the three sensors are operating correctly 2 A DB and GT value of 32 displayed on the AHSS workstation denotes a sensor failure and the LED light will be red Follow the procedures in the AHSS technical manual to determine if the DB or GT sensor can become operational Ts mot connect a spare sensor in the appropriate DB GT channel re power the AHSS unit and arrange to have the faulty sensor repaired 3 A RH value of either five or 98 displayed on the AHSS workstation denotes a sensor has drifted low or hig
121. the past 24 hours b If two or more of the above symptoms are exhibited then exposure limits must be reduced as follows 1 Using the latest WBGT index values determin the PHEL stay time by using table B2 A 3 or B2 21 OPNAVINST 5100 19E 30 May 2007 2 Calculate the PHEL stay time for existing heat stress conditions per paragraph B0205b 4 and divide that stay time by three to obtain the new stay time For example if the exposure limit due to heat stress is four hours then the exposure limit with stack gas and or fuel vapors present would be reduced to one hour and 20 minutes Prompt removal of affected personnel to fresh air is essential Article 3 11 of reference B2 2 discusses the physiological effects to personnel exposed to stack gas and fuel vapors in detail B0206 TRAINING a All hands shall receive heat stress training upon reporting aboard This training may be conducted by showing the heat stress videotape Play it Cool Heat Stress Prevention Afloat 8055801 DN At a minimum this training must include 1 Heat stress health hazards 2 Symptoms of excessive heat stress exposure 3 Heat stress first aid procedures 4 Heat stress monitoring and 5 Causes of heat stress conditions b Heat stress surveyors assigned to perform WBGT surveys shall be trained and qualified using the heat stress surveyor watchstation 303 formally
122. the rechargeable batteries should also be checked before returning the entire meter for repair Supply information for the meter and accessories is a Model RSS 220 Note No longer manufactured but repair parts still available 1 WBGT meter NSN 7H 6685 01 055 5298 2 Globe assembly NSN 9G 6685 01 149 8635 3 Standard nickel cadmium rechargeable size AA batteries NSN 9G 6140 00 449 6001 4 WBGT meter accessories allowance parts list APL 100110001 b Model 960 1 Heat stress monitor NSN 3H 6665 01 333 2590 2 Globe assembly Unavailable from SPCC at this time OPNAVINST 5100 19E 30 May 2007 3 Standard nickel cadmium rechargeable size AA batteries NSN 9G 6140 00 449 6001 4 Heat stress monitor allowance parts list APL 469990172 2 WBGT Index Environmental data displayed by the WBGT meter heat stress monitor are a Shielded ventilated dry bulb temperature DB b Shielded ventilated wet bulb temperature WB c Globe temperature GT This temperature is an integration of radiant and convective the heating or cooling effects of air movement heat transfer heat gained or lost d WBGT Index The meter calculates this value using the following mathematical equation WBGT 0 1 X DB 0 7 x WB 0 2 x GT e Exposure Limit Model 960 only The calculated exposure limi
123. the safe use of military lasers and laser systems on DoD military reservations or military controlled areas worldwide It is intended to supplement each military service s established range procedures It applies to all DoD ranges or operation test facilities where lasers are used and all DoD laser operations conducted on non DoD controlled ranges or test facilities and all laser systems that have been evaluated by the health and safety specialists of each Service 21 CFR Part 1040 FDA Performance Standards for Light Emitting Products Classifies laser products and defines design features labeling and test requirements Access on line at http www navylasersafety com ANSI Z136 1 The American National Standard for the Safe Use of Lasers This is the fundamental commercial user standard that has been approved and adopted by the DON This standard is meant for users not manufacturers commercial designers manufacturers of lasers use FDA s 21 code of federal regulations CFR chapter I subpart J Part 1040 The ANSI standard provides guidance by defining control measures for each of the four laser classifications It is applicable to lasers with wavelengths from 180 nm to 1 mm and provides information on laser hazard evaluation ANSI Z136 2 The American National Standard for the Safe Use of Optical Fiber Communication Systems Utilizing Laser Diode And LED Sources ANSI Z1
124. to COMNAVSEASYSCOM SEA 00D2 and fully screened and censored as appropriate in the interest of national security Also forward any design or system performance data e g recordings of noise sound level profiles and light level readings to COMNAVSEASYSCOM SEA 00D2 for screening as described above prior to release This process shall normally be completed within a period of 15 working days from receipt of material by NAVSEASYSCOM 6 OSHA officials shall not be given copies of any federal records or reports If access to Navy records or reports is requested by OSHA officials forward the request to the appropriate releasing official s 7 In addition to presenting appropriate identification credentials all OSHA compliance officials shall be required to possess appropriate security clearance for entry into areas where the workplace is located A3 13 OPNAVINST 5100 19E 30 May 2007 8 Representatives of the ship s commanding officer and if appropriate the activity contracting officer and the commanding officer or officer in charge of the shore activity at which the ship is located and the commanding officer of the Navy repair activity for Navy civilian employees shall accompany the OSHA compliance official at all times during this physical inspection of Navy civilian or contractor workplaces A representative of the contractor and a representative of the employees may accompan
125. to OTTO Fuel Spills OTTO fuel is propellant named after its developer Dr Otto Reitlinger b Oil and Hazardous Substance OHS Spill Response Elements 1 The DCA shall implement a spill contingency plan SCP using the Navy s shipboard oil and hazardous substance OHS spill contingency plan guide These plans include B3 23 OPNAVINST 5100 19E 30 May 2007 information on spill response team makeup spill cleanup equipment location internal and external spill reporting criteria as well as procedures that are unique to the ship 2 Damage control teams required to combat an emergency involving HM and the ship s fire department if used aboard shall receive training on HM emergency procedures The DCA shall ensure training is provided and supervise ship s damage control efforts to combat HM spills Ships shall conduct and document at least one OHS spill response drill for each duty section annually as per reference B3 4 c OHS Spill Response Training 1 Ships shall conduct and document at least one OHS spill for each duty section annually per reference B3 4 The ship shall train the spill response team in port watchstanders command duty officers on in port OHS spill response procedures the ship s spill contingency plan and local notification requirements prior to assignment per reference B3 4 SUBMARINE REQUIREMENTS d Responsibilities
126. to a maximum of 200 ug m Thereafter any combination of engineering and administrative controls may be used to maintain exposure at or below the PEL in th i a e i B1003 LEAD CONTROL RESPONSIBILITIES a Commanding officers shall not authorize paint removal for cosmetic reasons or due to excessive paint thickness They may only authorize paint removal to protect the ship from corrosion when incidental to hot work and when bare metal is required for an inspection b The safety officer shall 1 When applicable as determined by the baseline industrial hygiene survey establish effective shipboard lead control practices that include as a minimum those elements in paragraph B1004 2 Verify that the ship has the proper clothing and equipment aboard to protect personnel during shipboard lead work 3 Notify the commanding officer when sufficient funds are unavailable to obtain mandatory protective clothing B10 2 OPNAVINST 5100 19E 30 May 2007 and equipment to protect ship s force personnel during shipboard lead work 4 If specified in the baseline industrial hygiene survey ensure a written compliance plan to comply with lead control requirements is available The supporting industrial hygiene officer industrial hygienist shall prepare this plan 5 Implement lead hazard training for all personnel identified in the baseline industrial hygiene survey as pote
127. to prevent the repeat of a similar spill b All depleted spill response kit components shall be replenished with new stock and the kit returned to its designated storage location B3 A 7 OPNAVINST 5100 19E 30 May 2007 Appendix B3 B Mercury Spill Response and Cleanup Procedures Surface Ships Only 1 Mercury Spill Cleanup Procedures Procedures shall vary according to the size and complexity of the mercury spill Refer to B3 4 and B3 26 a Broken Fluorescent Bulbs 1 Set up local exhaust ventilation 2 Carefully sweep up bulb debris and double bag for disposal as HM 3 Clean the area with a solution of HgX mercury decontaminant from the HM Spill Response kit b Small Spills Clean mercury spills with 50 grams 3 4 teaspoon or quarter size or less immediately as follows 1 If spill is in a confined area set up local exhaust ventilation If ventilation cannot be provided a suitable respirator should be worn 2 Spill cleanup personnel shall not eat drink smoke or apply cosmetics in spill area They shall wash thoroughly with soap and water after cleanup 3 Apply absorbent material from the HM spill response kit to spilled mercury and dispose as HM 4 Wipe down spill area with HgX solution from the spill kit 5 Discard any contaminated materials and protective clothing and dispose as HM c Large Spills Clean mercury spills of more than 50 grams 3 4 teaspoon or quart
128. use and maintenance of military gas masks b Atmosphere supplying respirators are used when th contaminant has no warning property e g smell taste eye irritation or respiratory irritation the contaminant s concentration is too high to use an air purifying respirator or the environment is immediately dangerous to life or health IDLH The two types are supplied air airline respirators and self contained breathing apparatuses 1 Supplied air respirators are further subdivided into hose mask and air line respirators a Hose mask respirators consist of a facepiece breathing tube harness and large diameter thick wall non kinking air supply hose A blower either motor or hand driven may supply the air or the user unaided may simply draw the air into the hose with each breath This respirator offers no advantages over the air line respirator and is being removed from the fleet and must not be worn b Air line respirators consist of a facepiece hood helmet or suit breathing tube regulator and small diameter hose provided with some means to attach the hose to the user A compressor ambient air breathing apparatus AABA or compressed air cylinder s provides the air The maximum length of hose allowed from a compressor or air fitting to the respirator shall be 300 feet unless a shorter maximum length is specified on the NIOSH approval The NIOSH approval for each
129. work where the airborne lead exposure is above the PEL without regard to the use of respirators When possible locate shower facilities between the clean and dirty change rooms Consult the command s industrial hygiene officer industrial hygiene survey or contact the local BUMED industrial hygienist for specific decontamination facility requirements 4 Launder lead contaminated clothing to prevent release of lead dust in excess of the AL Transport lead contaminated clothing in a sealed container with the standard Caution label affixed see paragraph B1006 e Notify persons who clean or launder protective clothing or equipment in writing of the potentially harmful effects of exposure to lead B10 6 OPNAVINST 5100 19E 30 May 2007 and monitor these persons for exposure to lead as required by paragraph B1005 d Respiratory Protection 1 Respirators are required where the concentration of airborne particulate lead is likely to exceed the PEL 2 Consult the command s respiratory protection program manager RPPM industrial hygiene survey or contact the local BUMED industrial hygienist for specific respirator requirements e Warning Signs and Caution Labels 1 Warning signs shall be provided and displayed at each location where airborne lead concentrations may exceed the LE PEL Signs shall state as a minimum the following WARNING LEAD W
130. 0 19E 30 May 2007 Yes No 2A Has the supply officer HM coordinator HM supervisor provided quarterly training to HAZMINCEN personnel on proper handling issuing labeling stowage receipt processing inventories spill response and disposal procedures B0302a 4 29 Has the supply officer HM coordinator HM supervisor provided quarterly HM training is to division work center personnel responsible for maintaining in space storage lockers Does training include inventorying marking stowage and the use of MSDS BO302a 4 26 Has the supply officer HM coordinator HM supervisor ensured a MSDS is on file either hard copy or on CD ROM for all types and brands of HM taken aboard BO302a 4 27 Has the supply officer HM coordinator HM supervisor ensured that only HM authorized for shipboard use by the Ship s hazardous material list SHML is requisitioned or if necessary to do so that a SHML feedback report SFR is promptly submitted Have the SHML feedback reports SFRs been signed by the commanding officer or a designated O 5 or above and transmitted to NAVCIP for processing B0O302a 4 28 Has the supply officer HM coordinator HM supervisor contacted the stock control officer to ensure all HM orders are approved by the HAZMINCEN prior to ordering or signing all purchase requests for HM items BO302a 4 29 Has the supply officer HM coordinator HM
131. 01 not required on board ship but a pertinent reference B1 4 OPNAVINST 5090 1B B1 5 NEHC Technical Manual TM OM 6260 Occupational Medical Surveillance Procedures Manual and Medical Matrix Edition 7 B1 6 NEHC Technical Manual TM 6290 91 2B Industrial Hygiene Field Operations Manual B1 16 OPNAVINST 5100 19E 30 May 2007 Appendix B1 A ASBESTOS INSULATION BULK SAMPLE COLLECTION AND SUBMISSION PROCEDURE To determine if the thermal insulation to be handled for repair or rip out is indeed asbestos a sample of the material must be submitted to the industrial hygiene department of any NAVENPVNTMEDU naval medical center naval hospital or naval medical clinic or to the IHO safety officer aboard a tender for immediate analysis Following are procedures for collecting a sample suspect asbestos material a Restrict access within 10 feet of the area in which sampling is to be done to only personnel wearing a National Institute for Occupational Safety and Health NIOSH approved half mask air purifying respirator equipped with high efficiency filtering cartridges filters Respiratory protection shall be worn by personnel collecting bulk samples of insulation b Secure supply and exhaust ventilation systems in the area c Lightly moisten the cut area with water using a plastic water spray bottle to control asbestos dust while cutting out bulk insulation sampl
132. 0602b 1 maintenance on brake assemblies All personnel required to wear respirators All Hands CPR Instructor Personnel who man the portable electrical tool issue room B0612a B0702 b 1 B0708b B0708c Appendix B1 B q Course Title Training Required Respiratory Protection Program Manager A 493 0072 Respirator Fit Testing Selection and Maintenance Use and Maintenance of Respirators Basic Electrical Safety and PPE Use t CPR Certification Electrical Tool Issue Room Watchstation 302 A5 A 5 OPNAVINST 5100 19E 30 May 2007 Resource for Training Length Periodicity of Training NAVOSHENVTRAC Respiratory Protection Manager Respiratory Protection Manager Safety Officer Electrical Officer Electronics Material Officer Training per American Heart Association American Red Cross or equivalent Safety Programs TBD Afloat POS NAVEDTRA 43460 4A Prior to assuming duties Prior to donning a respirator and annually thereafter Prior to use and annually thereafter Once reporting aboard and annually thereafter Within 16 weeks of assignment OPNAVINST 5100 19E 30 May 2007 Navy Personnel Training Requirement Paragraph Course Resource for Length Periodicity Reference Title Training Training of Required Training Electrical Safety Officer BO708d Watchstation S
133. 07 Appendix B4 D HEARING PROTECTIVE DEVICES 100 19 This table identifies standard stock hearing protective devices Alternative hearing protective devices that have been evaluated and approved by one of the military services are identified on the Navy Environmental Health Center NEHC homepage at http www nehc med navy mil occmed index audiology htm under Hearing Protection Manufacturers Type of Federal Nomenclature NSN Protector Nomenclature 1 Ear Defender V 51R Insert Earplug Plug Ear Noise 6515 00 442 4765 sized Protection 24 s X Small White 2 Ear Defender V 51R Insert Earplug Plug Ear Noise 6515 00 467 0085 sized Protection 24 s Small Green 3 Ear Defender V 51R Insert Earplug Plug Ear Noise 6515 00 467 0089 sized Protection 24 s Medium Intl Orange 4 Ear Defender V 51R Insert Earplug Plug Ear Noise 6515 00 442 4807 sized Protection 24 s Large Blue 5 Ear Defender V 51R Insert Earplug Plug Ear Noise 6515 00 442 4813 sized Protection 24 s X Large Red 6 Comfit Triple Flange Insert Earplug Plug Ear Noise 6515 00 442 4821 sized Protection 24 s Small Green 7 Comfit Triple Flange Insert Earplug Plug Ear Noise 6515 00 442 4818 sized Protection 24 s Medium Intl Orange 8 Comfit Triple Flange Insert Earplug Plug Ear Noise 6515 00 467 0092 sized Protection 24 s Large Blue Manufact
134. 1 D0202 PRECAUTIONS WORKING PARTIES MOVING STORES D2 1 D0203 STORES HANDLING PRECAUTIONS 6 se 28 ee EAEE e es D2 2 D0204 CHAINFALLS AND COME A LONGS ooooooooooooonooo o D2 4 CHAPTER D2 REFERENCES 20 622 es ou peek Go ca be ee eee es D2 5 CHAPTER D3 WIRE AND FIBER ROPE c oocooooooooooooo o D3 1 DO301 DISCUS SALON 0 ts Slee a at Siete eo Beas ete A D3 1 D0302 GENERAL PRECAUT TONS vereren CoA ENERE wae Gi eae G Shae Gi san ee D3 1 D0303 SINL AETIC LINES AAA ASA D3 3 DO304 WIRE AND SPRING DAY ROPE our e We ee OE wows D3 3 D0305 NATURAL PINES as e ak tos Ri io ads ALE GA D3 4 CHAP EER DS REFERENCES ca al la Mood oe D3 5 CHAPTER D4 WORKING OVER THE SIDE TOPSIDE OR ALOFT VERTICAL TRUNKS DRYDOCK SAFETY CONTRACT LIBERTY BOAT SAFETY D4 1 D0401 DISCUSS TON aa a aaee oa ia ren a orice ta dada de D4 1 xvii OPNAVINST 5100 19E 30 May 2007 TABLE OF CONTENTS VOLUME III SECTION D SUBMARINE SAFETY STANDARDS GENERAL PRECAUTTONS 0d ad e ta Reve Hats emotes Sr eee a melas D4 1 ADDITIONAL PRECAUTIONS FOR WORKING OVER THE SIOR OR TOPS EIDE 23 cS as eras gs eee Wk oleae aS BS Beetles as D4 2 PERSONNEL WORKING ON OR WITHIN THE SAlL D4 3 DRY DOCK SARE TY PRECAUTION Sa 2 Rata A E D4 3 CONTRACT LIBERTY BOAT SAFETY occa eee seine a ee e s D4 5 CHAPTER D4 REFERENCES oo oes eae Dia A E tree DS 5 CHAPTER D5 ELECTRICAL AND ELECTRONIC SAFE
135. 2 Assist afloat commands to ensure that afloat workplace SOH discrepancies beyond shipboard capability are identified and prioritized in the workload availability package 3 Ensure timely thorough safety investigations are conducted in accordance with reference A2 7 4 Ensure afloat commands complete required safety surveys and baseline and periodic industrial hygiene surveys 5 Ensure SOH program oversight inspections of subordinate commands are conducted at a minimum of once every three years to include reviews of the traffic safety program reference A2 6 the recreational off duty safety program reference A2 7 and operational risk management implementation reference A2 8 are performed INSURV safety and occupational health inspections and Naval Safety Center afloat safety surveys will meet this requirement provided that copies of the results are provided to the ISIC by the unit commanding officer The unit commanding officer must provide a copy of the report and written status to the ISIC of all discrepancies identified during the survey within 30 days of receipt of the report The report should indicate those discrepancies that have been corrected those on the consolidated ship maintenance project CSMP including job sequence number JSN and those beyond capability of the command to correct without outside assistance Program implementation reviews should utilize the checklists provided in this instruction and the Na
136. 2225 2 00 40 iS 0 87 0 2530 ZO 1 50 1 30 LO 0 88 0 2 20 2 00 40 1 25 1505 0 89 0 2 05 13 5 0 30 15 1 00 0 90 0 T35 1 40 Za 220 DSS 0 91220 245 1 30 2 15 1305 0 50 0 92 0 735 T29 10 1 00 0 45 0 93 0 L 30 120 1 05 0 95 0 40 0 94 0 L 20 1 10 1 00 0 50 0 35 0 95 0 alts 1 05 0 55 0 45 0330 0 96 0 10 1 00 0 50 0 40 0 30 0 97 0 10 0295 0 45 0 40 0 30 0 98 0 1505 0 50 0 40 0 35 0 25 0 99 0 DES 0 45 0 40 0 30 0 25 0 00 0 0 50 0 45 0 35 0 30 0 20 0 01 0 0 45 0 40 0 735 0 25 0 20 0 02 0 0 40 0 35 0 30 0 25 0 20 0 03 0 0 40 0 35 0 230 0 25 0 15 0 04 0 0 35 0 30 0 25 0 20 0 15 0 05 0 0 35 0 30 0 25 0 20 0 15 0 06 0 0 30 0 25 0 20 0 20 Y LS 0 07 0 0 30 0 25 0 20 0115 0 10 0 08 0 0 25 0325 0 20 0315 0 10 0 09 0 0 25 0 20 0 15 0 15 0 10 0 10 0 O25 0 20 0 15 0315 0 10 0 111 0 0 20 0 20 Ox l S 0 10 0 10 0 12O 0 20 SES 0 15 0 10 0 10 0 13 0 0 20 0 15 0 15 0 10 0 05 0 14 0 0 15 0519 0 10 0 10 0 05 0 15 0 0 15 0 15 0 10 0 10 0 05 0 16 0 0 15 0 10 0 10 0 10 0 05 0 17 0 0 15 0 10 0 10 0 05 0 05 0 B2 A 5 CG GS E MO O OT SD OS S NOWWWP BH 01 01 O NNNDN oocoqg Oo aAaanranwnnnnsn 4aoandonvwodncnouwun ul ooooococoucoorrrere FeE HR PP PP Appendix B2 B HEAT STRESS TROUBLE SHOOTING AND REPAIR ACTIONS OPNAVINST 5100 19E 30 May 2007 VENTILATION If a ventilation problem is suspected the WBGT meter should be positioned at the supply term
137. 3 14 OPNAVINST 5100 19E 30 May 2007 2 To monitor the effectiveness of major hazard specific e g noise heat asbestos programs by following the health status of exposed personnel 3 Secondary prevention to detect early indicators of xcessiv xposure caused by the work environment before actual illness disease or injury occurs and to allow for the timely implementation of corrective actions to prevent any long term adverse effects 4 To comply with the requirements of certain SOH standards as noted in section B of this manual b Selection of personnel Selection of personnel for medical surveillance examinations is based primarily on the results of industrial hygiene surveys Selection for some medical surveillance programs may be based on a history of past exposure to certain hazardous materials such as asbestos and cadmium The medical department representative MDR using the recommended medical surveillance requirements from the industrial hygiene survey and assisted by the safety officer division officer division safety petty officer and workplace supervisor will identify personnel who require medical surveillance following the guidance of enclosure 1 to reference A3 10 Periodic occupational medical examinations should be scheduled on a birth month basis or as operational requirements permit When there is no Navy standard for medical surveillance for a specific agent personnel sh
138. 36 3 The American National Standard for the Safe Use of Lasers in Health Care Facilities ANSI Z136 4 The American National Standard for Laser Safety Measurements and Instrumentation B9 A 7 OPNAVINST 5100 19E 30 May 2007 ANSI 2136 5 The American National Standard for the Safe Use of Lasers in Educational Institutions ANSI 2136 6 The American National Standard for the Safe Use of Lasers Outdoors ANSI 2136 7 The American National Standard for Laser Eye Protection and Protective Devices D THOSE CONTAINING ONLY RF RADIATION GUIDANCE DoD Instruction 6055 11 Protection of DoD Personnel from Exposure to Radiofrequency Radiation This instruction provides MPE limits to RF EMF This instruction also covers training requirements and over exposure reporting procedures This instruction applies to all DoD civilian and military personnel who may be exposed to RF EMF except for patients undergoing diagnostic or therapeutic procedures in medical and dental treatment facilities This instruction applies during peace time and to the maximum extent possible during wartime to limit personnel exposure to RF EMF NAVSEA OP 3565 NAVAIR 16 1 529 NAVELEX 0967 LP 624 6010 Electromagnetic Radiation Hazards Hazards to Personnel Fuel and other Flammable Material The purpose of this volume is to prescribe operating procedures and precautions to prevent injury to personnel and ignition of volatile vapors from
139. 4 Aa aa B3 25 CHAPTER BS REFBRENGCES oeo 64 2 64 enin oes od owe oes ed oni x B3 25 APPENDIX B3 A OIL AND HAZARDOUS SUBSTANCE OHS SPILL RESPONSE PROCEDURES SURFACE SHIPS ONLY B3 A 1 lv OPNAVINST 5100 19E 30 May 2007 TABLE OF CONTENTS VOLUME I SECTION B MAJOR HAZARD SPECIFIC ELEMENTS CHAPTER B4 HEARING CONSERVATION oo oooooooooooooo APPENDIX B3 B MERCURY SPILL RESPONSE AND CLEANUP PROCEDURES SURFACE SHIPS ONLY APPENDIX B3 C HAZARDOUS MATERIAL CONTROL AND MANAGEMENT HMC amp M CHECKLIST SURFACE SHEEP PROGRAM 3 8 2 663 eae BSS ds SA APPENDIX B3 D HAZARDOUS MATERIAL CONTROL AND MANAGEMENT HMC amp M CHECKLIST SUBMARINE PROGRAME E o in ses ide ai ate ito co Zeiss Aus Doa se ara autem BO401 DISCUSSION ti A A A al a rsh B0402 HEARING CONSERVATION RESPONSIBILITIES B0403 HEARING CONSERVATION PROGRAM ELEMENTS B0404 NOISE MEASUREMENT AND EXPOSURE ASSESSMENT B0405 NOTOR ABATEMENT ts gels stents a ti tt B0406 PERSONAL HEARING PROTECTIVE DEVICES B0407 HEARING TESTING AND MEDICAL EVALUATION B0408 TRAINING akada li td B0409 RECORDREEPTNG S 21 Eo a o EAA A AAA DA EEA CHAP TEER B4 REFERENCES dat a a aid APPENDIX B4 A HEARING CONSERVATION DETAILED INFORMATION e Hb E abo Saha ade S Ga sates APPENDIX B4 B ADMINISTRATIVE CONTROL OF NOISE EXPOSURE WITH H
140. 702 PRECAUTTON Ss EE EA li ETEA E EA Sew a Rees ES CHAPTER C7 REFERENCES pissaa kee the a aaa OPNAVINST 5100 19E 30 May 2007 TABLE OF CONTENTS VOLUME 11 SECTION C SURFACE SHIP SAFETY STANDARDS CHAPTER C8 WORKING OVER THE SIDE OR ALOFT VERTICAL TRUNKS DRYDOCK SAFETY toc i 3 outs whee a de tia e laa e a Es c8 1 CO801 DTSCUSSLTON sis Sree ei oie sibs Sia Ok BS Sia GAS BS Aaa C8 C0802 GENERAL PRECAUTIONS oie gel ge ee gle ee Be ee Ge eB ee ale ee ge C8 C0803 PROCEDURES FOR WORKING OVER THE SIDE ES 3 C0804 PROCEDURES FOR PERSONNEL WORKING ALOFT C8 3 C0805 DRY DOCK SAFETY PRECAUTIONS id Saw se Sed Cew E aS C8 4 C0806 OPERATING AERIAL EXE DTS AAA al C8 5 C0807 PROCEDURES FOR WORKING IN VERTICAL TRUNKS C8 7 CHAPTER C8 REFERENCES 1 2 nant aie tue ee ee eet sees C8 8 CHAPTER C9 ELECTRICAL AND ELECTRONIC SAFETY AND TAG OUT PRECAUTTON SiS EE lets race IES bie ES IAS tals c9 1 C0901 DISCUSS TON se Pi Ss E ee A A A a C9 1 C0902 DEFENTELON Si a dco ve mewn a steed varies dv C9 1 C0903 ELECTRICAL PRECAUTIONS vs sica pe de ere a Geel ee C9 1 C0904 WET CELE BATTER RUE Ot Seats Rosca Seats Se cele hos ele A A Me ER CIS C0905 LITHIUM AND MERCURY BATTERIES oooooooooooooooo C9 7 C0906 PGT RECA Te ETRE as as A a ERO C9 8 C0907 FIRST AID FOR ELECTRICAL SHC Rodana i ada E ata ds C9 9 C0908 PLECTRONIG PREC
141. 9E 30 May 2007 ashore or afloat shipboard nuclear support facilities or to nuclear weapons areas forward the request for access by message and by telephone to CNO NO9F with copies to COMNAVSEASYSCOM SEA 08 and the chain of command All message requests shall identify the workplace involved and furnish all other immediately available details Withhold access pending receipt of the reply and where granted shall be subject to the requirements of this chapter and any conditions imposed in the CNO reply CNO will furnish such a reply expeditiously and if possible within three working hours from receipt of the request by the CNO 4 In cases of non nuclear ships or nuclear ships with the exceptions in paragraphs A0309 a 2 and 3 and under the procedures of paragraph A0309 a 1 access to Navy civilian and contractor workplaces as defined above grant upon request to Federal OSHA compliance officials to conduct inspections and investigations of such workplaces within reasonable limits and in a reasonable manner during regular working hours except when other times are mutually agreed upon by the concerned officials 5 Photographs by OSHA officials shall not be taken Any photographs requested by OSHA officials shall be taken by Navy personnel shall be tentatively classified CONFIDENTIAL and shall not be delivered to OSHA compliance officials until all film negatives and photographs have been sent
142. ACFLT Commander Military Sealift Command COMSC and Commander Special Warfare Command COMSPECWARCOM As safety is an inherent responsibility of command CFFC COMPACFLT COMSC and COMSPECWARCOM shall maintain a staff of qualified SOH professionals who shall be responsible for maintaining a comprehensive SOH program This includes providing policy direction guidance and oversight for SOH matters throughout the fleet and ensuring that subordinate commanders commanding officers and officers in charge 1 Conduct and maintain an aggressive and comprehensive SOH program 2 Assign SOH responsibilities to qualified personnel as a primary duty billet A2 2 OPNAVINST 5100 19E 30 May 2007 3 Set SOH performance targets and measures with concurrence of the type commanders for comparison by ship class and operational cycle and provide them to the Board of Inspection and Survey INSURV These targets and the measures shall be reviewed on an annual basis 4 Coordinate with Commander Navy Installations Command CNIC systems commands Commander Naval Safety Center and regional and shore host activity commanders regarding support services for traffic recreational and off duty home hazardous materials waste and other aspects of SOH provided to local afloat units 5 Ensure timely thorough safety investigations are conducted in accordance with reference A2 7 d Type Commanders TYCOMs O
143. ARSYSCEN Charleston Attn Code 323 P O Box 190022 North Charleston SC 29419 9022 DSN 588 4228 or commercial 843 218 4228 For shore facilities within PACNAVFACENGCOM geographical region contact Space and Naval Warfare Systems Activity Pacific SPAWARSYSACT PAC Attn Code 2915 675 Lehua Avenue Pearl City HI 96782 3356 DSN 315 474 7330 commercial 808 474 7330 fax 808 474 5511 c Non Ionizing Radiation Lasers class IIIb class IV and Military Exempt Lasers Only 1 Laser range finders laser guided munitions communications equipment fiber optics scoring systems landing systems and training aids a The Navy has adopted a system for categorizing the hazards of lasers which provides a practical means for determining safety requirements appropriate for different types of lasers These categories range from a class I laser that is safe to view under all conditions to the class IV laser which can cause eye damage under most viewing conditions Appendix B9 A provides information on laser classification types of laser warning signs and labels b For most lasers used in medical laboratory research and industrial applications the use of the classification system precludes the necessity for performing any laser measurements or calculations Reference B9 24 requires manufacturers to classify and label their laser systems Laser
144. AUT TONS 32 2042 S208 SS wb Sa Bw ee ee Se C9 10 C0909 ELECTRICALLY AND ELECTRONICALLY SAFE WORK BENCHES C9 13 co910 TAG OUT aba Ab isidro Dd A NA ice act E SoS iG Succ A tae C9 14 CHAPTER 9 REEBRENCES wcisete ek aa C9 14 xii OPNAVINST 5100 19E 30 May 2007 TABLE OF CONTENTS VOLUME 11 SECTION C SURFACE SHIP SAFETY STANDARDS CHAPTER C10 SHIPBOARD FUELS c o o o o ooooocoooooooooo c10 1 c1001 DEES GUS SRO Nese Trio al EE AE DU E ASA A AN c10 1 c1002 DEFINTTLONS2 a O a A ai c10 1 c1003 EREGAUTION Sie Eaa Ae e O ED Site love ES DS SA Site daa E c10 1 CHAPTER C LO REFERENCES ea adina A A ea tee ats c10 4 CHAPTER C11 WELDING CUTTING BRAZING AND HOT WORK c11 1 c1101 DEES GUS LO Nils ti Sy oo O ASS SS Gina ang c11 1 C1102 PRECAUTION Seis a os os c11 2 c1103 EXTRA PRECAUTIONS FOR WORK IN RESTRICTED ACCESS SPACE A A As is eld c11 10 CHAPTER CIT REFERENCES iio aida ti dd de tent E Sus Cita 1 CHAPTER C12 SHIPBOARD AIRCRAFT SAFETY ooo o o o C12 1 C1201 DISCUSSTON a e io a a e Sea sews c12 1 c1202 GENERAL FIRE PRECAUTIONS v oa aa a c12 1 c1203 FLOWS ERERELNC A E A E dete BL Sale ty C12 2 C1204 FOREIGN OBJECT DAMAGE FOD sia va i aa ed es CIZ 3 C1205 LIOU LDO OXYGEN eee 5055 ee Se EAEE A E c12 3 c1206 ARRESTING GEAR AND BARRICADES oooooooo
145. B0104 ASBESTOS CONTROL ELEMENTS ooooooooooooooooo B1 5 B0105 TYPES OF ASBESTOS WORK PERFORMED ABOARD NAVY SHIPS B1 9 B0106 WORKPLACE RELEASE CRITERIA Sa ueh enana e EE R ARES B1 10 B0107 PROTOCOL FOR SHIP S FORCE PERFORMING NON FRIABLE ASBESTOS MALNTENANCE so Guta a aTe a B aaa B1 10 B0108 PROTOCOL FOR EMERGENCY ASBESTOS RESPONSE TEAM EART B1 13 CHAPTER Bit REE BRENCE S202 ali a ue lt did B1 15 APPENDIX B1 A ASBESTOS INSULATION BULK SAMPLE COLLECTION AND SUBMISSION PROCEDURE B1 A 1 APPENDIX B1 B STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURES FOR SHIPS FORCE PROTOCOL ia RI AA Bl alate Oe B1 B APPENDIX B1 C STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURES FOR EMERGENCY ASBESTOS RESPONSE TEAM EART PROTOCOL B1 C APPENDIX B1 D TRAINING REQUIREMENTS FOR SHIPS FORCE PROTOCOL E Ate al wine sate it boe B1 D 1 APPENDIX B1 E TRAINING REQUIREMENTS FOR ASBESTOS RELATED WOR Rac aa e ai Ae er ecm Ae e e tae A oe E teh ds Reine E AE AAC B1 E APPENDIX B1 F WORKPLACE RELEASE CHECKLIST B1 F APPENDIX B1 G PERSONAL PROTECTIVE AND SPECIAL EQUIEPMENT gt SHEEP S FORCE iaa ti e B1 G 1 APPENDIX B1 H AUTHORIZED EQUIPAGE LIST FOR ASBESTOS WORK PROTOCOLOS ote ee Gate A A EA GSES ee eG a se Ss B1 H 1 APPENDIX B1 I PERSONAL PROTECTIVE AND SPECIAL EQUIPMENT EART PERFORMING GLOVE BAG ACM REMOVAL B1 1
146. BO oe Seed Rac Al 6 CHAPTER A2 SOH PROGRAM ORGANIZATION AND RESPONSIBILITIES A2 1 A0201 A0202 A0203 PODI GY sa tence Bb EE es thence dd Noemie Pa e O E fm Sah a ts A2 1 OVERALL NAVY PROGRAM 200 A A DE AA la RL A2 1 COMMAND PROGRAM id a Dd A2 6 CHAPTER AZ REFERENCES ene deae ene Daa Sake Ra ave seas Es A2 13 CHAPTER A3 INSPECTIONS SURVEYS ASSISTS HAZARD REPORTING D PP PP PPP wW U U U W W W WW AND MEDICAL SURVEILLANCE A3 1 DED CUS OSLO iia e Bs in Sills io is Sine Gai Socata Bi ibn Gat Ince Fah sine as A3 WORKPLACE INSPECTION Sai stele AR See a A3 SHEE ASSESSMENT trailers es BETO w ene WE Grew a A3 3 TNDUSTRIAL HYGIENE SURVEYS ue cic be die ales ae Ge ae es A3 3 SHATPBOARD SAEBTY SURVE Lo altra ali see ae A3 8 HAZARDOUS MATERIAL CONTROL AND MANAGEMENT ASSIST A3 9 HAZARD REPORTING BY INDIVIDUAL CREWMEMBERS A3 9 VARIANCES AND ALTERNATE STANDARDS ooooooooo o A3 11 OPNAVINST 5100 19E 30 May 2007 TABLE OF CONTENTS VOLUME 1 SECTION A SOH PROGRAM A0309 FEDERAL AND STATE OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH OSH INSPECTIONS NAVY CIVILIAN OR CONTRACTOR WORKPLACES ON BOARD NAVY SHIPS sce A A N e A3 12 A0310 MEDICAL SURVELELLANCE 00 aaa da A3 14 CHAPTER AS REFERENCES mes G8 eee ee od eee ee ee eee A3 16 APPENDIX A3 A INSPECTION OF DEPARTMENT OF THE NAVY WORKPLACES BY FEDERAL A
147. D PROGRAM a Ships or other afloat units can only achieve a safe and healthful working environment through the full participation and cooperation of all personnel assigned Establishing and implementing a comprehensive SOH program is achieved through the ship s chain of command b Commanding Officers The commanding officers of ships and other afloat units shall 1 Implement and maintain a continuing SOH program per this instruction 2 Designate a command primary duty or collateral duty safety officer Ensure that the command safety officer is provided with SOH management training in accordance with chapter A5 of this instruction 3 Ensure the command has received a baseline industrial hygiene survey and has a copy of the survey report on board Any additional industrial hygiene information received after the baseline survey such as the periodic IH survey or follow on reports shall be appended to the baseline survey 4 Coordinate occupational health support with the cognizant BUMED activity 5 Incorporate required SOH training into the command s training program 6 Ensure timely thorough safety investigations are conducted in accordance with reference A2 7 7 Serve as the chair of the Safety Council 8 Designate a command web enabled safety system WESS safety authority so that access to unit data may be retrieved A2 6 OPNAVINST 5100 19E 30 May 2007 9 Ensure that an
148. DARD OPERATING PROCEDURES FOR SHIP S FORCE PROTOCOL Replacement of Asbestos Containing Gasket Packing Material 1 Scope This standard operating procedure covers the repair and or replacement of asbestos containing gaskets or packing in pumps or valves and the replacement of asbestos containing gaskets in pipes 2 Stowage Store all quantities of asbestos containing materials ACM in sealed impermeable containers or plastic bags and labeled as asbestos containing material until needed for repair replacement per paragraph B0104d 1 Manufacturer s warning labels noting asbestos content are sufficient only if the materials are not removed from that packaging Repackaged unlabeled materials must have new labels applied Similarly stow waste asbestos containing materials for shore offload Post storage areas with asbestos warning signs to advise personnel of asbestos presence per paragraph B0104b 3 b 3 Personal Protective Equipment No personal protective equipment is required for this standard operating procedure 4 Procedures NOTE Do not consume food or beverages chew gum or tobacco smoke or apply cosmetics during asbestos containing gasket packing maintenance operations a Use an impermeable drop cloth below the work area b Thoroughly wet the gasket or packing material with water prior to removing For gaskets wetting should be accomplished after the joint is loosened cC Avoid cut
149. EARING PROTECTIVE DEVICES SLAY TIME con a se peed ate a li a APPENDIX B4 C ADDITIONAL NOISE ABATEMENT OPNAVINST 5100 19E 30 May 2007 TABLE OF CONTENTS VOLUME 1 SECTION B MAJOR HAZARD SPECIFIC ELEMENTS CHAPTER B5 SIGHT CONSERVATION ooooooooooooooooooo o B5 1 B0501 CHAPTER ORGANIZATION caei aa ati B5 1 B0502 PROGRAM RESPONSIBILITIE Sueco seis ENEA E Se es Be B5 1 B0503 SIGHT CONSERVATION ELEMENTS manaa e toes to B5 3 BO504 DETERMINATION AND DESIGNATION OF EYE HAZARDOUS AREAS AND PROCESSES DE DI AA A RE A AL B5 3 505 MEDICAL SURBVETEBANCE aaa a B5 4 506 ISSUE AND MAINTENANCE OF SIGHT PROTECTION EQULEME NT dE a DER RRA EA B5 4 BO507 TEMPORARY PROTECTIVE EYEWEAR As herad Sag de B5 5 BO508 EMERGENCY EYEWASH AND DELUGE SHOWER FACILITIES B5 5 BO509 TRAINING E A oS Se NR A A A ae ee A B5 9 CHAPTER Bo REFERENCES 24 saka cu beet eh od ew ee ee ea oe ee B5 10 APPENDIX B5 A TYPES OF PROTECTIVE EYEWEAR B5 A 1 CHAPTER B6 RESPIRATORY PROTECTION oooooooooooooooo B6 1 B0601 DISCUSSLTON wre siete seater A A AAA AA B6 1 B0602 RESPONS ELBIL LTE EO awe aca 216 oe he e to la B6 1 B0603 RESPIRATORY PROTECTION ELEMENTS o Bo 4 BO604 TYPES OF RESPIRATORS AND THEIR APPLICATIONS B6 5 BO605 RESPIRATOR SELECTION cr so seat seine lie EA EAEE EA alla nes
150. EPRESENTATIVES STATE OSH REPRESENTATIVES NOTES 1 Ships or service craft must be in port Navy Department will not transport Federal OSHA representatives to ships or service craft that are underway Federal and state OSH representatives have no jurisdiction over military unique operations or equipment In addition these officials are not authorized to inspect workplaces or operations for compliance with any standard implementing 10 U S C 172 explosive safety or 42 U S C section 2012 2021 or 2022 nuclear safety Inspections may be announced or unannounced OPNAVINST 5100 19E 30 May 2007 CHAPTER A4 HAZARD CONTROL AND DEFICIENCY ABATEMENT A0401 DISCUSSION There are three methods of controlling hazards The first and preferred is to prevent the hazard at the design and acquisition stages The second is to identify and eliminate existing hazards The third is to reduce the likelihood and severity of mishaps from hazards that cannot be eliminated A0402 HAZARD PREVENTION Hazards may be prevented or mitigated during the design and acquisition alteration processes Many effective actions that should be taken to improve safety at those planning and design stages include designing safety improvements conducting system safety activities per MIL STD 882 Standard Practice for System Safety holding design reviews and developing operating purchasing maintenance and logistical procedu
151. ERP survey report have been implemented to obtain a NAVSEASYSCOM letter of certification per reference B9 14 c Ensure personnel are trained to be familiar with potential RF exposure hazards and appropriate protective measures 2 Division Officers responsible for work centers and areas with identified radiation hazards shall a Ensure RF radiation hazard areas are posted with B9 6 OPNAVINST 5100 19E 30 May 2007 the appropriate warning signs and deck markings in accordance with appendix B9 A b Ensure that awareness and hazard recognition training is given for all personnel assigned to work or stand duty in RADHAZ areas to prevent exceeding MPE limits c Investigate document and report all suspected RF incidents or mishaps involving suspected RF overexposures to personnel exposure in accordance with the governing references listed in paragraph BO903 c Non Ionizing Radiation Lasers 1 The Commanding Officer shall a For the use of any class of military exempt lasers or the use of commercial class 3b or commercial class 4 lasers establish a laser safety program per references B9 15 and B9 16 and designate a laser system safety officer LSSO to manage the program b Ensure the LSSO is properly trained and qualified per references B915 and B9 16 c Ensure other personnel are trained to be familiar with potential laser exposure hazards and appropriat
152. FORMAT TONS A A AS B12 A 1 APPENDIX B12 B PERSONAL PROTECTIVE CLOTHING AND EOUTDEMENT CHECRETO Ett laa jano latas tan astas B12 B 1 CHAPTER B13 RESERVED ERGONOMICS CHAPTER B14 RESERVED FALL PROTECTION 1x CHAPTER Cl BASIC SAFETY esi als tad de ae oN ae E C0101 C0102 OPNAVINST 5100 19E 30 May 2007 TABLE OF CONTENTS VOLUME 11 SECTION C SURFACE SHIP SAFETY STANDARDS DES CUS STON aa o GENERAL SAEBTY STANDARDS aaraa laters a8 order een A er shales a C0103 co104 CHAPTER C2 DRY CARGO OPERATIONS STORES HANDLING Os 0 E E E UL O On o N NN NO NO NO NN o 0 JJ 0 oO A W N CHAPTER C3 UNDERWAY REPLENISHMENT o oooooooooo o co301 DISCUSSION A E A NS A A C0302 PRECAUTIONS TO BE OBSERVED PRIOR TO UNREP OPERATIONS C0303 PRECAUTIONS DURING UNREP OPERATIONS CHAPTER CS REFERENCES mio ed Cer ee eatin Cae ited e wed CHAPTER C4 SMALE BOATS coors cig a Qe scat ks ste Sed aa ate saree esa aes co401 DISCUSSION 2 so orcs ei we EN a a a GN Sd aus a TRALNIN GS of sce aa Sieger A Sle O SS O Cees We tegen eine oss SAFETY COLOR CODE AND SIGNS FOR MARKING PHYSICAL HAZARDS CHAPTER Cl REFERENCES is jess sett ed wid edad ee Be ey ae eee Ye od DISCUSSIONS ES AS Bees he SA Soe ae rs PRECAUTIONS WORKING PARTIES MOVING STORES PRECAUTIONS CARGO HANDLING FOR SUPERVISORS PRECAUTIONS DURING CARGO OPERATIONS
153. HARGE REQUIREMENTS AND ADDITIONAL GUIDANCE C15 5 CHAPTER C15 REFERENCES par cidad da ees ede Gees C15 6 CHAPTER C16 HEAVY WEATHER oo o o o ooooooooooooooo C16 1 C1601 DISCUSSTON 0 it a da c16 1 c1602 LE ENS A ES A A E A E AS A ES AA A E c16 1 c1603 TIE DOWN ee aie di ae ee II AAA AA c16 1 c1604 SAFETY PRECAUTIONS UNDER HEAVY WEATHER CONDITIONS C16 1 CHAPTER C17 ABANDONING SHIP cooo ooooooooooooooooo c17 1 C1701 SAFETY PRECAUTIONS DURING ABANDONING SHIP Clea CHAPTER CIT REFERENCES 6 2066 eee Boe 2 bet e ee ES C17 2 xiv OPNAVINST 5100 19E 30 May 2007 TABLE OF CONTENTS VOLUME 11 SECTION C SURFACE SHIP SAFETY STANDARDS CHAPTER C18 PAINTING AND PRESERVATION 22000 c18 1 c1801 DISCUSSION AA A a Obs OLY SESS c18 1 c1802 SAFETY PRECAUTIONS FOR PAINT REMOVAL c18 1 c1803 SAFETY PRECAUTIONS FOR SURFACE PREPARATION AND PAINTING OBERALLONS ii SAS ASA A NS c18 3 CHAPTER C18 REFERENCES zo haion E ed i ed a wd c18 4 CHAPTER C19 FOOD SERVICE AND TRASH AND GARBAGE DISPOSAL EQUIPMENT Ci dd a A eas eae AA Care c19 1 ELIOT DESCUSSTLON mita ario Ble Sieve ai la a at c19 1 c1902 GENERAL PRECAUTIONS 200000 a sl eae a a Bie wie E A Sls c19 1 c1903 COOKING UTENS T ioaad k aer kitaa tka eile is Reh ews ae C19 3 C1904 FOOD PRE PARATS ON sss ced Sle Ms eee a Sao C19 4 CL905 SAFE OPERATION OF FOOD SERV
154. I repairs by any non U S regulated facility or contractor without supporting documentation to guarantee that no ACM was introduced onto the ship regardless of the age of the ship shall maintain an EART Therefore all ships shall maintain or have access to adequate supplies of asbestos free insulating materials for use in routine and emergency repair work conducted in non U S operated facilities to prevent the introduction of ACM A non U S regulated facility or contractor is defined as any facility or contractor outside the direct controls of the contracting official for all materials and work practices B1 2 OPNAVINST 5100 19E 30 May 2007 used during the repair B0103 DISCUSSION a Asbestos is a fibrous mineral that can be produced into a material that is fireproof possesses high tensile strength good heat and electrical insulating capabilities and moderate to good chemical resistance Because of these characteristics asbestos has traditionally been used as thermal and acoustical insulation pipe lagging gaskets brake and clutch linings winch and capstan brakes and roofing and flooring materials b Asbestos fibers are a known health hazard Inhalation of asbestos fibers has been demonstrated to cause at least two distinct disease states asbestosis and cancer Asbestosis is a progressively worsening disease of the lung and is recognized as a classic disabling or even
155. ICE EQUIPMENT C19 5 C1906 TRASH AND GARBAGE PROCESSING EQUIPMENT Clg Td CHAPTER CLI REFERENCES sese mere Tosa Peas Bee eee e C1l9 13 CHAPTER C20 LAUNDRIES AND PHOTOGRAPHY LABS AND DARKROOMS C20 1 C2001 DTSCUSS TON ica a O O E A O ED a nh av ince C20 1 C2002 LAUNDRY PRECAUTION aaa aani a ra C20 1 C2003 PRECAUTIONS FOR LITHOGRAPHIC PHOTOGRAPHIC AND RADIOGRAPHIC DARKROOMS AND LABORATORIES C20 3 CHAPTER C20 REFERENCE Sy a dd een Bye uae eek ele Be nes C20 4 CHAPTER C21 MEDICAL AND DENTAL FACILITIES C21 1 C2101 DISCUSSION oo Stns E Slane EA Sea EA Bees c21 1 C2102 SAFETY PRECAUTIONS FOR MEDICAL AND DENTAL FACILITIES C21 1 CHAPTER E2l REFERENCES 6 riada oa eee a e ed C21 3 XV OPNAVINST 5100 19E 30 May 2007 TABLE OF CONTENTS VOLUME 11 SECTION C SURFACE SHIP SAFETY STANDARDS CHAPTER C22 CO2 FIXED FLOODING SYSTEMS SAFETY PRECAUTIONS AND PROCEDURES Ts C220 C220 C220 C220 C220 C220 STANDARDS C230 C230 C230 C230 C230 2 3 4 5 6 1 2 Sis 4 5 Sat asta Yin BY SAIS Dasa ares a ad ta See yar A a IS C22 1 DISCUSS LON 2 sire soo a E E We fe deren sei data Wee deren aise danas Ss C22 HEALTH HAZARDS OF CARBON DIOXIDE 2 C22 OREERT PRECAUTION S ries god a benders A a A sted gi ides C22 2 GENERAL PROCEDURES DURING MAINTENANCE WORK C22 4 D
156. IMA to determine what respirators brand model and size are available for issue h Train submarine RPAs initially upon assignment and annually thereafter Training shall include local guidance and program standard operating procedures respirator selection care and maintenance fit testing procedures and respirator user training procedures 1 Provide submarine RPAs with a copy of the local guidance or standard operating procedures roster of personnel in the respiratory protection program standard submarine respiratory protection lesson plan for training and sufficient supplies to conduct fit testing and training 3 Provide submarine RPAs with a letter verifying training by the RPM k Evaluate the overall program annually and evaluate compliance of each submarine unit at least once during each in port availability period to include a review of procedures fit testing and training conducted by appointed RPAs A checklist for program evaluation is provided in appendix B6 A 1 Ensure a baseline or periodic industrial hygiene survey IH has been conducted of all processes and areas where there is the risk of occupational exposure to air contaminates The IH survey will provide recommendations on the B6 27 OPNAVINST 5100 19E 30 May 2007 types of respiratory protection required for various processes areas and situations m Coordinate with the submarine IMA squadrons and NSSC to establish a
157. IPMENT oooooooooooo B7 4 BO706 PERSONAL PROTECTIVE EQUIPMENT reu EERE amp wie ese he See ee B7 4 BO707 PORTABLE BEBCTRICAL TOOL ISSUE 0 ese 88 os as B7 5 BO708 TRATNEN Gaia ra aaa OS Whee eS ES WS Oe BOS ee BS B7 5 CHAPTER B7 REFERENCES wave ek ae eee ale e nee BA eee S B7 6 CHAPTER B8 GAS FREE ENGINEERING o oooooooooooooooo B8 1 B0801 DISCUSS TON aces Liz EA E AD AAA Gee wes B8 1 BO802 PRECAUTION Sia a B8 1 BO803 GAS FREE ENGINEERING SUBSECTIONS ooooooooooooo B8 2 vil OPNAVINST 5100 1 30 May 2007 TABLE OF CONTENTS VOLUME I SECTION B MAJOR HAZARD SPECIFIC ELEMENTS 9E CHAPTER Be REFERENCES eris eue dl la Ge ee B8 3 CHAPTER B9 RADIATION SAFETY ooooooooooooooooooooo B9 1 B0901 DISCUSSION oid levee 1 a ala B9 1 BO902 RES PONS PBA Ta TP Oise io id cat fend Sie is dins Sie ds a Wie ace is Sue B9 5 BO903 GUTDAN EC Encarta tas ace tt a ues ete tt ts B9 8 B0904 RADIACION HAZARD AREAS unk KEEKEEKE e Seige Grae B9 19 B0905 MEDICAL SURVETEBANCE 40d B9 20 BO906 RADIATION INCEDENTS vedada ala a dad ahd B9 22 CHAPTER BO REFERENCES ergani fesse A tess B9 27 APPENDIX B9 A CHAPTER B9 RADIATION INSTRUCTIONS STANDARDS REGULATIONS MANUALS AND HANDBOOKS B9 A 1 CHAPTER B10 LEAD CONTROL 2 cee ee ee E eee ee eens B10 1 B1001 DISCUSS TON
158. ISABLING PROCEDURES 3000 eee ee eed eee Mee a Be Bees C22 4 RESCUE PERSONNEL PROCEDURES a perine na KEKERE KAKERA RE C22 5 CHAPTER C23 HAZARDOUS MATERIAL CONTROL AND MANAGEMENT a ee ee et id seals ae SS ah Soe C23 1 DISCUSS TON see cosh li Baw Sons aed Sa oe ed Sa C23 1 HMC amp M HAZMINCEN STANDARDS ooooooooooooooo o C23 2 HM STORAGE SEGREGATION STANDARDS C23 12 GENERAL HANDLING AND USE REQUIREMENTS C23 18 SPECTAETY MATERIA 0 6 gree e a A EZ3 20 CHAPTER 23 REFERENCES sad is a e a C23 22 MATRIX Y ias dais is eds Di dt C23 A 1 APPENDIX C23 B HAZARDOUS MATERIAL CONTROL AND MANAGEMENT HMC amp M CHECKLIST SURFACE SAL PROGRAM as e A A Bae ears Sb A A ee A C23 B 1 xvi OPNAVINST 5100 19E 30 May 2007 TABLE OF CONTENTS VOLUME III SECTION D SUBMARINE SAFETY STANDARDS CHAPTER D1 BASIC SAFETY iii di D1 1 D0101 DISCUSSION lt a aaa a ESADE VAT ESATEN a DISI D0102 GENERAL SAFETY STANDARDS o ae Ca kE 2 ce eee eee cece E a D1 D0103 TRALNING amp te ra E AA EEEE ART DA E A E A E Ryle AE D1 5 D0104 EMERGENCY RESPONSE EQUIPMENT o ooooooooooooooo D1 6 D0105 SAFETY COLOR CODE AND SIGNS FOR MARKING PHYSICAL HAZARDS D1 6 CHAPTER DLCGCRERFERENCES o dvd a ta td da D1 8 CHAPTER D2 DRY CARGO OPERATIONS STORES HANDLING RIGGING D2 1 D0201 DISCUS TON re het ce katie A AE A A E A AR D2
159. L B4 12 OPNAVINST 5100 19E 30 May 2007 Appendix B4 A HEARING CONSERVATION DETAILED INFORMATION This appendix provides detailed information regarding hearing conservation that will be of value to the ship s Medical and Safety Departments 1 Navy Occupational Exposure Level NOEL The NOEL for occupational exposure to noise is listed below a For an eight hour time weighted average TWA of 84 decibels on the A weighted scale dB A for frequencies of 20 to 16 000 Hertz Hz b For periods of less than 16 hours in any 24 hour period the NOEL can be determined from the following equation T 16 2 L 80 4 1 Where T time in hours decimal L effective sound level in dB A NOTE When two or more periods of noise exposure of different levels comprise the daily noise exposure their combined effect must be considered If the sum of the following expression exceeds unity i e gt 1 then the mixed exposure exceeds the NOEL CISTI CL ae ene Oy EA Where C indicates the total time of exposure at a specified noise level and T represents the time of exposure permitted at that level c For impact or impulse noise 140 dB A peak sound pressure level d When TWA exposures are likely to exceed 84 dB A then personnel shall be included in Hearing Conservation OPNAVINST 5100 19E 30 May 2007 2 Noise Measurements and Exposure Assessments To effe
160. M spill response drills with the HAZMINCEN division as necessary B0302a 8 D2 Has the damage control assistant DCA approved work center HM storage locations lockers in writing as applicable to support daily evolutions in coordination with the HAZMINCEN division BO302a 8 53 Has the medical department representative MDR assisted the HM coordinator HM supervisor and work center supervisors in training personnel regarding health information and personal protective equipment requirements for the HM they are using BO302a 9 54 Has the medical department representative MDR maintained a complete MSDS file BO302a 9 B3 C 8 OPNAVINST 5100 19E 30 May 2007 Yes No 99 Have the division supply petty officers repair parts petty officers requested HM from the HAZMINCEN and ensured before HM is ordered that a valid requirement exists Have the division supply petty officers repair parts petty officers used HM listed on the SHML to avoid open procurement of HM and submitted an SFR to HAZMINCEN personnel whenever requesting HM not authorized by the SHML B0302a 10 56 Bh Have the embarked unit supply petty officers repair parts petty officers executed in writing an agreement detailing responsibilities of ships company and the embarked unit including procurement storage reorder and offload
161. ND HAZARDOUS SUBSTANCE OHS SPILL RESPONSE GENERAL Surface and Submarine Applicable REQUIREMENTS Because of the extremely hazardous nature of many HM used aboard ships only personnel trained by the DCA shall respond to HM spills Refer to appendices B3 A and B3 B Reporting requirements for a HM spill which goes over the side are found B3 22 OPNAVINST 5100 19E 30 May 2007 in reference B3 4 chapter 19 Additional response procedures for specific situations are provided in documents found in references B3 11 through B3 17 and B3 27 and B3 28 for submarines SURFACE SHIP REQUIREMENTS a Responsibilities 1 The Damage Control Assistant shall a Develop and implement a spill contingency plan SCP using the Navy s shipboard oil and hazardous substance OHS spill contingency plan guide per reference B3 4 and B3 13 b Train and supervise ship s damage control teams and fire department if used aboard in combating spills of HM and oil c Provide training to divisions regarding reporting initial handling and cleanup of HM and oil spills as requested d Maintain the hazardous material spill response kit AEL 2 550024007 and the oil spill response kit AEL 2 550024006 e Ensure that HM and oil spills are handled per appendices B3 A and B3 B Inspect OHS spill kits monthly and replenish material as required g Maintain an OTTO fuel spill kit AEL A006350027 to respond
162. ND STATE OSH REPRESENTATIVES aislada li eae eagle tae a8 A3 A 1 CHAPTER A4 HAZARD CONTROL AND DEFICIENCY ABATEMENT A4 1 A0401 DISCUSS LON DADAS AAA aa A4 1 A0402 HAZARD PREVENTION trio aie gel ge ae Glee Bee ge ee lo a A A4 1 A0403 PRINCIPLES OF HAZARD CONTROL oooooooooooo A4 2 A0404 HAZARD ABATEMENT PROGRAM PROCEDURES aa ah aaah Eaa A4 4 A0405 INTERIM CONTRO Dia e gii dad O i ieee Baie ls A4 8 CHAPTER Ad REFERENCES wc i o e cd cece lee dale che nd ae ed tees A4 9 CHAPTER A5 TRAINING Gui a dy Sica SA elie dades A5 1 A0501 DISCUSS LON 2D OD E A AA E S A5 1 A0502 SOH TRAINING FOR SHIPBOARD DUTIES AND PROGRAMS A5 1 A0503 SOH TRAINING REQUIREMENTS AND RESPONSIBILITIES A5 2 A0504 TRAINING RESOURCES AND PUBLICATIONS A5 4 CHAPTER AS REFERENCES 2022s e8 eu peeled oe oe 54 es ee eee A5 6 APPENDIX A5 A TRAINING REQUIREMENTS SUMMARY A5 A 1 APPENDIX A5 B SAFETY AND OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH RELATED COURSES TAUGHT AT ENVIRONMENTAL PREVENTIVE MEDICINE UNTES NAVENPVNTMEDI S detect aad fare haved a Lee A5 B 1 ii OPNAVINST 5100 19E 30 May 2007 TABLE OF CONTENTS VOLUME 1 SECTION B MAJOR HAZARD SPECIFIC ELEMENTS CHAPTER Bl ASBESTOS MANAGEMENT o oooooooooooooooooo B1 1 B0101 CHAPTER ORGANIZATION 0 AA a la B1 B0102 APELTCABID LA a ida A B1 B0103 DISCUSS LON e E doce Sse Se WS ce Gece EEA EE EO Se Gee EE de B1 3
163. OPNAVINST 5100 19E 30 May 2007 NAVY SAFETY AND OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH SOH PROGRAM MANUAL FOR FORCES AFLOAT OPNAV INSTRUCTION 5100 19E VOLUME I SOH AND MAJOR HAZARD SPECIFIC PROGRAMS DEPARTMENT OF THE NAVY OFFICE OF THE CHIEF OF NAVAL OPERATIONS DEPARTMENT OF THE NAVY OFFICE OF THE CHIEF OF NAVAL OPERATIONS 2000 NAVY PENTAGON WASHINGTON DC 20350 2000 IN REPLY REFER TO OPNAVINST 5100 19E NO9F 30 May 07 OPNAV INSTRUCTION 5100 19E VOLUME 1 From Chief of Naval Operations Subj NAVY SAFETY AND OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH SOH PROGRAM MANUAL FOR FORCES AFLOAT Ref a OPNAVINST 5100 23G b OPNAVINST 5100 8G c SECNAVINST 5212 5D Encl 1 Navy Safety and Occupational Health Program Manual for Forces Afloat Volume I 1 Purpose To implement the Navy Safety and Occupational Health SOH Program and the requirements of reference a for afloat commands This instruction has been administratively revised and should be reviewed in its entirety 2 Cancellation OPNAVINST 5100 19D Volume I OPNAV 5102 4 Motor Vehicle Mishap Report OPNAV 5102 5 Diving Mishap with or without hyperbaric treatment Report OPNAV 5102 6 Mishap Report OPNAV 5102 7 Mishap Investigation Report OPNAV 5102 7A Mishap Investigation Report Endorsements MIREs OPNAV 5102 10 Off duty Recreation Athletics and Home Safety RAHS Mishap Report DD A amp T AR 1020 5102 Explosive Mishap or Conventional Ordn
164. ORK AREA POISON NO SMOKING EATING OR DRINKING 2 Caution labels shall be affixed to containers of lead contaminated clothing and equipment raw materials waste debris or other products containing lead These caution labels shall state CAUTION CLOTHING CONTAMINATED WITH LEAD DO NOT REMOVE DUST BY BLOWING OR SHAKING DISPOSE OF LEAD CONTAMINATED WASH WATER ACCORDING TO APPLICABLE LOCAL STATE OR FEDERAL REGULATIONS f Housekeeping 1 Where lead containing materials are routinely melted ground or cut maintain all surfaces as free as practical of lead accumulation Clean surfaces at least once per shift to prevent accumulation of lead dust B10 7 OPNAVINST 5100 19E 30 May 2007 2 All cleaning shall use methods such as vacuuming with HEPA filtered vacuum cleaners or washing down where feasible observing water pollution regulations as they pertain to lead contaminated wastewater Only use wet sweeping shoveling or brushing shall when other methods have been tried and found to be ineffective or infeasible 3 Do not use compressed air to clean work surfaces 4 When wash down procedures are used to clean surfaces or wetting is used to control dust treat floor surfaces with a non skid agent and drain the floor so that excess water is collected in a holding tank for disposal per chapter B3 g Personal Hygiene 1 Prohibit eating drinking smoking chewing of tobacco products or gum
165. PCB advisories BO302a 5 45 Has the safety officer approved work center HM storage locations lockers in coordination with the HAZMINCEN Division B0302a 6 B38 C 7 OPNAVINST 5100 19E 30 May 2007 Yes No 46 Has the safety officer conducted monthly spot checks in conjunction with the master at arms force and the HAZMINCEN division to ensure day to day compliance with CHRIMP requirements Have the spot checks included checking for improper stowage and use of HM in the HAZMINCEN and work center lockers Are spot checks conducted such that all divisions are checked at least twice per year BO302a 6 47 Has the safety officer executed the following inspections with the HAZMINCEN division 1 Monthly satellite locker inspections 2 Quarterly storeroom inspections BO302a 6 48 Has the safety officer evaluated the CHRIMP HAZMINCEN program annually for compliance and effectiveness B0302a 6 49 Has the safety officer reported all HM mishaps as required by reference B3 10 BO302a 6 50 Has the afloat environmental protection coordinator AEPC performed the functions described in reference B3 4 and ensured that HAZMINCEN pollution prevention afloat P2A equipment is operational and in use BO302a 7 gts Has the damage control assistant DCA coordinated H
166. RACEN at www norva navy mil navosh Topics they shall cover in the training program include a Types of eye hazards b Types of eye protection c Eyewash location and proper use particularly personnel working with corrosive materials B5 9 OPNAVINST 5100 19E 30 May 2007 d Proper action when personnel experience mishaps involving particles or liquids in the eye or use an eyewash station NOTE No attempt should be made to remove a particle lodged in the eyeball or wash an eye that has been cut in any way Contact the medical department immediately CHAPTER B5 REFERENCES B5 1 American National Standard Practice for Occupational Educational Eye and Face Protection ANSI Z87 1 NOTAL B5 2 American National Standard Emergency Eyewash and Shower Equipment ANSI Z358 1 2004 NOTAL B5 3 Military Specification DoD G 51510 Goggles Industrial Eyecup and Lenses Goggles Industrial Metric NOTAL B5 4 Military Standard 1434 Goggles Industrial Safety NOTAL B5 10 OPNAVINST 5100 19E 30 May 2007 Appendix B5 A TYPES OF PROTECTIVE EYEWEAR Appropriate eye and face protection is required in all areas that are designated as eye hazardous A selection chart for eye and face protection for different work operations and a welding filter shade protection chart are shown in Tables B5 A 1 and B5 A 2 The following is a short description of the various types of protective
167. SPIRATORY PROTECTION B0601 DISCUSSION a Many repair and maintenance operations generate air contaminants that are dangerous if inhaled Engineering controls e g local exhaust ventilation are the most ffective methods of protecting personnel against such contaminants However when engineering controls are not practical or feasible respirators are necessary to assure the protection of personnel b This chapter establishes respiratory protection requirements and applies to all personnel and visitors who enter an area where respiratory protective equipment is necessary Many of the procedures contained herein are derived from or are similar to the ones detailed in reference B6 1 This chapter does not address damage control gas free engineering underwater protection or respirator use in a chemical biological radiological nuclear and high yield explosive CBRNE emergency response c The provisions of this chapter do not apply to personnel wearing respiratory protection for the sole purpose of protection against airborne radioactive contamination associated with the naval nuclear propulsion program Guidance for this area is found in reference B6 2 d For submarines Responsibilities and procedures for respiratory protection aboard submarines are contained in paragraph B0614 B0602 RESPONSIBILITIES a The commanding officer shall appoint a respiratory protection manager RPM in writing
168. Spied ate B6 9 BO606 IMITATIONS OF RESPIRATORS ie alee ea a ete tire elie es B6 11 BO607 USE OP RESPIRATORS Saht et oo Sk asia dd B6 13 BO608 RESPIRATOR Bs EE Sul LNG vs ti GS B6 15 B0609 INSPECTION CLEANING STORAGE AND MAINTENANCE OF RES ETRATOR Sia E A AR A B6 16 OPNAVINST 5100 19E 30 May 2007 TABLE OF CONTENTS VOLUME I SECTION B MAJOR HAZARD SPECIFIC ELEMENTS BO610 ENTRY INTO IMMEDIATELY DANGEROUS TO LIFE OR HEALTH EDIE ATMOSPHERES noad tg Bs ti Bede aa e a Bo 19 B0611 BREATHING AIR REQUIREMENTS 22 20 eo ae ee ee et ek eee B6 21 B0612 RESPIRATORY PROTECTION TRAINING B6 22 BO613 MEDICA EVALUATIONS o att at ta te o s oo B6 23 B0614 SUBMARINE RESPIRATORY PROTECTION ooooooooo o B6 24 CHAPTER Bio REFERENCES omiin oaae aaen a beng a a ersi jan B6 31 APPENDIX B6 A RESPIRATOR PROGRAM CHECKLIST B6 A 1 APPENDIX B6 B TYPES OF RESPIRATORS B6 B 1 APPENDIX B6 C QUALITATIVE RESPIRATOR FIT TEST PROT OC OMS aerial o e dt qe EN B6 C 1 CHAPTER B7 ELECTRICAL SAFETY ui eta le B7 1 B0701 DISCUSS TON aad Li E A ENEA Ed Gas B7 1 BO702 RESPONSIBILITIES a occ davon eed severe ig veney eng vost ca ete Seer b ie a a as B7 1 BO703 ELECTRICAL SAFETY ELEMENTS ooooooooooooooo o B7 3 BO704 WORKING ON DE ENERGIZED EQUIPMENT o oooooooo B7 3 BO705 WORKING ON ENERGIZED EQU
169. TC website at http www safetycenter navy mil training OPNAVINST 5100 19E 30 May 2007 Appendix B1 F WORKPLACE RELEASE CHECKLIST Upon completion of an asbestos repair or removal use this checklist to inspect the asbestos work area This inspection is a critical part of the asbestos removal operation Failure to satisfactorily complete the inspection which includes correction of all deficiencies observed may result in asbestos exposure long after the project is completed Complete this inspection prior to disestablishment of the asbestos work area The department performing the asbestos work must retain a copy of the checklist with other records of the removal Provide the inspector with a standard flashlight equipped with fresh batteries a complete set of personal protective equipment including respirator where applicable required for entry into the asbestos work area Do not begin the inspection until all surfaces within the regulated area are dry and visibly cleared of dust and debris to ensure that any contamination can be observed Last 4 Inspector SSN Asbestos Removal Team Supervisor Date Time Area Inspected Ship s Hull Name No OPNAVINST 5100 19E 30 May 2007 MN a BS CB All surfaces within the regulated L free of visible dust and debris mirrors flashlights and other t accomplish this inspection Insp disturbing the wi
170. TY AND TAG OUT PRECAUTIONS s00 0 4 014 dhs sed Se eA cileisio A a Sie RE Ge Zw Shee D5 1 D0501 DISCUSS TO Ni a ea Sieh E A E A AEE EEEE EEGEN D5 1 D0502 DEFIENTITON Sa ta aid e ile AE E T EAEN D5 1 D0503 EEBETRICAR PRECAUTION S a iea oa a i de a gue la A dee Gis anid D5 1 DO504 BATTERTE Std A A A A A A D5 5 D0505 ELECTRICAL ETRE Secs aaa A id D5 8 D0506 FIRST AID FOR ELECTRICAL SHOCK susto seis Se wie sie sie D5 9 D0507 ELECTRONIC PRECAUPION Si O E E Mae ee D5 10 D0508 TAGSOUT oy 2 ta a a A a E E it Id A WE ita D5 13 CHAPTER D5 REFERENCES isomer oe a toe t eet D5 13 CHAPTER D6 SHIPBOARD FUELS oo ooo oooooooo ooo D6 1 D0601 DISCUSS TON 2 EE TE EERE ELTERE EEFE ceo Bes oe eee SG ds D6 1 D0602 ERECAUTTON St A TEE te da Gens ees D6 1 CHAPTER Do REFERENCES 006 dio boi a e id D6 3 CHAPTER D7 WELDING CUTTING AND BRAZING D7 1 D0701 DISCUSSION ete ia ia de D7 1 D0702 PRE CAUIPLON Disc owa haee an Aa aT o A a D7 2 xviii OPNAVINST 5100 19E 30 May 2007 TABLE OF CONTENTS VOLUME III SECTION D SUBMARINE SAFETY STANDARDS CHAPTER Di REFERENCES 2 la Geeta hans ll D7 8 CHAPTER D8 MACHINERY o eheee sea ia EE eee ee ee eee eee D8 1 D0801 DESCUS SELON s co ta e a aaa D8 1 D0802 GENERAL PRECAUTIONS sii es Be ENANAR e Be
171. The report may be handwritten and should simply state the nature of the condition and its location his or her name not be revealed report c Upon receipt of a report If the originator desires that this should be so stated in the the safety officer shall contact the originator to acknowledge receipt and discuss the seriousness of the reported condition working condition has been reported a Alleged critical danger situations will be eva If possible evaluated within three days descriptions of critical serious deficiencies If necessary assistance from support activi see paragraph A040 e originator of the reported condition under the safety officer within 10 working days of report receipt Interim responses will response If the eval causative deficiency the final response shall of the action taken for abatement of Significant hazard is found to exist the basis for that determination uation f The final contact the safety officer if he or she desires A3 10 The safety officer shall advise the cognizant division officer that an unsafe unhealthful or moderate h the safety officer may request ties for the evalu Provide an interim or final response in include the expected date for a identifies a hazard and its the deficiency the reply shall include The safety officer will evaluate all submitted reports luated immediately potentially
172. VINST 5100 19E 30 May 2007 c Laser Range Surveys Naval Surface Warfare Center Corona Division Code SE 41 2300 Fifth St Norco CA 92860 mailing address P O Box 5000 Corona CA 92878 5000 DSN 933 4090 Commercial 909 273 4090 or Fax 909 273 5089 d For laser bio effects and medical research issues or assistance in evaluating laser induced injuries Naval Health Research Center Detachment Energy Bioeffects Laboratory Brooks City Base 8315 Navy Road Brooks AFB TX 78235 5365 DSN 240 4699 6552 Commercial 210 536 4699 6552 Fax 210 536 6439 e For guidance on laser exposure limits and health issues Non Ionizing Radiation Health Branch Bureau of Medicine and Surgery Code M342 2300 E Street NW Washington DC 20372 5300 DSN 762 3448 3444 Commercial 202 762 3448 3444 Fax 202 762 0931 B0904 RADIATION HAZARD AREAS a Ionizing Radiation Ionizing radiation hazard signs are required at access points to radioactive material storage areas and where the radiation levels could exceed the exposure limit for the general public The type and wording of each sign is dependent upon the type of radiation area Reference B9 11 provides specific guidance for posting ionizing radiation hazard areas Medical X ray units will be posted per reference B9 13 and B9 4 b Radiofrequency Radiation RFR Hazard Areas RFR hazard warning signs are required at all access points to areas where the RFR
173. a using the release criteria per paragraph B0106 and complete appendix Bl1 F 2 The engineering repair department head as appropriate shall a Ensure that a qualified intermediate maintenance activity IMA either afloat or shore is scheduled to do the work if asbestos work exceeds the scope of this protocol b Provide personnel who work with asbestos per this protocol with the necessary equipment and protective clothing per reference Bl 1 and appendix B1 I c Identify and provide a list of all personnel involved in asbestos operations to the medical department representative for consideration for entry into the AMSP d Ensure that all asbestos containing waste materials are collected stowed and disposed of as required by paragraph B0104d 2 and chapter B3 e Ensure personnel are trained and training is documented in the member s service record Training requirements for this protocol are located in appendix B1 E f If a repair or removal of ACM involving an IMA is scheduled interface with the IMA personnel and attend the pre work brief per paragraph BO109 c 3 The division officer of the workspace where asbestos work is being conducted shall attend the asbestos pre work brief if required asbestos work exceeds the scope of this protocol paragraph BO108a 4 b and appendix B1 J 4 The MDR shall implement an AMSP per reference Bl 5 B1 14 OPNAVINST 5100 19E 30 May 2007 c Traini
174. acceptable and that a new hazard is not being introduced COMNAVSEASYSCOM COMNAVAIRSYSCOM should be contacted for substitution approval To propose a substitution for a material tool or procedure called for on a maintenance requirement card MRC submit a PMS feedback report FBR per reference A4 2 b Engineering Controls This means of hazard control is accomplished primarily through design and advanced planning Whenever these methods are used the cognizant safety officer or A4 2 OPNAVINST 5100 19E 30 May 2007 industrial hygienist should approve these methods prior to implementation Examples of engineering control methods include isolation and ventilation 1 Isolation Isolation is the physical separation of a hazard from personnel to eliminate or minimize contact or exposure This involves the use of a barrier or limiter and may be in the form of a physical barrier use of semi automatic equipment that does not require constant attendance time separation or distance Examples include machine guards electrical insulation sound barriers and remote controlled equipment 2 Ventilation This is the control of potentially hazardous airborne substances through the movement of air Two methods are general ventilation or dilution ventilation and local exhaust ventilation General ventilation is the dilution of an airborne substance by mixing it with quantities of
175. afety Programs Within 16 304 weeks of Afloat POS assignment All newly reporting personnel B0902 1 c Awareness Radiation Safety Appendix Upon assigned to work in RADHAZ areas Training Officer B9 A reporting to Workcenter Baseline workcenter Supervisor THS Detailed information regarding class schedules quotas etc can be found on the NAVOSHENVTRACEN website at http www safetycenter navy mil training NOTE For officers who have attended Department Head Course at Surface Warfare Officer School this course contains the material covered in the Afloat Safety Officer Course A 4J 0020 and is considered the equivalent Completion of the Department Head Course satisfies the requirements for A 4J 0020 NOTE For ships with no Emergency Asbestos Response Team EART this training shall be accomplished by the safety officer or engineering officer as on the job training using the Standard Operating Procedures in appendix B1 B NOTE For ships with an EART this training shall be accomplished by the safety officer or engineering officer or a member of the EART that has successfully completed Shipboard Asbestos Response A 760 2166 or Asbestos Supervisor Worker A 493 0069 as on the job training using the Standard Operating Procedures in appendix B1 B NOTE Many NAVEDTRA manuals contain specific safety information related to the specific topic Refer to the Catalog of Nonresident Tra
176. ailable at the discretion of the commanding officer Examples of changes that could significantly affect the on board hazard and or risk are as follows 1 New or modified equipment or processes 2 Introduction of new hazardous chemicals and or harmful physical or biological agents 3 Deterioration of existing controls e g ventilation which degrade over time Some of these changes would be the expected result of a shipyard availability period and commanding officers may consider requesting industrial hygiene assistance from their supporting NAVENPVNMEDU or MTF following a major availability A3 7 OPNAVINST 5100 19E 30 May 2007 For submarines detailed atmosphere sampling per reference A3 9 is required at the completion of a major shipyard availability or prior to post scheduled availability PSA to demonstrate that there are no built in contaminants as a result of construction activities and proper functioning of the atmosphere control system f New construction On new construction ships industrial hygiene services are necessary prior to final contract trials FCTs This will assist the ship in correcting any deficient material conditions that may arise due to potential deviation by the builder from contract specifications At a minimum the supporting NAVENPVNTMEDU or MTF will perform the following services prior to the end of FCTs and provide the ship a li
177. al Hygiene Noise Dosimetry Survey Form 3 NEHC 5100 20 August 2003 Heat Stress Afloat Form 4 CIHL 006 May 2002 Asbestos Bulk Sample Analysis Form e The laser and radio frequency radiation RFR exposure reporting requirements are exempted from reports control by SECNAVINST 5214 2B f OSHA Form 174 Material Safety Data Sheet is available from the Occupational Safety and Health Administration Office of Publications Room 1212 200 Constitution Ave N W Washington D C 20210 or from the General Services Administration GSA Business Service Centers in Boston New York Philadelphia Atlanta Chicago Kansas City Fort Worth Denver San Francisco Los Angeles Seattle and from GSA Specification Sales Bldg 197 Washington D C 20407 G E MAYER RADM USN Special Assistant for Safety Distribution Electronic only Department of the Navy Issuances Website http doni daps dla mil OPNAVINST 5100 19E 30 May 2007 TABLE OF CONTENTS VOLUME I SECTION A SOH PROGRAM CHAPTER Al INTRODUCTION tt dl o AA Al 1 AOI BACKGROUND Vasiliy ie dain A A ai Al 1 A0102 PURPOSE AND ORGANIZATION OF THIS MANUAL A1 1 A0103 AP PTCA BT TY icy so a Scale a A AA A Bie Al 3 A0104 REFERENCES AND DEFINITION OF TERMS A1 4 A0105 SOH MANUAL CHANCES ult aia dad Al 4 A0IO6s TERMINOLOGY ictus ia A1 4 AOTOTE PRECEDEN E sos TES AR REA IS ate Al 5 CHAPTER Ade REFERENCES 2 oo 2 Sad sd
178. al equipment and hot work The following guidance is provided 1 When handling sharp materials such as sheet metal wear leather gloves Also wear leather gloves over electrical grade rubber gloves whenever the rubber gloves could be subjected to cutting by sharp or abrasive objects 2 Whenever it is necessary to work with portable electric tools or equipment in damp locations or when it is necessary to work on live electrical circuits or equipment wear electrical grade insulating rubber gloves 3 Wear only gloves approved to handle acids corrosives solvents and other industrial chemicals when required The safety officer or hazardous material coordinator shall assist supervisors in the selection of gloves to protect against chemical hazards Surgical clear plastic latex or food handler type gloves are not approved for use with hazardous materials 4 When it is necessary to handle hot items or perform hot work even if tongs or other gripping clamping tools are available wear non asbestos insulated gloves 5 Wear Kevlar or boning gloves when handling knives in food service situations B12 4 6 Do not OPNAVINST 5100 19E 30 May 2007 wear gloves when operating machinery with rotating or moving parts or line handling when the gloves could be caught in the bite 7 Deck personnel shall be provided with leather gloves to protect agains
179. al in chapters C18 and D12 CHAPTER B10 REFERENCES B10 1 NEHC TM OM 6260 Medical Surveillance Procedures Manual and Medical Matrix B10 2 29 Code of Federal Regulations CFR 1910 1025 Lead B10 11 B1101 DISCUSSION OPNAVINST 5100 19E 30 May 2007 CHAPTER B11 TAG OUT a A tag out procedure is necessary because of the complexity of modern ships and the cost delays and hazards to personnel which could result from improper operation of equipment or the inadvertent release of stored energy In order to prevent injury to personnel and damage to equipment the tag out program is mandatory for all shipboard equipment components and systems The program is designed tagged out equipmeni condition The tag out or adhesive labels tha t or systems are not procedure consist are applied to instruments meters to indicate out of calibration tha avoid a possible mishap procedures shall be enforced at all times to notify personnel that t in a normal operating ts of a series of tags gauges or they are inoperative restricted use or Each tag contains information necessary to Standard tag out procedures are to be used for shipboard work performed by any activity Tag out The use of tags or labels is not a substitute for other safety measures such as chaining or locking valves removing fuses or racking out circuit breaker
180. all be placed under medical surveillance when the action level 1 2 of the permissible exposure limit of the agent is exceeded and the exposure exceeds 30 days per year or 10 days per quarter Detailed requirements for these examinations shall be established by the Chief Bureau of Medicine and Surgery CHBUMED c Medical Examinations The ship s MDR shall make all arrangements for required medical examinations These examinations include baseline pre placement periodic termination certification and special examinations as required by section B of this manual The scope of these examinations will be determined by reference A3 10 The MDR will provide all available information regarding each individual s exposure to allow the cognizant shore based medical treatment facility MTF A3 15 OPNAVINST 5100 19E 30 May 2007 squadron medical officer or the ship s medical department if resources permit to perform the proper examination d Evaluation of Results The MDR shall monitor all medical surveillance results for any trends apparently due to hazard exposure e Medical Records Maintenance retention and disposition of personnel medical records shall be per existing directives The MDR shall ensure that the results of all hazard exposure medical examinations and personal exposure records are entered into each individual s m
181. als will be informed in writing within 21 days of any permanent threshold shift toward deteriorated hearing When the permanent threshold shift results from exposure to hazardous noise levels the hearing loss shall be reported to the safety officer and department head by memo that a possible breach in the hearing conservation control procedures has occurred resulting in a hearing loss 3 Any individual who has hearing loss in both ears in which the sum of thresholds at the frequencies of 3000 4000 and 6000 Hz exceeds a total of 270 dB or has their referenc hearing test form DD 2215 re established three times will not be assigned to duties involving exposure to hazardous noise until evaluated and waived by an audiologist otologist or occupational medicine physician d Removal Hearing Tests Individuals who are removed from hearing conservation will be given a hearing test to document auditory status at the time of removal from noise hazardous duties Results of this test will be recorded on DD 2216 e Disposition Following Monitoring Hearing Tests Pure tone air conduction monitoring hearing tests are designed to B4 A 8 OPNAVINST 5100 19E 30 May 2007 detect small changes in hearing and identify problems before the individual suffers hearing loss that interferes with verbal communications Detection is made by comparing the current monitoring audiogram with the reference
182. aluation and designation of potential heat stress areas is part of the industrial hygiene survey A DB thermometer shall also be mounted in non air conditioned spaces not normally manned in which personnel may have to periodically work or conduct B2 6 maintenance such as si torerooms These th OPNAVINST 5100 19E 30 May 2007 ermometers shall be mounted in a position so they indicate the most accurate representative tempera workers watchstanders spend Placement of the DB thermome ventilation air stream but any supply ventilation terminal opening hung with a non heat conducting mat ture for the area wh wrap or string never hang with metal wire minimize the influence of sources avoid direc structural surfaces thermometer and the DB temperature measured wi during a survey is five degrees Fahrenheit watch or workstation the majority of their time ters may be in ust be hung at least two feet from Thermometers shall be terial such as plastic tie and positioned to any adjacent or local heat or cold tact between thermomet If the difference betw or out of the ter and hot cold then the DB thermome representative of the ture at the workstation DB thermometers do not require calibration so if found inaccurate the hanging DB must be reloca aligning the etch mark with th
183. aminated Personnel the naval services and to the Medical Department civilian Navy and management and treatment of individuals who are irradiated or ext contaminated ternally or internal ly radioactively This instruction applies to all naval facilities or commands and Navy sponsored operations in which there exist excessive ionizing radiation exposure and to treatment facilities ins con is truction applies ither returned to full duty or individual ts a known potential for radioactive contamination or all medical MTFs fixed and non fixed This to the period from actual exposure tamination or injury to the time when th individual if a seriously injured is on a course of recovery at an MTF with definitive care capability Although applicable to personnel irradiation or contamination following a nuclear weapon detonation in a time of war the procedures outlined in this instruc occupational or accident B9 A 2 tion are intended for use in tal exposure environments NAVSEA NAVSEA OPNAVINST 5100 19E 30 May 2007 389 0288 Radiological Controls for Shipyards This manual presents the limits and protection measures applicable to ionizing radiation and radioactivity associated with constructing servicing and decommissioning U S naval nuclear propulsion plants it does not cover control of radiation from nuclea
184. an for recognizing evaluating and documenting all exposures and for developing controls for occupational exposures that are judged unacceptable There are five major steps in setting up a functioning occupational exposure assessment program A3 3 OPNAVINST 5100 19E 30 May 2007 1 Basic characterization 2 Exposure assessment 3 Further information gathering 4 Communications and documentation 5 Reassessment c Chief Bureau of Medicine and Surgery BUMED shall provide all afloat activities with a current thorough occupational exposure assessment of each workplace according to reference A3 7 BUMED activities shall routinely update the exposure assessment The following subparagraphs outline the basic requirements for occupational exposure assessment 1 Basic Characterization of the Workplace Walk through Survey The first step in the Navy s exposure assessment strategy is to characterize the workplace workforce and environmental agents The cognizant industrial hygienist IH shall conduct a survey of each workplace to obtain as a minimum the following information a Descriptions of operations tasks and work practices that take place in the workplace e g welding spray painting The description shall include a layout sketch incorporating relevant aspects of the factors listed below along with the number of persons assigned to the operation task and the
185. ance Deficiency Report 3 Discussion a References a and b provide policy and outline responsibilities for the implementation of the total Navy Safety and Occupational Health Program The Navy program encompasses all safety disciplines such as aviation safety weapons explosives safety off duty safety traffic safety and occupational safety and health This instruction covers the implementation of the SOH Program elements unique to an afloat environment Injury and illness investigation reporting and OPNAVINST 5100 19E 30 May 07 recordkeeping requirements have been removed from chapter A6 of this instruction and now reside in 5102 1D chapters 3 and 6 b This instruction updates the safety guidance and precautions contained in OPNAVINST 5100 19D It reflects modifications to regulatory requirements and embodies lessons learned from mishaps This document has been revised with Significant input and coordination with representatives of the Fleet Commanders and Type Commanders staffs Since this document modifies every chapter and most of the paragraphs from OPNAVINST 5100 19D it does not identify modified added or deleted paragraphs c Due to limitations on ship design and construction paragraph B06lle was incorporated with the following implementation schedule for applicability and compliance Beginning in fiscal year 2008 ships shall equip all new and or upgraded fixed breathing air compressor s
186. ance list COSAL allowance parts list APL or authorized equipment list AEL can be changed accordingly Once equipment is acquired division officers shall ensure that it is properly maintained Additionally division officers shall ensure that assigned personnel are adequately trained on the type and proper use of PPE required at their work stations and shall enforce the proper use and wearing of protective equipment d All hands shall ensure that they wear or use the required PPE to perform assigned work in a proper manner If the required equipment is not available to do the assigned work or if instruction is needed on how to wear or use the equipment the affected person shall notify his her supervisor immediately MDR shall assist in obtaining and providing medically fitted PPE B1203 PROTECTIVE EQUIPMENT a Head Protection Helmets or hard hats protect crew members from the impact of falling and flying objects from impact with low overheads and on a limited basis from electric shock and burn 1 Metal hard hats are not authorized for shipboard use 2 Stow helmets or hard hats in a manner so that cracks will not develop in hat material Do not stow heavy materials atop composite material hard hats 3 Do not wear hard hats if cracked if the hat material has a hole other than one caused by the manufacturer if missing the suspension harness or if painted
187. and SCBAs These items shall be returned to the manufacturer for all repairs and adjustments B0610 ENTRY INTO IMMEDIATELY DANGEROUS TO LIFE OR HEALTH IDLH ATMOSPHERES a Respirators Should it become necessary to enter an IDLH atmosphere only the following two types of respirators shall be used 1 A full facepiece pressure demand self contained breathing apparatus SCBA 2 A full facepiece pressure demand air line respirator equipped with an auxiliary self contained air supply having a minimum rated service life of 15 minutes The self contained air supply of 15 minutes must be sufficient to ensure escape from the IDLH area These may only be used to enter an IDLH atmosphere when connected to the supplied air airline source The auxiliary self contained air supply may only be used for egress purposes If the self contained air supply 15 minute supply is insufficient to ensur scape then a SCBA with a minimum service life of 30 minutes must be used NOTE Although specified by reference B6 7 the equipment required in paragraphs B0610a 1 and 2 is not on the allowance lists of many ships If the respirators Bo 19 OPNAVINST 5100 19E 30 May 2007 required are not carried aboard ship an oxygen breathing apparatus OBA may be used for entry into atmospheres which are or are potentially IDLH when all of the following three conditions are met underway required by an em
188. apter do not apply to the naval nuclear propulsion program concerning radiation and radioactivity associated with naval nuclear propulsion plants should be addressed via energy to strip electrons from atoms in the media it passes electron stripping is termed non ionizing radiatio Issues the chain of y divided into two categories Ionizing radiation has sufficient through which Less energetic radiation that is incapable of n d Ionizing radiation can be in the form of energetic particles such as neutrons form of electromagnetic radiation betas alphas proton EMR the form of EMR volts For example such as X ray machines accelerators t amount of energy nec atom 1 e ionize an from the spontaneous decay of natural radioactive materials or from devices that direct or indirectly tion can occur in a va s or in the Ionizing radiation in sometimes referred to as a photon conventionally referenced by its energy with abou eV being the smallest liberate an electron from an production of ionizing radiat is t 40 electron essary to atom The riety of ways or man made y produces EMR such as from particle OPNAVINST 5100 19E 30 May 2007 e Some devices containing radioactive material such as radioactive calibration source materials may require a naval radioactive material permit NRMP to possess and
189. aragraph C Waste disposal procedures paragraph B1007 d Medical surveillance paragraph B1008 e Written compliance plan paragraph B1009 f Worker and supervisor training paragraph B1010 B1005 INDUSTRIAL HYGIENE SURVEY a An industrial hygienist shall evaluate all workplaces in which lead is used This evaluation shall be accomplished during the baseline and periodic industrial hygiene surveys specified per chapter A3 Where a potential for exposure from inhalation of airborne lead particulate or personnel contamination is found the industrial hygienist shall establish an exposure monitoring plan to characterize personnel exposures When personnel lead exposures warrant the industrial hygiene survey shall identify the need for the command to have a written lead hazard compliance plan and provide the specific content for the plan b Within five working days after the receipt of exposure monitoring results the command shall notify affected personnel in writing of results that represent their exposure Whenever the results indicate that the individual was exposed above the PEL without regard to respirator use the written statement shall include that fact and a description of the corrective action s taken to reduce the individuals exposure B10 4 OPNAVINST 5100 19E 30 May 2007 c If the safety officer or any supervisor has a question regarding the potential lead
190. area and has an entrance from a weather deck the inside of the weather deck door hatch shall be posted 3 Exteriors of military combatant equipment are excluded from this labeling requirement However personnel operating and maintaining combat equipment must be made fully aware of hazardous noise exposure conditions B0405 NOISE ABATEMENT a Reduction of noise at the source is in the best interests of the Navy and its personnel Areas and equipment that contain or produce potentially hazardous noise should be modified to reduce noise levels to within acceptable limits wherever it is technologically and operationally feasible b Noise abatement actions will normally be accomplished during ship or equipment design construction or testing Hazardous noise areas equipment not identified during construction or post overhaul noise surveys are most likely due to malfunctioning equipment Noise abatement actions recommended by the industrial hygienist or resulting from Board of Inspection and Survey INSURV inspections shall be documented as required in chapter A4 of this instruction and implemented as soon as possible c Additional information on noise abatement is available in appendix B4 C B4 7 OPNAVINST 5100 19E 30 May 2007 B0406 PERSONAL HEARING PROTECTIVE DEVICES a Personnel working in or entering designated hazardous noise areas or utilizing noise hazardous tools or equipment shall
191. arines Ships shall not expose personnel to excessive heat stress and shall provide a shipboard work environment that minimizes the probability of such exposure b This chapter applies to heat stress control and personnel protection for most shipboard operating conditions It does not apply for the determination of heat exposure limits specifically for personnel wearing layered or impermeable clothing such as chemical biological warfare clothing fire fighting protective clothing or ensemble or chemical protective clothing worn for use during clean up of hazardous material spills or any type of body cooling garment or device c Heat stress is any combination of air temperature thermal radiation humidity airflow workload and health conditions that may stress the body as it attempts to regulate body temperature Ships can determine maximum exposure limits for various environmental conditions and individual work rates Adherence to these maximal heat exposure guidelines can prevent or reduce the adverse physiological effects of heat stress Sufficient recovery time in a cool environment will help reverse the harmful effects of heat stress Recognizing personnel heat stress symptoms and obtaining prompt medical attention for affected persons is an all hands responsibility d To obtain accurate and reliable data on heat stress conditions ships shall conduct heat stress surveys
192. arterly by COMNAVSAFECEN Summary of the results of research from selected reports of diving hazards 7 Ground Warrior Issued bimonthly Marine Corps tactical operation safety 8 Type Commander Newsletters Advisories and Safety Notes A5 5 OPNAVINST 5100 19E 30 May 2007 CHAPTER A5 REFERENCES A5 1 OPNAVINST 3500 39B A5 2 DoD Instruction 6055 1 DoD Safety and Occupational Health SOH Program of date A5 3 SECNAVINST 5100 10J A5 4 OPNAVINST 5100 8G A5 6 OPNAVINST 5100 19E 30 May 2007 Appendix A5 A TRAINING REQUIREMENTS SUMMARY Courses can be Mandatory Formal Informal Course Title Training Required A0502c General Ergonomics Awareness A0503a Submarine Safety Officer Course F 4J 0020 A0503a Naval Safety Supervisor Course A0503a Afloat Safety Officer Course A 4J3 0020 Paragraph Reference Resource for Length Training of Training Navy Personnel Training Requirement All hands Powerpoint Ship s instructors NAVOSHENVTRAC Submarine safety officer qualified E 6 personnel chief petty officers and commissioned officers EDTRA 14167 For prospective collateral duty safety officer or full time safety officer Surface Warfare Officer School SWOS Newport Collateral duty or full time safety officers See Note Periodicity Initially Prior to or within 6 months of assignment Interim me
193. artment of Defense Forms Program http www dtic mil whs directives infomgt forms formsprogram ht 1 DD 771 JUL 1996 Eyewear Prescription 2 DD 2215 JAN 2000 Reference Audiogram 3 DD 2216 JAN 2000 Hearing Conservation Data 4 DD 2493 1 JAN 2000 Asbestos Exposure Part I Initial Medical Questionnaire 5 DD 2493 2 JAN 2000 Asbestos Exposure Part II Periodic Medical Questionnaire 6 DD 2521 OCT 2000 Hazardous Chemical Warning Label 8 1 2 x 11 7 DD 2522 OCT 2000 Hazardous Chemical Warning Label 4 x 6 C The following medical surveillance examination forms are available from the Navy Environmental Health Center http www nehc med navy mil downloads occmed Medical matrix Feb 2001 pdf 1 113 Asbestos Current Worker 2 115 Asbestos Past Worker 10 Years Since First Exposure 3 116 Asbestos Past Worker 0 to 10 Years Since First Exposure 4 161 Lead Inorganic 5 503 Noise 6 512 Noise Follow Up OPNAVINST 5100 19E 30 May 07 7 506 Radiation Laser Class III and IV 8 505 Radiation Ionizing 9 716 Respirator User Certification Exam d The following industrial hygiene forms are available from the Navy Environmental Health Center http www nehc med navy mil ih ihfom htm 1 NEHC 5100 17 July 2006 Industrial Hygiene Noise Survey Form 2 NEHC 5100 18 July 2006 Industri
194. artment of the ship receiving the asbestos work The briefing will include at least the following 1 A listing of all spaces that will be affected by the asbestos work These will include the spaces used for shower facilities if they are required 2 A discussion of the asbestos controls that will be used to accomplish the work This will include a The exact location of the asbestos regulated area boundaries b The requirement to secure ship s ventilation in the area of the removal operation and its effect on the ship and personnel c Disposal of any waste generated and who will be responsible for its disposal Normally this will be the receiving ship d Air monitoring that will be accomplished and how the results of the general area monitoring will be conveyed to the receiving ship 3 A discussion of any vital watchstanders the receiving ship may require to remain in the asbestos regulated area The IMA and the receiving ship will mutually agree to the need for these watchstanders 4 The planned times that the asbestos area will be isolated and entry restricted Any additional aspects of the planned work that either party feels should be discussed OPNAVINST 5100 19E 30 May 2007 CHAPTER B2 HEAT STRESS B0201 DISCUSSION a This chapter establishes Navy policy and procedures for the control of personnel exposure to heat stress and applies to all ships including subm
195. artridges shall also be replaced if the user has difficulty inhaling air through the cartridge which may indicate filter overloading The RPM may impose time limitations for cartridge use not to exceed eight hours When in doubt about the previous use of the respirator replace the filter canister or cartridge 4 Air line Respirator Leave the area immediately when the compressor failure alarm is activated or if an air pressure drop is sensed 5 Self contained Breathing Apparatus Leave the area aS soon as the air pressure alarm activates B0608 RESPIRATOR FIT TESTING Each individual who is required to use a tight fitting respirator shall be qualitatively or quantitatively fit tested before being issued a respirator and annually thereafter unless the user is to wear a SCBA Per paragraph B0607 5 SCBAs are exempt from the requirement to fit test When conditions such as facial hair can reasonably be expected to interfere with the proper fit of respiratory protective equipment the user shall not be permitted to do work requiring a respirator Personnel with facial hair that could interfere with face seal or valve function will not be fit tested because the length and condition of facial hair changes daily and would necessitate daily fit testing For all ships anyone trained to fit test via training detailed in paragraph B0612 can perform fit testing Fit testing can also be obtained via the supporting
196. ary and whether a site visit should be scheduled to assist in making RF measurements or an exposure evaluation Central to the command s investigation will be a determination of the B9 23 OPNAVINST 5100 19E 30 May 2007 degree of RF exposure incurred since such incidents often involve emotional or health concerns which cannot be easily addressed when measurement data is not available Performing RF measurement assessments are often beyond the technical capabilities of the local command or the nearby medical facility 6 If exposure incident results in a service member receiving medical treatment loses workdays or is placed on light or limited duty a mishap report must be submitted in accordance with reference B9 32 7 In cases where it is necessary to reconstruct events or reestablish equipment configuration for conducting an RF exposure assessment the accuracy of the recreation is crucial to the validity of the subsequent RF measurements The command s investigating officer should apply particular attention to obtaining written statements from those involved giving detailed descriptions of the sequence of events exposure times and equipment set ups as well as obtaining appropriate charts diagrams or photographs indicating the locations of exposed personnel 8 The command shall submit a final report on the RF incident to the Commander Naval Saf
197. asure until the Safety Officer Course can be attended Prior to or within 6 months of assignment Navy Personnel Training Requirement Afloat Industrial Hygiene Officers IHOs Paragraph Reference Course Title Training Required Annual continuing education OPNAVINST 5100 19E 30 May 2007 Resource for Length Training of Training Periodicity Navy Occupational Health and Preventive Medicine Workshop Division safety petty officers Fifty percent of the petty officers assigned as division safety petty officers aboard ship All hands Personnel designated to be on the EART 1 Must have at least 1 year before projected rotation A0503b A0503b A0501la C0103a DO0O103a Appendix B1 C 6 Division Safety Petty Officer Watchstation 301 Naval Safety Supervisor Safety Programs Afloat A 493 2099 or Aviation Safety Specialist A 493 0065 Occupational Safety and Health Training Shipboard Asbestos Response A 760 2166 Not applicable to submarines A5 A 2 Supervisor Safety Programs Afloat PQS NAVEDTRA 14167 NAVOSHENVTRAC Videotapes Ship personnel NAVOSHENVTRAC Within 6 months of assignment Within 6 months of assignment After reporting on board and annually thereafter Initially Navy Personnel Training Requirement All personnel performing non friable asbestos work Limited asbesto
198. ate their capability to don and doff each type of respirator to be worn in the performance of normal and emergency duties including situations in which the respirator malfunctions bo Respirator capabilities and limitations including respirator and cartridge service life and warning signs of respirator failure c Nature and degree of respiratory hazards and the effects from exposure to the hazardous atmosphere d Proper respirator selection according to intended use e Respirator care cleaning maintenance and storage B6 24 OPNAVINST 5100 19E 30 May 2007 f Prohibition against facial hair g How to recognize medical signs and symptoms that may limit or prevent the effective use of respirators h Wearing of corrective glasses goggles or other eye and face protection shall not interfere with the seal of the facepiece to the face 1 Wearing of contact lenses in contaminated atmospheres is permitted d Respiratory protection managers RPM at submarine squadrons or NSSCs shall attend Respiratory Protection Program Management RPPM course CIN A 493 0072 Courses are available from the Navy Occupational Safety and Health and Environmental Training Center NAVOSHENVTRACEN 1 Personnel assigned to issue respiratory protective equipment shall be trained on respirator selection and care and maintenance prior to assignment and annually thereafter The training should be given by the
199. be subdivided into two categories a Closed circuit rebreathing SCBAs There are two types of this respirator In both types carbon dioxide CO2 in th xhaled breath is removed by a chemical canister prior to rebreathing The difference between the two is the source of oxygen In one type the oxygen is provided by either high pressure gaseous oxygen or gaseous oxygen converted from liquid oxygen In the other type of which the Navy oxygen breathing apparatus OBA is an example the water vapor in the exhaled breath reacts with a chemical in the canister to release oxygen The OBA is not approved by NIOSH for commercial use and its only authorized uses aboard ship are for damage control fire fighting operations and fixed flooding systems PMS Even Bo 8 OPNAVINST 5100 19E 30 May 2007 in emergencies OBAs must not be used in flammable atmospheres due to the heat generated by the canister b Open circuit SCBAs In this type of SCBA the exhaled air is expelled to the atmosphere and air is provided to the user from a compressed air cylinder This type of respirator is available in either a demand negative face piece pressure or pressure demand positive facepiece pressure model Per reference B6 5 demand respirators shall not be worn c Emergency Escape Breathing Device EEBD This is a special type of SCBA developed for the Navy specifically for emergency escape
200. blish web enabled safety system WESS account on COMNAVSAFECEN website d Ship s Medical Officer Medical Department Representative In support of the SOH Program the ship s medical officer medical department representative shall 1 Participate in the SOH program e g assist division officers work center supervisors by providing occupational health information 2 Coordinate external occupational medicine support as necessary 3 Initiate injury reports on personnel treated by the medical department to the commanding officer via the chain of command with a copy to the safety officer for investigation and a copy to the officer of the deck for entry into the deck log 4 Maintain a hard copy or electronic log of work related injuries and illnesses for military personnel according to reference A2 7 with separate logs for on duty and off duty personnel and a separate log for any assigned civilian personnel A2 9 OPNAVINST 5100 19E 30 May 2007 5 Maintain medical surveillance records and coordinate screening exams as advised in the baseline or periodic industrial hygiene surveys e Department Heads Division Officers and Work Center Supervisors shall 1 Ensure that all assigned workspaces are inspected and maintained free of hazards and are in compliance with applicable SOH standards 2 Ensure that all assigned personnel are properly trained advised of any as
201. bmarine Organization and Regulations Manual SSN B3 27 OPNAVINST 5100 19E 30 May 2007 Appendix B3 A Oil and Hazardous Substance OHS Spill Response Procedures die Introduction many materials used aboard ships only trained personnel shall respond to a hazardous material HM or oil spill Personnel S urface Ships Only Because of the extremely hazardous nature of shall be trained by the damage control assistant or supervisory personnel to clean up small spills of oil and HM Appropriate material safety data sheets MSDSs shall be used to conduct training Response procedures for many specific situations are provided in other documents responsibilit fighting procedures ties See reference B3 16 for repair party See references B3 17 for shipboard HM fire control procedures purposes a b h Ta reference B3 14 Volume 2 for HM damage and reference B3 23 B3 7 and B3 8 for personal protective equipment guidance See reference B3 15 for aircraft HM fire fighting procedures For descriptive the spill response procedures have been divided into nine phases Discovery and no Initiat Evaluat tion Containmen Dispersion tion Cleanup an tification of aci tion t and damage control of gases vapors d decontamination Disposal of contaminated materials Certification for re entry Follow up reports and spi
202. ce Ship Industrial Periods Non Nuclear DoD 6055 5 M Occupational Health Surveillance Manual B9 A 10 OPNAVINST 5100 19E 30 May 2007 CHAPTER B10 LEAD CONTROL B1001 DISCUSSION a The purpose of this chapter is to prevent lead intoxication and related injuries during the use handling removal and melting of materials containing lead b In this chapter lead means metallic lead all inorganic lead compounds and organic lead soaps Lead s low melting point high molecular weight high density and malleability make it useful structural material When added to resins grease or rubber lead compounds act as antioxidants Common uses for lead and lead compounds include ballast radiation shielding paint filler and hardener rubber and pipe joints high voltage cable shielding small arms ammunition batteries and weights While not an absolute indicator red forest green chrome yellow and School bus yellow color paints typically contain lead compounds Lead may also be found in polyurethane and water based paints C Significant lead exposures can occur during lead and babbitt melting and casting ballast handling spraying sanding grinding burning and abrasive blasting of lead containing materials and lead containing paint brazing with torches high voltage cable repair abrasive blasting with smelting slag lead acid battery reclaiming machining lead disassembly of gasoline engine
203. ce storage lockers Training should include proper inventorying marking stowage and the use of MSDS g Ensure a MSDS is on file either hard copy or on CD ROM for all types and brands of HM taken aboard Ensure that hard copy MSDSs are readily accessible to all hands h Ensure only HM authorized for shipboard use by the Ship s Hazardous Material List SHML is requisitioned or if necessary to do so that a SHML feedback report SFR is promptly submitted See chapter C2303b Ensure SHML feedback reports SFRs are signed by the commanding officer or a designated O 5 or above and transmitted to NAVCIP for processing B3 10 OPNAVINST 5100 19E 30 May 2007 1 Work with stock control officer to ensure all HM orders are approved by the HAZMINCEN prior to ordering or Signing all purchase requests for HM items 3 Identify in writing locations and quantities of all HM excess HM stored aboard ship and provide a list to the executive officer department heads gas free engineer damage control assistant DCA fire marshal safety officer and senior medical officer k Execute the following inspections and take corrective action for all deficiencies found Inspect the HM program in accordance with reference B3 6 section 8202 hazardous material division check off list Inspect for locker storeroom condition HM compatibility labels corrosion leaks bulging cans drums and shelf life 1
204. central respirator issue control point for issuing maintaining and storing respirators n Ensure respirators are inspected cleaned disinfected maintained and stored per paragraph B0609 3 Submarine commanding officers shall appoint at least one RPA for two crew submarines each crew shall have at least one RPA 4 The RPA shall a Assist the NSSC squadron RPM in the management of the program for his submarine b Maintain a copy of the local guidance or standard operating procedures roster of personnel in the respiratory protection program standard submarine respiratory protection lesson plan for training and sufficient supplies to conduct fit testing and training c Ensure respirator users and supervisors of those wearing respirators are trained on respiratory protection requirements This training shall be repeated annually d Ensure appropriate fit testing is performed for all respirator users Recordkeeping for fit testing shall include type of respirator brand name and model method of test test results test date name of the instructor tester and name of the individual tested e Provide command guidance for work processes that may require use of respiratory protection as identified in the industrial hygiene survey f Issue respirators to personnel requiring respiratory protection B6 28 OPNAVINST 5100 19E 30 May 2007 5 Division officers shall a Ensur
205. checks described in paragraph B0607 or those recommended by the respirator manufacturer which provides equivalent protection to the procedures in paragraph B0607 Before conducting the negative and positive pressure checks the subject shall be told to seat the mask on the face by moving the head from side to side and up and down slowly while taking in a few slow deep breaths Another facepiece shall be selected and retested if the test subject fails the user seal check tests i The test shall not be conducted if there is any hair growth between the skin and the facepiece sealing surface such as stubble beard growth beard mustache or sideburns which B6 C 2 OPNAVINST 5100 19E 30 May 2007 cross the respirator sealing surface Any type of apparel which interferes with a satisfactory fit shall be altered or removed j If a test subject exhibits difficulty in breathing during the tests she or he shall be referred to a physician or other licensed health care professional as appropriate to determine whether the test subject can wear a respirator while performing her or his duties k If the employee finds the fit of the respirator unacceptable the test subject shall be given the opportunity to select a different respirator and to be retested l Exercise regimen Prior to the commencement of the fit test the test subject shall be given a description of the fit test and
206. chrometer For example B2 C 7 OPNAVINST 5100 19E 30 May 2007 Previous DB Previous GT AT 98 3 110 4 12 oo Psychrometer DB Psychrometer WB Estimated GT DB AT 99 1 83 6 99 1 12 1 111 2 Using the formula WBGT 0 1 x DB 0 7 x WB 0 2 x GT WBGT 0 1 x 99 1 0 7 x 83 6 0 2 x 111 2 WBGT 90 7 The WBGT Index values obtained by this strictly emergency monitoring method should be used with the PHEL chart figure B2 B 1 or tables tables B2 B 2 and B2 B 3 The resultant exposure limits will be approximations only Records should indicate whenever the emergency environmental monitoring equipment method was used A casualty report shall be submitted When reporting meter failure give the serial and model numbers and describe the problems encountered B2 C 8 OPNAVINST 5100 19E 30 May 2007 Appendix B2 D HEAT STRESS DECISION DIAGRAM If the above condition is true conduct a survey If already in a heat stress condition use latest survey and calculate ECC Watchstander PHELs ECC drill complete and condition restored Is the DB Temperature lt 100 F Watch Work Period lt 4 Hours lt 90 F Watch Work Period gt 4 Hours lt 85 F PHEL IV through VI Survey Complete See Appendix B2 E For Engineering Spaces on Nuclear Gas Turbine and Diesel Powered Ships See A
207. clude manually chipping and wire brushing in preparation for painting handling cargo and supplies replacing large valves cleaning lube oil sumps and disassembly or reassembly of large or heavy equipment The PHEL curves were developed and are accurate for normal healthy heat acclimatized personnel who have had adequate rest six hours continuous sleep in the last 24 hours adequate water intake and adequate recovery time from previous heat stress exposure two hours recover for every 1 hour exposure or four hours maximum Personnel are assumed to be wearing clothing consisting of a least 35 cotton fiber not containing starch and readily permeable to water transfer Table B2 A 2 presents the PHEL chart in a tabular format Table B2 A 3 presents the PHEL values applicable when fuel combustion gases are present b Procedures 1 Curve Selection a Routine Operations Applicable PHEL curves should be determined by selecting the appropriate curve listed in table B2 A 1 bo Non routine Operations Non routine operations such as performing operations in out of normal plant configurations increases in normal watchstander work rate and minor equipment casualties require the use of the next higher number curve above that specified in table B2 A 1 for routine operations For example if the stay time for a particular watchstander is determined to be PHEL Curve I during normal operat
208. components which have used leaded gasoline and handling of contaminated personal clothing d Lead is a recognized health hazard Lead may adversely affect the peripheral and central nervous systems as well as the red blood cells kidneys reproductive and endocrine systems e In recognition of the serious health hazards associated with lead and the numerous sources of potential lead exposure the Navy has established strict controls to limit both occupational and environmental exposures Standards and controls discussed in this chapter shall be applicable to all Navy personnel OPNAVINST 5100 19E 30 May 2007 B1002 PERMISSIBLE EXPOSURE LIMIT AND ACTION LEVEL TRIGGERING REQUIREMENTS a Permissible Exposure Limit PEL The PEL for an eight hour time weighted average TWA exposure to airborne lead is 50 micrograms per cubic meter ug m of air b Action Level AL The AL for an eight hour TWA exposure to airborne lead is 30 ug m without regard to respirator use c Biological monitoring and medical surveillance shall be initiated when an employee s exposure exceeds the AL for more than 30 days per year d Engineering and administrative controls shall be tiated when an individual s exposure exceeds the PEL for more n 30 days per year When a person s exposure is greater than the AL but less than the PEL engineering controls shall be initiated to reduce the workplace environmental level
209. compressors used by breathing air shall be tested quarterly Quarterly testing of breathing air does not apply to the Navy s diving program or AABAs Reference B6 9 addresses diving air requirements e Carbon Monoxide or High Temperature Alarms for Breathing Air Compressors Containing Oil Ships shall equip compressor systems with either high temperature or carbon monoxide monitor and alarm systems or both to control carbon monoxide levels High temperature cut off switches on fixed compressors which shut down the compressor at a temperature below which the lubricating oil breaks down i e thermal degradation point meet the requirement for high temperature alarms provided that quarterly monitoring meets the requirements for Grade D breathing air Ships shall equip all new and or upgraded FIXED breathing air compressor systems with B6 21 OPNAVINST 5100 19E 30 May 2007 high temperature cut off switches New and or upgraded PORTABLE breathing air compressor systems will be equipped or operated with carbon monoxide monitor and alarm systems during SCBA air cylinder charging operations Calibrate monitor and alarm systems on compressors used for supplying breathing air according to the manufacturer s instructions B0612 RESPIRATORY PROTECTION TRAINING a Proper respirator training is essential for personnel required to wear respirators and for supervisors of those wearing respirators Documen
210. computer based training CBT or through Navy knowledge on line NKO Specific information may be found at http www safetycenter navy mil training 1 Afloat Safety Officer Course A 4J 0020 This course is imbedded into the Department Head Course at Surface Warfare Officer School SWOS Newport and is exported as a classroom course to major fleet centers It trains officers in safety duties aboard Navy surface ships and includes instruction in the procedures for establishing and maintaining an effective ship s safety organization 2 Safety Programs Afloat Course A 493 2099 This course is offered by the NAVOSH and Environmental Training Center NAVOSHENVTRACEN This course provides surface ship supervisory personnel E 5 through E 9 assigned as divisional OPNAVINST 5100 19E 30 May 2007 safety petty officers or safety supervisors with the basic knowledge and skills required to carry out their duties It also identifies responsibilities per this instruction and other applicable safety requirements The Naval Safety Supervisor Course NAVEDTRA 14167 is a pre requisite 3 Submarine Safety Officer Course F 4J 0020 This course is taught by the NAVOSHENVTRACEN and provides submarine qualified commissioned officers chief petty officers and selected first class petty officers who have been assigned as collateral duty safety officers aboard submarines with the training to develop and maintain an eff
211. ct the eyes from ultraviolet infrared and visible rays generated by the work operations d Chipping Goggles Chipping goggles protect the eyes from relatively large flying objects generated by such operations as chipping lathing grinding and chiseling B5 A 1 OPNAVINST 5100 19E 30 May 2007 Eyecup type goggles may be worn alone or cover type goggles may be fitted over corrective spectacles e Welding Helmets Welding helmets are made up of a bowl shaped or modified bowl shaped devic quipped with a shade 14 or greater filter These helmets are designed for use during various kinds of arc welding and heavy gas cutting and provide the welder s eyes face ears and neck with protection against intense radiation and weld spatter f Face Shields Face shields provide protection to the face and neck from flying particles liquids or sprays Face shields alone do not provide adequate protection against these hazards and must be worn with protective eyewear g Ballistic Eye Protection Devices Ballistic eye protection devices provide an additional level of protection above that provided by standard safety eyewear for high impact Situations These devices may replace standard safety glasses Ballistic eye protection devices are classified as either spectacle or goggle systems Spectacle systems provide enough frame face form for the primary protector to double as side impact protecti
212. ctively control noise it is necessary to accurately measure noise according to standard procedures and properly evaluate the measurements against accepted criteria a Noise Measurements Noise measurements shall be taken as a part of the industrial hygiene survey described in chapter A3 1 Sound level meters shall conform at a minimum to the Type II requirements cited in reference B4 4 An acoustical calibrator accurate to within plus or minus one decibel shall be used to calibrate the instrument before each survey and to revalidate the calibration at the conclusion of the survey The sound level meter and acoustical calibrator will be electroacoustically calibrated annually Contact NAVENVIRHLTHCEN Norfolk to schedule the calibration of this equipment a Continuous or intermittent steady state noise shall be measured in dB A with a sound level meter set for slow response Whenever levels in excess of 84 dB A are recorded C weighted measurements dB C shall also be taken to permit more accurate determination of hearing protector attenuation requirements b Impact or impulse noise shall be measured as dB peak sound pressure level reference 20 uPa with an instrument capable of accurate impact noise measurement Reference B4 4 provides specific details 2 In cases where high worker mobility significant variations in sound
213. ctivities and or equipment These precautions provide similar guidance to submarines as section C does for surface ships These standards do not duplicate or supersede Al 2 OPNAVINST 5100 19E 30 May 2007 the safety precautions found in either the standard submarine organization and regulations manual SSORM the ships systems manuals SSMs or the standard operating procedures SOPs applicable to submarines These other standards augment section D precautions A0103 APPLICABILITY a The provisions of this manual apply to all Navy ship operations afloat including United States naval ships USNS of the Military Sealift Command MSC manned by federal civil service mariners and military personnel Due to the manning complexities for MSC ships there may be some administrative procedures in this manual that will need to be tailored for MSC ship applications These procedures shall at a minimum provide protection equal to or better than that provided by this manual Aviation squadrons and other embarked units that are required to comply with reference Al 3 ashore shall coordinate safety program requirements with the ship The provisions also apply to Marine Corps personnel embarked in the aforementioned vessels Information contained within volume I of this manual that specifically applies to submarines or that which exempts submarines is annotated as such Shore activity service craft
214. cts during testing is allowed within a certified room b Reference Baseline Hearing Tests 1 All personnel included in hearing conservation program shall have a reference hearing test form DD 2215 in their medical record 2 All reference hearing tests shall be preceded by at least 14 hours without exposure to workplace noise This requirement may not be met by wearing hearing protective devices Reference baseline hearing tests will not be conducted if there is evidence of a transient medical condition that would affect hearing threshold 3 Personnel who do not have a reference audiogram filed in their health record shall not be assigned to duty in a designated hazardous noise area involving exposure to hazardous noise until a reference hearing test has been performed In these cases hearing threshold levels in either ear in the excess of an average of 25 dB for the frequencies of 500 3000Hz or 45dB at any frequency greater than 4000Hz must be evaluated by an audiologist c Monitoring Hearing Test All personnel included in hearing conservation program will receive annual monitoring hearing tests for as long as they remain enrolled unless otherwise indicated in the following paragraphs Additional hearing tests may also be conducted when there are individual complaints of hearing difficulties e g difficulty in understanding speech or a sensation of ringing or fullness
215. d A0107 PRECEDENCE In cases of conflicting safety standards among various directives and technical manuals precedence shall be given to the directive issued by the highest authority and of the most recent issue date i e Federal DoD SECNAV OPNAV Echelon 2 TYCOM etc If a standard is not provided within any of those documents then nationally recognized consensus standards such as the American National Standards Institute ANSI American Conference of Governmental Industrial Hygienists ACGIH National Institute of Safety and Health NIOSH or other federally recognized national consensus standard may be cited Al 5 OPNAVINST 5100 19E 30 May 2007 CHAPTER Al REFERENCES SECNAVINST 5100 10J IST 5100 86 NST 5100 23G NST 5102 1 D MCO P5102 1B NST 5100 25A NST 5100 12G NST 3750 6R Warfare Publication Fleet Marine Force Manual NWP 1M FMFM 5 34 Shipboard Helicopter Operating Procedures A1 1 A1 2 OPNAVI A1 3 OPNAVI A1 4 OPNAVI Al 5 OPNAVI A1 6 OPNAVI Al 7 OPNAVI Al 8 Naval 3 04 Al 9 Naval Rescue Manual Al 1 Os Naval Explosives Warfare Publication NWP 3 50 1 Navy Search and Sea Systems Command NAVSEA OP 4 Ammunition and Al 6 OPNAVINST 5100 19E 30 May 2007 CHAPTER A2 SOH PROGRAM ORGANIZATION AND RESPONSIBILITIES A0201 POLICY Navy policy is to maintain safe and health
216. d material in unopened properly sealed containers for which there is no further immediate use on board the ship possessing the material Such material may ultimately be used on another ship within the shore establishment for the same purpose or a purpose other than that for which it was initially manufactured or by commercial industry NOTE It is the responsibility of the shore receiving facility to determine if used excess HM offloaded is reused or disposed of as hazardous waste HW S reference B3 4 for a definition of HW 4 Consolidated Hazardous Material Reutilization Inventory Management Program CHRIMP A HM control and management program that requires all hazardous material used and excess HM and all empty HM containers to be centrally controlled onboard ships and submarines CHRIMP requires the establishment installation of HAZMINCENs CHRIMP includes centralized inventory management procurement storage issue receipt reissue and collection consolidation offload of HM 5 Hazardous Material Minimization Center HAZMINCEN utilizes facilities equipment and procedures to execute CHRIMP HAZMINCEN designs can vary greatly depending on the size of the ship mission and requirements for HM The smallest ships submarines minesweepers patrol craft often require little HM and are too small to include a dedicated HAZMINCEN storeroom or office In t
217. d safety officers are making monthly satellite locker inspections and quarterly storeroom inspections and are taking action to correct deficiencies B0302a 2 12 Has the executive officer ensured that HM needed for embarked units Marines airwing squadrons special forces etc is authorized for use on board ship and that there is an agreement in writing detailing responsibilities of ships company and the embarked unit B0302a 2 13 Has the executive officer ensured that HM brought on board by contractor and shipyard representatives is controlled and offloaded in accordance with contract requirements BO302a 2 14 Has the executive officer reviewed the ship s training plan annually to ensure that HM awareness training is included BO302a 2 B3 C 2 OPNAVINST 5100 19E 30 May 2007 Yes No LS Has the executive officer ensured that all supervisors and petty officers training annually Has ensured that supervisors training to all hands department heads receive the HM awareness B0302a division officers the executive officer provide HM awareness 2 16 officer in a semi annual B0302a 3 Have department heads assisted the executive review of the list of HM to ensure that CHRIMP efforts are optimized to minimize HM stowage locations and eliminate excessive or unauthorized quantities of HM
218. d equipment to be located in spaces where personnel are required to perform work shall prescribe the noise emission level that will ensure an A weighted sound level of less than 84 dB at all locations in which personnel are required to work OPNAVINST 5100 19E 30 May 2007 Ex Repeat ship design The policy cited above shall apply and incorporate the noise control technology and personnel noise dosages learned from previous ship designs d Ship alteration Ship alteration prioritization policy established in reference B4 8 shall form the basis of selecting ships for noise control All watch stander stations in machinery spaces will not exceed a maximum equivalent noise level of 84dB A under full power operation conditions Where achieving no more than 84 dB A under full power operating conditions is not economically and technologically feasible watch stander stations will not exceed a maximum equivalent noise level of 90 dB A at sustained speed operating conditions e The policy stated in paragraphs 2b c and d does not apply to high performance ships experimental ships or special purpose ships for which noise reduction technology application is not feasible In these uniquely military situations COMNAVSEASYSCOM in conjunction with BUMED will study and develop suitable noise requirements engineering controls and hearing protective devices to protect personnel from hazardous noise levels based
219. d of as hazardous waste per appendix L of reference B3 2 These materials include unrecoverable protective clothing sorbents rags brooms and containers 9 Certification for Safe Re Entry The spaces affected by the spill shall be certified safe by the OOD CDO before normal shipboard operations are resumed in that space The OOD CDO shall ascertain the following before allowing re entry a All surfaces deck counters bulkheads and overheads have been thoroughly cleaned of the spilled material b All compartments have been adequately ventilated as determined from analysis by the gas free engineer c All contaminated cleanup materials including protective clothing have been packaged marked and handled as used HM 10 Follow up Reports and Spill Response Kit Replenishment a Reporting procedures for overboard oil and HM spills are contained in reference B3 2 The OOD CDO shall submit to the HM coordinator a spill report for all on board spills A copy of this report shall be filed by the safety officer and shall contain the following information B3 A 6 OPNAVINST 5100 19E 30 May 2007 1 Date spill occurred 2 Spill location 3 Identity of spilled material 4 Cause s of spill 5 Damage or injuries resulting from the spill 6 Response and cleanup measures taken 7 Any problems encountered 8 Method of disposing of contaminated material 9 Action taken
220. d them on the Additionally personnel shall comment on drinking water on the survey sheet e The s temperatures on the hea between the hanging DB measured with the WBGT Fahrenheit F or grea thermometer is not representative of the workstation Relocate aligning the etch mark with the freezing Fahrenheit Comparing the AHSS DB values is no urveyor shall rec meter t required f Heat Stress Survey Sheets delivered to the MDR The MDR shall stress survey shee thermometer and the DB temperature during a survey ter at any watch or works replace or validat Following the department head s review including engineering review all tributing to adverse heat survey sheet the availability of ord the hanging DB If the difference is five degrees tation the DB ture at the te the hanging DB by point 32 degrees temperat the hanging DB temperature values with all shall be engineering and non engineering heat stress surveys to determine obvious inaccuracies reduced PHEL stay times protective actions being taken and submit sheets daily to the commanding officer shall initial the survey sheets MDR year 4 Space Surveys Ships shal spaces for heat stress using the WBGT met a space whenever the hanging DB thermomet temperature requirements B2 12 At all manned watch workstat mperature from a permanently mounted ter reach
221. degrees Fahrenheit or 85 8 degrees Fahrenheit the stay time for PHEL curve III is five hours and 55 minutes 5 The current WBGT PHEL stay time guidance for each watchstander can be read from any of the AHSS computer workstations 6 Impact of Personal Status Change on Exposure Limits If a person s status changes during the period of a watch e g the person assumes a watch in a different location or works at a different exertion level stay times shall be computed using the procedures for remaining safe stay times provided in reference B2 2 article 3 13 5 b 7 Impact of Fuel Combustion Gases Stack Gas and Fuel Vapors on Exposure Limits a Fuel combustion gases stack gas and fuel vapors can have severe physiological impact on personnel The effects of these environmental factors are intensified by heat stress Prolonged exposure to relatively low concentrations can impact the ability of personnel to work safely If someone entering a workspace or area for the first time in approximately four hours or more can smell the odor of stack gas and or fuel vapors then a harmful concentration may be present Personnel should be checked for the following symptoms 1 Eyes watering and or burning 2 Difficulty breathing 3 Tingling or numbness of the tip of the tongue tip of the nose finger tips and or toes 4 Generalized sensation of mild alcoholic intoxication without alcohol consumption within
222. determine any trends that could indicate inadequate use of hearing protection or uncontrolled overexposure to excessive noise levels c Industrial hygiene officers shall 1 Maintain and ensure proper calibration of sound level measuring equipment 2 Annually certify audiometric testing booths installed aboard the ships d Division officers shall 1 Ensure personnel exposed to hazardous noise have and properly use hearing protection devices 2 Ensure that a space or piece of equipment that is designated as noise hazardous is properly posted and labeled 3 Ensure all personnel required to wear personal hearing protection are trained in the use and maintenance of that protective equipment regardless of whether they require enrollment in HCP 4 Ensure personnel report for scheduled audiometric testing and training 5 Ensure that personnel who require hearing retests due to a significant threshold shift STS are excluded from hazardous noise areas defined as areas exceeding 84 dB A A weighted sound pressure level SPL measured in decibels for continuous or 140 dBSPL peak for at least 14 hours before the scheduled test Hearing protection may not be used to meet this requirement NOTE Noise exclusion should not be imposed for individuals scheduled for annual hearing testing B4 2 OPNAVINST 5100 19E 30 May 2007 6 Coordinate with the medical d
223. dical attention Emergency deluge showers are primary first aid for significant splashes of corrosives to the skin or body in addition to the eyes B5 5 OPNAVINST 5100 19E 30 May 2007 a The ship shall have an adequate number of properly maintained and inspected eyewash facilities installed in locations with corrosive hazards and properly posted with signs identifying their locations According to reference B5 1 approved emergency eyewash equipment permanent plumbed or portable shall 1 Be capable of flushing the eyes with potable water at a minimum flow rate of 0 4 gallons per minute for 15 continuous minutes 2 The velocity of the water shall be low enough not to be injurious to the user s eyes When the valve is properly set the flow from both nozzles should meet equidistant at the center of the bowl 3 Shall have a one motion e g paddle or pull strap stay open valve such that when activated the eyewash will remain on to allow the user to hold open their eyelids to facilitate flushing The valve shall remain open without the use of the operator s hands until intentionally closed 4 Shall be on the same level unobstructed and easily accessible within 100 feet or 10 second travel of the identified eye hazard For a strong acid or strong caustic the eyewash shall be immediately adjacent to the hazard 5 The travel route to the eye
224. do not require a material safety data sheet MSDS Food Drug and Cosmetics Act items e g packaged personal care products articles e g packaged solder or brazing alloy ionizing e g check sources for radiation monitors and non ionizing radiation e g radiofrequency heat sealers microwave or laser products and biological hazards e g products containing living organisms Materials that require special handling and disposal procedures include ammunition weapons explosives explosive actuated devices propellants pyrotechnics chemical and biological warfare materials medical waste infectious materials bulk fuels asbestos lead and radioactive materials Guidance direction for these materials can be found in other related documentation NOTE Even though the above items may not be considered or handled as HM submarine atmosphere control requirements in chapter D15 may apply 2 Used Hazardous Material Used HM is material that has been used in a shipboard process or maintenance action and B3 2 OPNAVINST 5100 19E 30 May 2007 for which there is no further immediate use on board the ship possessing the material Such material may ultimately be used on another ship within the shore establishment for the same purpose or a purpose other than that for which it was initially manufactured or by commercial industry 3 Excess Hazardous Material Excess HM is unuse
225. drill set unless a DB temperature at any manned watch station exceeds the appropriate value identified in paragraph B0204c 4 a 6 Time Weighted Mean TWM WBGT Values The TWM WBGT is for use in especially hot environments where reduced stay times have been imposed on watch work standers The TWM WBGT is an optional not mandatory provision for use if an air conditioned booth or cooler space is available for personnel to spend time in the cool climate and afford them some relief from the heat in the space When implemented the TWM changes the WBGT value for that individual and increases the length of time they can now spend at their watch work station Appendix B2 E provides ships that have this ability with a way of properly calculating the new WBGT value d Recovery Time for Personnel Reaching Exposure Limits 1 Supervisors shall direct personnel standing watch or working in spaces in reduced stay times except in operational emergencies as directed by the CO to leave the heat stress environment prior to the expiration of the PHEL stay time These personnel shall move to a cool dry area conducive to rapid physiological recovery an area with a DB temperature of 80 degrees Fahrenheit or less B2 16 OPNAVINST 5100 19E 30 May 2007 2 Preferred recovery environments are those that are air conditioned within the standards of reference B2 2 Provided there is no evide
226. e Heavy Difficult to carry Fit may be compromised by long hair or eyeglasses nois xposed personnel should b devic B4 D 2 3 4 hours Short term carried Easily Long or short term will not meet the needs of all The appropriate type of hearing protective devic selected based upon a consideration of the factors listed above in addition to the degree of attenuation required in a particular situation OPNAVINST 5100 19E 30 May 2007 The most convenient method of making this determination is the Noise Reduction Rating The NRR is usually shown on the hearing protector package related to an individual worker s noise environment in order to assess the NRR developed by the Environmental Protection Agency The NRR is then adequacy of the attenuation of a given hearing protector B4 D 3 EPA OPNAVINST 5100 19E 30 May 2007 CHAPTER B5 SIGHT CONSERVATION B0501 DISCUSSION a Navy policy requires that personnel working in eye hazard areas or operations are provided adequate eye protection at government expense Examples of potentially eye hazardous operations are warfighting and operational training cutting and welding drilling grinding milling chipping sand blasting or other dust and particle producing operations and pouring or handling molten metals or corrosive liquids and solids Personnel in the immediate vicinity of such operations or entering a po
227. e project or staggered throughout the year Copies of the self assessment results hard copy or electronic will be retained by the safety officer for at least two years The safety officer will advise the safety council and safety committee as applicable of the results of these self assessments and status of any corrective actions Checklists are available at http www safetycenter navy mil afloat checklists at the end of each applicable topic chapter or developed and customized by the afloat unit as a self assessment tool A0304 INDUSTRIAL HYGIENE SURVEYS a Navy industrial hygiene personnel anticipate recognize evaluate and make recommendations to control unacceptable workplace exposures Exposure assessment of Navy workplaces requires a sound logical strategy and shall be based on references A3 7 and A3 8 The purpose of such a strategy is to accomplish at least four goals 1 To assess potential health risks faced by Navy personnel by understanding their exposures to differentiate between acceptable and unacceptable exposures and to control unacceptable exposures 2 To establish and document a historical record of exposure levels for Navy personnel and to communicate exposure monitoring results 3 To ensure and demonstrate compliance with safety and health exposure criteria 4 To provide a base for medical surveillance examinations b The occupational exposure assessment strategy is the pl
228. e day as the tion is normal and be returned to duty show STS provider continue despite b If the second follow up test relative to will refer the individual consultation with an audiologist to demonstrate essent their threshold shift trained physician who would o elect to provide a written protocol for case management the reference audiogram tial therwis for diagnostic However receive th the monitoring process of discontinuing the to an audiologist for further if results appear invalid or a severe condition is for personnel Ly normal hearing sensitivity the audiologist or suitabl a test shows no STS personnel shall have their trained in their use t continues to the health care tion or who evalua y referral may The protocol may include the option of shipboard counseling and revision of the referenc or review f Re established Reference Audiograms audiograms are compared to the baseline or referen to determine changes in hearing levels an audiol the better or worse be establ established referenc original baseline or reference audiogram establish Logist or medical officer is permanent lished for future hearing level comparison audiogram does in no way replace the When in the change in h Mon audiogram without additional testing itoring ce audiogram the opinion of
229. e equipment Sufficient respirators spare parts and expendable supplies e g cartridges and filters shall be stocked to conduct all operations d Ensure respirator users and supervisors of those wearing respirators are trained on respiratory protection requirements This training shall be repeated annually e Ensure appropriate fit testing is performed for all respirator users Fit testing may be conducted by squadron NSSC RPM submarine RPA supporting intermediate maintenance activity IMA or other sources Fit testing results will be documented and contain the following minimum elements 1 Name rate rank division department 2 Date of current periodic military physical and or preventive health assessment 3 Date of fit test and by whom 4 Fit test medium material used e g Bitrex irritant smoke and type of cartridge s or filter used in the test 5 Make brand model and size of respirator s fitted f Provide the supporting submarine intermediate maintenance activity IMA or central respirator B6 26 OPNAVINST 5100 19E 30 May 2007 issue control point an electronic copy of respirator fit test results to contain as a minimum 1 Name JN Last respirator training date Ww Date medically qualified Jus Respirator successfully fit tested brand model size 5 Name of fit tester date command g Coordinate with the supporting submarine
230. e freezin Fahrenheit A DB thermometer shall be monitor conditions where repairs or maint performed in a heat stress area thermometers at a minimum replaced the hanging DB g poin the WBGT meter or greater at any ter is not or validated by 32 degrees temporarily mounted to The ship sh in main machinery spaces auxiliary cenan are being install DB machinery spaces emergency diesel spaces and other engineering spaces containing heat sources cleaning plants sculleries catapult spaces No Calibration Required galleys NCR as well as in bake sh NOTE to be placed on DB thermometers 2 Automated Heat Stress System laundries dry and steam stickers are not required The AHSS units shall be mounted in a position so they indicate the most accurate representative workers watchstanders spend the majority of AHSS units shall be posit space activity If vent where an AHSS unit will temperature for th located in relation to the sensor does not exceed 600 fpm area where their time The tioned so as to avoid interference with tilation is present at lled the workstation then the sensor should be tilation duct such that airflow to OPNAVINST 5100 19E 30 May 2007 NOTE Dry bulb thermometers must still be mounted on ships with AHSS The ability to conduct manual dry bulb reading procedure
231. e odor of IAA from becoming evident in the general room air where testing takes place e The odor test solution is prepared in a second jar by placing 0 4 ml of the stock solution into 500 ml of odor free water using a clean dropper or pipette The solution shall be shaken for 30 seconds and allowed to stand for two to three minutes so that the IAA concentration above the liquid may reach equilibrium This solution shall be used for only one day f A test blank shall be prepared in a third jar by adding 500 cc of odor free water g The odor test and test blank jar lids shall be labeled e g 1 and 2 for jar identification Labels shall be placed on the lids so that they can be peeled off periodically and switched to maintain the integrity of the test B6 C 5 OPNAVINST 5100 19E 30 May 2007 h The following instruction shall be typed on a card and placed on the table in front of the two test jars i e 1 and LI The purpose of this test is to determine if you can smell banana oil at a low concentration The two bottles in front of you contain water One of these bottles also contains a small amount of banana oil Be sure the covers are on tight then shake each bottle for two seconds Unscrew the lid of each bottle one at a time and sniff at the mouth of the bottle Indicate to the test conductor which bottle contains banana oil
232. e of radioactive material within the Navy and Marine Corps This instruction applies to all Navy and Marine Corps activities engaged in the use of Nuclear Regulatory Commission NRC regulated byproduct material special nuclear material source material and naturally occurring or accelerator produced radioactive material It does not apply to radioactive materials transferred from the Department of Energy DOE to the Department of Defense DoD in accordance with section 91B of the Atomic Energy Act of 1954 Nor does it apply to radioactive materials B9 A 4 produced as a consequence o servicing or maintenance of plants B THOSE CONTAINING BOTH RF AND L OPNAVINST 5100 19E 30 May 2007 f the construction operation naval nuclear propulsion ASER RADIATION GUIDENCE UNDER ONE DOCUMENT OPNAVINST 5100 23G Navy Safety an Program Manual chapter 22 Non Io 22 A and B This chapter implements SOH d Occupational Health SOH nizing Radiation and appendix procedures for non ionizing RF and Laser radiation protection requirements exposure standards and safety guidel OPNAVINST 5100 19D is the forces afloat Provisions ines for all levels of command implementing document for of this chapter do not apply to exposures administered to patients undergoing medical diagnostic or therapeutic procedures BUMEDINST 6470 23 Medical Management of Non Ionizing Radiation
233. e protective measures 2 Division Officers responsible for work centers and areas with identified radiation hazards shall a Ensure that the LSSO has posted laser hazard areas with the appropriate warning signs in accordance with appendix B9 A b Investigate document and report all suspected Laser incidents or mishaps involving suspected Laser overexposures to personnel exposure in accordance with the governing references listed in paragraph B0903 3 Laser System Safety Officer LSSO shall a Establish implement and maintain an effective B9 7 OPNAVINST 5100 19E 30 May 2007 laser safety program per reference B9 15 and B9 16 b Ensure that the appropriate communication processes are established to provide direct access to the highest levels of the chain of command to provide program status reports non conformance issues or any concern that may impact safety readiness or mission objectives c The LSSO is responsible for labeling lasers and posting laser hazard areas B0903 GUIDANCE a Ionizing Radiation 1 Industrial Radiography Sources of ionizing radiation are used onboard tenders in shipyards and at intermediate maintenance activities for non destructive testing NDT of materials A NRMP specifically issued to the command is required to possess and use radiographic devices containing radioactive material X ray machines are used on carriers large amphibious assaul
234. e that personnel have a current fit test and training prior to donning a respirator b For respirators needed while in port ensure personnel obtain required respirator from the supporting submarine IMA NSSC or squadron c Ensure non disposable respirators are returned to supporting submarine IMA when work is completed and prior to getting underway d Provide respirators needed while underway e g nuclear systems welders 6 The MDR shall a Confirm that personnel who are issued respirators have no deployment limiting medical conditions and have a current annual PHA per reference B6 3 see paragraph B0613 b Assist the RPM and or RPA in identifying and evaluating hazards and selecting appropriate respirators as recommended in the industrial hygiene survey 7 Supporting submarine IMAs shall a Upon request schedule provide initial or refresher fit testing and training for the submarine respirator users while in port b Upon request establish a respirator central control point and provide only the respirators needed by submarines in port Respirators will only be issued to personnel with respirator user cards described in paragraph B0614e 2 c Provide a standard submarine respiratory protection lesson plan to RPMs and submarine RPAs for use in training their crews B6 29 OPNAVINST 5100 19E 30 May 2007 8 Personnel required to wear a respirator to perform in port work
235. ears If measurements are made by a ship s IHO the records shall be turned over to a supporting shore medical activity for retention The shore activity will establish a file for each ship Records shall include as a minimum the number type and location of the noise sources number and identification of personnel in the work area and their daily noise exposure and duration type model serial number of test equipment and calibration data location date and time of noise measurements noise levels measured and hazard radius and the name and signature of the person s who made the survey Noise survey data will be recorded on NEHC 5100 17 and 5100 18 forms or using a computer generated equivalent containing all the data fields of these forms b Exposure Assessment The specialized equipment to be used by an industrial hygienist or occupational audiologist may include octave band analyzers recorders and personal noise dosimeters 1 The criteria outlined in paragraph 1 Navy occupational exposure limits NOEL shall be used to determine the degree of compliance with applicable standards 2 A noise hazardous area is defined as a Any work area where the A weighted sound level continuous or intermittent is routinely greater than 84 dB A B4 A 3 OPNAVINST 5100 19E 30 May 2007 b Any work area where the peak sound pressure level impulse or impact noise routi
236. ective submarine safety program b Hazardous Material Control and Management Technician HMC amp M Course A 322 2600 or A 322 2601 This course is taught by the NAVOSHENVTRACEN It provides afloat and shore military HMC amp M Technicians with the training required to safely handle use store dispose transfer and offload hazardous material HM hazardous waste HW Successful completion of this course confers the secondary Navy enlisted classification SNEC code 9595 Ships manning documents specify the require ments for personnel holding this SNEC c Appendix A5 A provides a list of Navy educational courses related to safety and occupational health Appendix A5 B is a listing of safety and occupational health courses taught at the Navy Environmental and Preventive Medicine Units NAVENVPVNTMEDUS The command s training officer should be consulted for course location eligibility requirements and schedules Course descriptions and other information are available at www safetycenter navy mil training A0503 SOH TRAINING REQUIREMENTS AND RESPONSIBILITIES a Ship safety officers shall attend the Afloat Safety Officer course and submarine safety officers shall attend the Submarine Safety Officer Course prior to or within six months of assuming their duties Safety officers who are graduates of Surface Warfare Officer School SWOS Department Head DH Course meet this requirement Group and squadr
237. ectro magnetic safety programs for naval ships Commander Space and Naval Warfare Systems Command COMSPAWARSYSCOM is the lead agent for coordinating electromagnetic safety programs for shore facilities c Commands shall determine RF levels for all areas in which personnel could receive exposures in excess of the exposure limits Commands must use proper RF measurement techniques and application of the RF exposure limits to avoid imposing unnecessary restrictions on operations or establishing overly restrictive protective boundaries d A comprehensive RF hazard evaluation for major platforms such as warships or communication stations where multiple RF emitters exist in close proximity to each other requires considerable technical familiarity with electromagnetic fields Such surveys may involve determination of boundary locations for protective fences or enclosures or specifying operational conditions or restrictions necessary for protection of personnel see points of contacts POCs below for activities that perform these evaluations which are primarily an engineering type survey e Following a survey and implementation of the recommended control measure provided in the HERP survey report B9 11 OPNAVINST 5100 19E 30 May 2007 of B9 14 submit a confirmation letter to COMNAVSEASYSCOM Code SEA 05K2B requesting a NAVSEASYSCOM letter of certification POC information below
238. ed by the safety officer or engineering officer or a member of the EART that has successfully completed Emergency Asbestos Response Team A 760 2166 as on the job training using the SOPs in this appendix This training shall be documented in the member s service record upon completion B1 B 10 OPNAVINST 5100 19E 30 May 2007 Appendix B1 C STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURES FOR EMERGENCY ASBESTOS RESPONSE TEAM EART PROTOCOL General This SOP covers the emergency repair of asbestos containing lagging The intent of this SOP is for emergency asbestos lagging repair work and is not for general maintenance or normal repair of asbestos lagging which must be conducted by an intermediate maintenance activity IMA or contractor personnel 2 Personal Protective Equipment a Respiratory Protection A half facepiece continuous flow supplied air respirator shall be used NOTE All personnel wearing respiratory protective equipment shall be trained fit tested and medically cleared befor donning a respirator b Gloves Wear disposable gloves for this action Surgical gloves are prohibited as an outer glove Surgical or patient exam gloves may be worn as an inner glove during removal operations c Disposable Sacksuits Wear impermeable coveralls e g Tyvek or equivalent disposable sacksuits with integral booties and hood d Boots Wear rubber slip resistant booties over th Tyvek b
239. ed without wearing a respirator is intended to determine whether the individual being tested can detect the taste of saccharin 1 During threshold screening as well as during fit testing subjects shall wear an enclosure about the head and shoulders that is approximately 12 inches in diameter by 14 inches tall with at least the front portion clear and that allows free movements of the head when a respirator is worn An enclosure substantially similar to the 3M hood assembly parts FT 14 and FT 15 combined is adequate 2 The test enclosure shall have a 3 4 inch 1 9 cm hole in front of the test subject s nose and mouth area to accommodate the nebulizer nozzle 3 The test subject shall don the test enclosure Throughout the threshold screening test the test subject shall breathe through his her slightly open mouth with tongue extended The subject is instructed to report when he she detects a sweet taste Note If the test subject eats or drinks something sweet before the screening test he she may be unable to taste the weak saccharin solution 4 Using a DeVilbiss Model 40 inhalation medication nebulizer or equivalent the test conductor shall spray the threshold check solution into the enclosure The nozzle is directed away from the nose and mouth of the person This nebulizer shall be clearly marked to distinguish it from the fit test solution nebu
240. ediately notify the watch supervisor e g engineering officer of the watch EOOW division officer etc The watch supervisor shall direct heat stress surveys to be conducted and enforce the resulting stay times b The space supervisor e g MMOW galley captain shall record and review the DB temperatures for the B2 8 OPNAVINST 5100 19E 30 May 2007 AHSS either as part of the centralized data acquisition system or as printed copies The space supervisor shall initial in the appropriate box and check the appropriate notation in the computer log If a DB temperature exceeds the temperature per paragraph B0204c 4 a the space supervisor shall immediately notify the watch supervisor e g EOOW division officer The watch supervisor shall direct heat stress surveys to be conducted and enforce the resulting stay times C Heat Stress Surveys WBGT Meter 1 The heat stress surveyor determines environmental heat stress conditions using the WBGT meter Model RSS 220 NSN 7G 6685 01 055 5298 or heat stress monitor Model 960 NSN 3H 6665 01 333 2590 or the AHSS which provides a computer display hard drive storage and printout of the heat stress information Each method measures dry bulb wet bulb and globe temperature and integrates them into a single heat stress value the WBGT index Appendix B2 C Use of the WBGT Meter provides detailed information and procedures regardi
241. edical record The MDR shall also inform each individual verbally or in writing as to the significance of all findings and provide access to such records upon request For submarines exceedance of the continuance exposure limit CEL as defined by reference A3 9 shall be recorded in effected crew members medical records Recorded information shall include time date contaminants concentration duration of CEL exceedance and any pertinent information as to the nature of the cause CHAPTER A3 REFERENCES A3 1 OPNAVINST 3500 39C A3 2 OPNAVINST 3120 32C A3 3 OPNAVINST 5100 12H A3 4 OPNAVINST 5100 25A A3 5 INSURVINST 4730 1E Trials and Inspections of Surface Ships of date A3 6 INSURVINST 4730 2E Trials and Inspections of Submarines of date A3 7 OPNAVINST 5100 23G A3 16 OPNAVINST 5100 19E 30 May 2007 A3 8 NEHC Technical Manual TM 6290 91 2 Industrial Hygiene Field Operations Manual latest revision NOTAL A3 9 NAVSEA S9510 AB ATM 010 U Nuclear Powered Submarine Atmosphere Control Manual of date A3 10 NEHC Technical Manual TM OM 6260 Medical Surveillance Procedures Manual and Medical Matrix NOTAL of date A3 17 OPNAVINST 5100 19E 30 May 2007 Appendix A3 A Inspection of Department of the Navy Workplaces by Federal and State OSH Representatives Contractor sal dl Exclusively Workplaces Military Workplaces FEDERAL OSH R
242. edures in this appendix For ships with an EART this training shall be accomplished by the safety officer or engineering officer or a member of the EART that has successfully completed Emergency Asbestos Response Team A 760 2166 as on the job training using the SOPs in this appendix This training shall be documented in the member s service record upon completion B1 B 6 OPNAVINST 5100 19E 30 May 2007 Appendix B1 B STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURES FOR SHIP S FORCE PROTOCOL Preventive Maintenance on Brake Assemblies Scope This standard operating procedure covers brake 1 planned maintenance system PMS on anchor windlass capstan and weight handling equipment hoist cranes conveyors e b levators winches chainfalls and come a longs in which rakes are made of asbestos containing materials 2 Stowage Store all quantities of ACM in impermeable sealed containers or plastic bags and labeled as ACM until needed for repair replacement Manufacturer s warning labels noting asbestos content are sufficient only if the materials are not removed from that packaging Repackaged unlabeled materials must have new labels applied Post storage areas with asbestos warning signs to advise personnel of the presence of asbestos 3 Personal Protective Equipment a Respiratory Protection Wear a half mask air purifying respirator equipped with high efficiency filtering cartridges for th
243. efore any new space is used to store hazardous or toxic material or of any spill of hazardous or toxic material 3 When working in any confined space always work with an observer or an attendant monitoring the work from outside the space Maintain communication with personnel outside the space The type and frequency of communication shall be specified by the GFE based on the nature of the space the operation and the degree of hazard b Work center supervisor shall notify chain of command and gas free engineer GFE to obtain approval 1 Prior to entering any unventilated non occupied space designated to store hazardous or toxic materials or any sealed space and 2 Before any new space is used to store hazardous or toxic material or of any spill of hazardous or toxic material c If a person is seen unconscious in any space no one is to enter that space without appropriate respiratory protective equipment and a backup assistant B0803 GAS FREE ENGINEERING SUBSECTIONS The following subsections apply to gas free engineering a Confined space entry procedures including testing reference B8 1 paragraphs 074 19 4 through 19 15 b Personal protective equipment reference B8 1 paragraphs 074 19 7 through 19 9 C Ventilation requirements reference B8 1 section 074 21 d Emergency and rescue procedures reference B8 1 section 074 25 B8 2 OPNAVINST 5100 19E 30 May 2007
244. electrical electronic equipment aboard This requirement does not apply to battery operated B7 2 OPNAVINST 5100 19E 30 May 2007 equipment incapable of being plugged into ships electrical service 2 Report any condition equipment or material that is believed to be unsafe 3 Report any electrical shock to their division officer 4 Not make any alterations or additions to the ship s electrical system e g adding an electrical receptacle in a berth to use a CD player BO703 ELECTRICAL SAFETY ELEMENTS a Working on de energized equipment paragraph B0704 b Working on energized equipment paragraph B0705 cC Personal protective equipment PPE paragraph B0706 d Portable electrical tool issue paragraph B0707 e General precautions for portable electrical equipment chapters C9 and D5 f Training paragraph B0708 g Safety standards implementation chapters C9 and D5 list the electrical safety standards BO704 WORKING ON DE ENERGIZED EQUIPMENT Completely de energizing equipment will ensure safety from electrical hazards Opening the power supply circuit breaker or switch and or removing the fuses should de energiz lectrical equipment Some equipment has more than one source of power that requires opening multiple breakers or switches and or removing multiple fuses Tag out the circuit breaker switches and fuses Check the equipment with a voltmeter
245. ent material should be available on board after these efforts to meet ship operational habitability and maintenance requirements The ship must be able to perform the preventive corrective and facilities maintenance in support of ship operations d This chapter addresses general management requirements and personnel responsibilities for HMC amp M Chapters C23 for surface ships and D15 for submarines contain specific management guidance and safety precautions for HMC amp M OPNAVINST 5100 19E 30 May 2007 e Commands having dental facilities shall reference B3 1 for direction in implementing mercury control in affected spaces f For Submarines This chapter and chapter D15 provide guidance for all HM including HM that contains atmosphere contaminants per reference B3 2 Some of these contaminants may be released to the submarine atmosphere during operations involving the use of the HM When a HM is a source of submarine atmospheric contamination chapter D15 provides additional controls on the storage and use of this material g The following definitions apply to Navy HMC amp M 1 Hazardous Material HM Any material that because of its quantity concentration or physical or chemical characteristics may pose a hazard to human health or the environment during use handling storage transportation or spill Excluded are those materials cited in reference B3 3 such as materials that
246. ent work requiring eye protection goggles can be worn over regular prescription glasses c Maintenance of Protective Eyewear Personnel shall maintain personal protective eyewear in a clean and fully operational condition Before re issue non corrective eye protection shall be sanitized with hot soapy water and rinsed of all traces of soap or detergent Eye protection equipment should then be immersed for 10 minutes in a disinfectant rinsed and air dried Personnel shall immediately report lost or damaged protective eyewear to their work center supervisor B0507 TEMPORARY PROTECTIVE EYEWEAR Where protectiv yewear is necessary the command shall provide safety glasses or goggles to visitors and others who must enter or pass through eye hazardous areas In addition the command shall provide them to personnel awaiting corrective protective eyewear B0508 EMERGENCY EYEWASH and DELUGE SHOWER FACILITIES Emergency eyewashes or eye face baths are primary first aid for splashes or exposures to corrosive materials Corrosives may cause severe and progressive damage to the eyes and skin so immediate on site means of washing them from the eyes and skin is vital Emergency eyewashes are not normally required in areas where non corrosive liquids irritants metal chips or debris may contact the eyes since the damage normally does not progress while the person is transiting to me
247. environmental health BUMED through the Navy Environmental Health Center NAVENVIRHLTHCEN shall ensure appropriate audit control and overall centralized management of the Consolidated Industrial Hygiene Laboratories CIHLs Navy environmental and preventive medicine units and naval medical treatment facilities provide assistance to afloat commands in the occupational health aspects of the SOH program 3 Commander Naval Safety Center COMNAVSAFECEN COMNAVSAFECEN in addition to serving as CNO NO9F Special Assistant for Safety Matters collects and analyzes mishap data and disseminates lessons learned and other safety information COMNAVSAFECEN provides direct support and assistance to fleet units in safety matters upon request COMNAVSAFECEN sponsors and coordinates the CNO safety awards conducts safety surveys and assists as requested with safety investigations conducted in accordance with reference A2 7 4 Naval Education and Training Command NETC and Navy Occupational Safety and Health and Environmental Training Center NAVOSHENVTRACEN ensure that all elements of the SOH Navy Training Systems Plan NTSP S 40 8630D for afloat units are properly executed A2 5 OPNAVINST 5100 19E 30 May 2007 5 President Board of Inspection and Survey PRESINSURV conducts SOH oversight inspections assessments for forces afloat as part of the regular INSURV inspection process A0203 COMMAN
248. epartment representative to identify personnel routinely exposed to hazardous levels of occupational noise e The Medical Department Representative MDR shall 1 Coordinate with division officers to identify and maintain a current roster of personnel routinely exposed to hazardous levels of occupational noise as guided by the baseline or other industrial hygiene surveys In the absence of an appropriate industrial hygiene survey or when it is clear that personnel have some level of exposure to hazardous noise but on an infrequent or short term basis consult an industrial hygienist occupational audiologist or occupational medicine physician to determine the need for enrollment The consultation may be informal for example by e mail as long as a printed record of the request and reply are available for retention by both parties Convenience shall not be a criterion to determine inclusion in HCP 2 Conduct training for all hands during indoctrination that includes the elements of the hearing conservation program Elements and rationale for the HCP to include proper wearing and maintenance of hearing protection devices command program and individual responsibilities individual s responsibility in protecting their own hearing and how hearing loss affects career progression job performance and mission 3 Ensure annual refresher training per B0408b for
249. er size immediately as follows 1 Stop work operations in the area B3 B 1 OPNAVINST 5100 19E 30 May 2007 2 Warn personnel of the spill and its location evacuate the area and establish safe boundaries 3 Call the oil and hazardous substance OHS spill team Describe the nature and location of the spill 4 Use a mercury vapor meter to determine mercury vapor and degree of hazard if possible 5 Apply absorbent material from the HM Spill Response kit to spilled mercury and dispose as HM 6 Wipe down spill area with HgX solution from the spill kit 7 Discard any contaminated materials and protective clothing and dispose as HM 8 Use a mercury vapor meter to detect any residual mercury Reclean with HgX if mercury vapor concentration exceeds 0 05 milligram per cubic meter mg m3 9 Use the mercury vapor meter after 24 hours to determine mercury vapor concentration An allowable concentration of less than lt 0 01 milligram per cubic meter mg m3 must be attained in any space to be continually occupied by an individual for eight or more hours daily 2 Mercury Waste Disposal Mercury is an environmental pollutant and must not be discharged into any body of water or released into any ship s waste disposal system Disposal should be coordinated with the HM coordinator and shore facility All non reusable cleanup materials are to be placed in impermeable containers stored and disposed
250. ere possible industrial hygiene officer assistance shall be obtained in conducting the evaluation b During HM coordinator spot checks and other inspections all or portions of the checklists of appendices B3 C B3 D and C23 B may be used The HM coordinator shall ensure the appropriate supervisor is included in inspections of work centers and HM storage areas CHAPTER B3 REFERENCES B3 1 BUMEDINST 6260 30 Mercury Control Program For Dental Treatment Facilities B3 2 NAVSEA Manual S9510 AB ATM 010 U Nuclear Submarine Atmosphere Control Manual NOTAL B3 3 29 CFR Labor Standard Number 1910 1200 Hazardous Communication Standard B3 4 OPNAVINST 5090 1B B3 25 OPNAVINST 5100 19E 30 May 2007 B3 5 COMSUBLANT COMSUBPACINST 4406 1E Submarine Supply Procedures Manual B3 6 NAVSUP Publication P 485 Naval Supply Procedures B3 7 NSTM 670 Stowage Handling and Disposal of Hazardous General Use Consumables B3 8 OPNAVINST 5100 28 B3 9 NAVSEA S593 A1 MAN 010 Shipboard Management Guide to PCBs NOTAL B3 10 OPNAVINST 5102 1D MCO P5102 1B Navy and Marine Corps Mishap and Safety Investigation Reporting and Record Keeping Manual B3 11 NAVSEA S9593 CT MAN 010 Instruction Manual for the HM Spill Response Kit B3 12 NAVSEA S9593 DV HBK 010 Instruction Manual for the Oil Spill Response Kit B3 13 OHS Spill Contingency Plan Guide http navyseic dt navy mil
251. erence audiogram DD Form 2215 Hearing tests performed at military entrance processing stations MEPS shall not be used as a baseline hearing test b Monitoring Hearing Tests All personnel assigned to duties in designated noise hazardous areas or operating noise hazardous equipment shall be included in HCP These persons shall receive a hearing test annually beginning within one year of assignment to those duties unless their exposure has been found to be of insufficient intensity and or duration to require enrollment based on a noise survey or the written opinion of an appropriate occupational health professional Test results shall be uploaded to the DOEHRS HC central data repository as well as recorded on a Hearing Conservation Data Form Form DD 2216 Placement in HCP and annual hearing tests and appropriate follow up testing shall continue for as long as the person remains in a noise hazardous environment c Termination Hearing Tests Personnel shall receive a hearing test upon termination of service d Other Hearing Tests Hearing tests performed for reasons other than hearing conservation or routine physicals such as complaints of hearing difficulties difficulty B4 9 OPNAVINST 5100 19E 30 May 2007 understanding conversational speech or a sensation of ringing or fullness in the ear s shall be performed as indicated by a medical provider The results of these
252. ergency and clean up procedures h Overall review of this chapter and the command s activity s control plan and 1 Posting signs and affixing labels h Recordkeeping All shipboard asbestos records including personal and environmental monitoring quality control and quality assurance and asbestos related respirator fit testing shall be transferred to a supporting shore medical activity for permanent retention as required by reference B1 5 following transfer discharge or retirement of the individual to whom the records refer The supporting shore medical activity shall establish a file for each ship If a ship changes homeport the file will be provided to the new supporting shore medical activity Upon decommissioning the supporting shore medical activity shall forward the asbestos record to BUMED Each individual currently or previously working with asbestos or any other person he or she may designate shall have access to all such records within 15 days of a written request B0105 TYPES OF ASBESTOS WORK PERFORMED ABOARD NAVY SHIPS For the purposes of this chapter all work involving ACM has been divided into two protocols The protocols are B1 9 OPNAVINST 5100 19E 30 May 2007 a Ship s Force Protocol This protocol details the requirements and procedures for the repair and removal of materials that contain non friable ACM B0107 All afloat commands must
253. ergency or for operational readiness reasons and approved by the commanding officer For situations which are not an emergency or operational readiness entry shall be delayed until the ship returns to port and the entry may be made by an activity which has proper respiratory protection equipment The above requirements do not apply to use of an OBA for damage control or firefighting b Standby Personnel At least one trained standby person with a suitable respirator per paragraph B0610a shall be present in the nearest uncontaminated area If the standby person enters the IDLH atmosphere there shall be a second standby person with a suitable respirator in the uncontaminated area c Communications The standby person and those persons working in the IDLH atmosphere shall be able to communicate continuously with each other i e visually by telephone or radio or signal line d Rescue Equipment Persons who enter any IDLH atmosphere shall also be equipped with safety harnesses and lines that can be used to rescue them should they lose consciousness A hoist shall be present for removing personnel from the IDLH atmosphere For more information on rescue operations and gas free engineering refer to chapter B8 CAUTION Tanks voids compartments and other confined spaces may contain atmospheres that are hazardous to life or health This may be due to the presence of flammable or tox
254. ervers B1203f 22 Do personnel wear MK 1 life preservers when in exposed battle stations when working over the side topside during heavy weather in small boats and during towing and other evolutions when personnel can be carried over the side B1203f STORAGE MAINTENANCE AND INSPECTION OF PERSONAL PROTECTIVE EQUIPMENT 23 Do divisions properly stow personal protectiv quipment B1202c 24 Check the PMS records for the personal protective equipment Are maintenance and inspections being accomplished at the proper intervals B1202c 25 Are the hard hats being used by crew members fr from cracks holes paint or unauthorized modifications B1202a TRAINING 26 Do personnel who are required to wear or use PPE in work receive training prior to use and annually thereafter B1202c B12 B 3 OPNAVINST 5100 19E 30 May 2007 CHAPTER B13 RESERVED ERGONOMICS OPNAVINST 5100 19E 30 May 2007 CHAPTER B14 RESERVED FALL PROTECTION
255. es a Definitions of Airborne Noise Categories 1 Category A Spaces in which direct speech communication must be understood with minimal error and without need for repetition Acceptable noise levels are based on approximate talker listener distances of either three feet or twelve feet Category A 3 shall be assigned when extrem talker listener distance is less than six feet Category A 12 shall be assigned when the extreme talker listener distance is six feet or greater A 3 or A 12 designators are dependent on compartment size and arrangement which influence talker listener distances 2 Category B Spaces in which comfort of personnel is the primary consideration 3 Category C Spaces in which it is essential to maintain especially quiet conditions 4 Category D High noise level areas in which prevention of hearing loss is the primary consideration 5 Category E High noise level areas in which voice communication is at high vocal effort and short distance and where amplified speech mechanisms and telephones are normally available B4 C 3 OPNAVINST 5100 19E 30 May 2007 b Noise Category Assignments Airborne noise categories are based upon the functional requirements of shipboard spaces Typical assignments are identified below Ship spaces not specifically listed shall be assigned the same airborne noise category as a
256. es Adjust the spray to produce a mist not a straight stream d While cutting into the lagging hold a disposable plastic bag under the area for collection of any debris e Only a small sample is required for analysis Carefully cut an approximate 1 2 inch or quarter size diameter core through the outer lagging cloth paste and through the underlying insulation down to the covered metal surface For soft insulation material a knife may be appropriate For hard preformed insulation a chisel or sharpened screwdriver may be used A knife is not safe for use with hard preformed insulation since the increased force necessary to penetrate th insulation makes accidental hand contact with the exposed blade a real probability The ideal coring device is a sharpened steel punch that can be driven into the preformed insulation Some Navy shipyards have locally fabricated stainless steel borers modeled after cork borers but substantially strengthened OPNAVINST 5100 19E 30 May 2007 for this purpose Whatever device is used for sampling must be cleaned after each sample to prevent cross contamination of samples For boring tools cleaning with a wire bore brush followed by a water wash is recommended A sample should be submitted for every 10 feet of lagging provided that the material appears to be the same If there are breaks seams or changes in the direction of the lagging a sample for each sect
257. es and any prepared text from which the subject is to test chamber read shall be taped to the inside of the e Upon entering the test chamber the test subject shall be given a 6 inch by 5 inch piece of paper towel or other porous absorbent single ply material folded in half and wetted with 0 75 ml of pure IAA on the hook at the ampoule may be subst The test subject shall hang the wet towel top of the chamber An IAA test swab or tituted for the IAA wetted paper towel provided it has been demonstrated that the alternative IAA source will generate an IAA test atmosphere with a concentration equivalent to that generated by the paper towel method f Allow two minut stabilize before star tes for the IAA test concentration to ting the fit test exercises This would be an appropriate time to the fit test talk with the test subject to explain the import tance of his her cooperation and the purpose for the test exercises or to demonstrate the exercises in paragraph 1 14 g If at any time during the test the subject detects the banana like odor of IAA the test is failed The subject shall quickly exit from avoid olfactory fatigue the test chamber and leave the test area to h If the test is failed the subject shall return to the selection room and
258. es or exceeds the following and any personnel heat stress survey The commanding officer and return the sheets to the The MDR shall retain heat stress surveys sheets for one L1 conduct the survey of ter or the AHSS tions within the OPNAVINST 5100 19E 30 May 2007 PHEL I through III Watch Work length 4 hours or less DB gt 100 F Watch Work length greater than 4 hours DB gt 90 F PHEL IV through VI DB 85 F NOTES 1 Daily WBGT space surveys at the hottest time of the day are no longer required 2 Shipboard conditions cannot be adequately addressed by a single dry bulb value For watches longer than four hours or activity levels greater than PHEL III a 100 degrees Fahrenheit temperature would miss potentially serious heat stress conditions The values listed above take into consideration likely levels of relative humidity watch duration s and levels of activity Under normal operations routine watches in engineering spaces are expected to be four hours at a PHEL III or lower PHEL IV through VI apply to above average work rates b In any space when a heat injury heat exhaustion or heat stroke occurs c Prior to conducting engineering casualty control ECC drills 1 If the drill set exceeds three hours not required in spaces not affected by the drill or in areas that are unmanned 2 If already in a reduced stay time the surve
259. espiratory protective equipment is required for this standard operating procedure b Gloves Wear disposable gloves for this action Surgical gloves are prohibited 4 Procedures a Cordon off an area around the floor tile to be removed using rope or tape and appropriate signs NOTE Do not consume food or beverages chew gum or tobacco smoke or apply cosmetics in the work area during maintenance operations b Remove the floor tiles from the deck using a putty knife spatula or other manual hand operated tool Do not use power B1 B 4 OPNAVINST 5100 19E 30 May 2007 tools to remove floor tiles or mastic Heat guns may be used to remove tiles Avoid breaking the tiles if possible Cc Place removed floor tiles into a suitably colored and marked container a If mastic will be removed from the deck remove by scraping using wet methods Mastic remover may be required to remove all mastic Ensure mastic remover is authorized by checking the Ships Hazardous Material List SHML or through written commanding officer authorization e Offload tile and mastic as ACM f Use non asbestos containing replacement tiles If replacement tiles contain asbestos dispose of tile residue and debris as ACM Wipe up debris with damp rags Tile material that is still useable shall be replaced in asbestos labeled container bag and properly secured see paragraph B0104d 1 g At the conclusion of work either HEPA vac
260. essment PHA per referenc B6 3 see paragraph BO613 2 Assist the RPM in identifying and evaluating hazards and selecting appropriate respirators as recommended in the industrial hygiene survey e Personnel issuing respiratory protective equipment shall issue respirators only to personnel who are trained medically certified per paragraph B0613 and successfully fit tested for the respirator s requested f All hands shall 1 Inspect the respirator before and after each use per paragraph B0609a 2 Perform a positive and negative respirator facepiece seal check prior to each use per paragraph BO607b 3 Report any malfunction of the respirator to their immediate supervisor B6 3 OPNAVINST 5100 19E 30 May 2007 4 Prevent damage to or loss of respiratory protective equipment B0603 RESPIRATORY PROTECTION ELEMENTS a Appointment of and training of the respiratory protection manager b The industrial hygiene survey C Written standard operating procedures SOPs governing the selection care issue and use of respirators including worksite SOPs Note The following website includes a generic fill in the blank Navy respirator instruction and standard operating procedures for all elements of the respirator program http www nehc med navy mil downloads IH GENERICSOP doc Note that this generic SOP is based on requirements of reference B6 4 but would be helpful in writing
261. est procedure is repeated taste threshold screening and fit testing 12 Since the nebulizer has a tendency to clog during use the test operator must make periodic checks of the nebulizer to ensure that it is not clogged If clogging is found at the end of the test session the test is invalid 5 Bitrex TM Denatonium Benzoate Solution Aerosol Qualitative Fit Test QLFT Protocol The Bitrex TM Denatonium benzoate solution aerosol QLFT protocol uses the published saccharin test protocol because that protocol is widely accepted Bitrex is routinely used as a taste aversion agent in household liquids which children should not be drinking and is endorsed by the American Medical Association the National Safety Council and the American Association of Poison Control Centers The entire screening and testing procedure shall be explained to the test subject prior to the conduct of the screening test a Taste Threshold Screening The Bitrex taste threshold screening performed without wearing a respirator is intended to determine whether the individual being tested can detect the taste of Bitrex 1 During threshold screening as well as during fit testing subjects shall wear an enclosure about the head and shoulders that is approximately 12 inches 30 5 cm in diameter by 14 inches 35 6 cm tall The front portio
262. ety Center and to the Bureau of Medicine and Surgery Code M342 with copies to appropriate headquarters and systems commands The command will also include in the report to BUMED pertinent medical records and identification data for personnel who were exposed BUMED is tasked with maintaining a permanent repository for RF exposure incidents c Laser Radiation 1 If eye damage from laser exposure is suspected or observed and in all cases of exposure to levels in excess of five times the laser exposure limits of this chapter the cognizant activity shall ensure the individual receives a medical examination by an ophthalmologist as soon as possible While laser injuries associated with military operations have been rare limited experience indicates that the extent of eye damage from an accidental laser exposure may not be readily or initially apparent to either the individual or to local medical personnel Since early medical intervention may lessen the severity of the damage or subsequent retinal scarring from the B9 24 OPNAVINST 5100 19E 30 May 2007 laser injury efforts should be made to have the individual promptly seen by an ophthalmologist or at the ophthalmology department of a hospital on a walk in emergency basis 2 Commands shall investigate and document all suspected laser incidents or mishaps involving personnel exposure to xcessive laser energy The command exerci
263. examples are a Brake and clutch linings b Gaskets and adhesives c Floor tile and adhesives B1 4 OPNAVINST 5100 19E 30 May 2007 BO104 ASBESTOS CONTROL ELEMENTS a Identification of Asbestos Hazards 1 Per chapter A3 an industrial hygienist shall survey all work places as part of the industrial hygiene survey During this survey the industrial hygienist shall identify any hazards associated with asbestos and provide recommended actions to the ship to eliminate or minimize the asbestos hazard This information shall be included in the industrial hygiene survey and used to complete the asbestos management plan 2 It is necessary to determine if thermal insulation due to be handled by ship s force for repair or removal contains asbestos prior to the time each repair or removal is to be performed For non nuclear propulsion spaces a sample of the insulation material shall be obtained following the procedures in appendix B1 A and submitted for analysis 3 For nuclear propulsion spaces a thorough determination for the presence of asbestos prior to initiating thermal insulation shall be conducted Reliable documentation such as ship s drawings work control documents material history drawings and prior sample results may be used to determine whether the material to be worked is free of asbestos If documentation is unavailable unreliable or questionable a sample of t
264. executive officer Ensure limited material is being used per SMCL guidance b Hazardous Material Control and Management Elements The following elements are essential for effective submarine HM control and management 1 Proper use of HM per SMCL guidance see chapter D15 B3 21 OPNAVINST 5100 19E 30 May 2007 2 Designation of compliant storage for HM see chapter D15 3 Controlling HM purchase including type and quantity of material required receipt and issue to avoid accumulation of HM see chapter D15 4 Avoiding open purchases of HM see chapter D15 5 Following approved safety standards for the use of HM see chapters Bl B3 B10 and D15 for specific requirements on use of HM 6 Reutilization of HM to reduce the amount of used HM generated s chapter D15 7 Collection segregation and disposal of used or excess HM see chapter D15 8 Responding to HM emergencies see B0304 9 Obtaining and providing MSDSs for on board HM see chapter D15 10 Training see BO303c 11 Proper HM labeling see chapter D15 c Training 1 The HM coordinator receives en route training at the Navy Supply Corps School Basic Course A 8B 0008 2 The leading SK shall be a graduate of the HMC amp M Technician SNEC 9595 Course A 322 2600 3 Personnel expected to combat an emergency involving HM shall receive training on HM emergency procedures B0304 OIL A
265. eyor conducts heat stress surveys per B0204c 4 and B0204c 5 B2 4 OPNAVINST 5100 19E 30 May 2007 4 Assign and qualify supervisors to review dry bulb temperatures or access AHSS readings and take the required actions per paragraph B0204 5 Review heat stress surveys and ensure stay times for personnel are being properly determined as specified in paragraph B0205 Limit personnel heat exposures accordingly except as approved by the commanding officer in an operational emergency 6 If maintenance or repair is required record all heat stress related deficiencies on current ship s maintenance project CSMP Appendix B2 B provides heat stress trouble shooting and recommended repair actions e Division officers shall 1 Limit personnel heat exposures per established stay times except as approved by the commanding officer in an operational emergency 2 If maintenance or repair is required record all heat stress related deficiencies on Current Ship s Maintenance Project CSMP Appendix B2 B provides heat stress trouble shooting and recommended repair actions f Heat stress surveyors shall 1 Be personal qualification standard PQS qualified per NAVEDTRA 43460 4B heat stress monitor 2 Perform heat stress surveys as required by paragraph B0204 g All hands shall 1 Obtain prompt medical attention for personnel who exhibit heat stress symptoms 2
266. f an approved DoD or Navy sponsored course 8 Report to the safety officer all permanent threshold shifts toward deteriorated hearing which have been determined to be consistent with occupational origin to the safety officer Report must include name rate or rank work center and time onboard 9 Enter into the web enabled safety system WESS per reference B4 1 work related significant threshold shift STS This is defined as hearing changes from baseline that average 10 dB or more at 2000 3000 and 4000 Hertz Hz in one or both ears In addition OSHA reportable criterion is met when a change in the person s total hearing level reaches 25 dB or greater above audiometric zero in the same ears and frequencies If an audiologist otologist or occupational medicine physician determines that changes are not work related their names may not be entered or should be removed from WESS f All hands shall 1 Comply with hazardous noise warning labels wherever they appear either in spaces or on equipment and properly wear assigned hearing protective devices 2 Undergo hearing testing when designated B4 4 OPNAVINST 5100 19E 30 May 2007 B0403 HEARING CONSERVATION PROGRAM ELEMENTS Hearing conservation program includes the following elements a Noise measurement and exposure analysis to identify hazardous noise areas or sources and the personnel expo
267. f any such incidents 4 Medical Radiography Medical x ray units fixed or mobile ashore and on hospital ships are evaluated annually B9 9 OPNAVINST 5100 19E 30 May 2007 All other fixed x ray units afloat require 24 month evaluation Deployed units may delay unit evaluation until returning to homeport if meeting the 24 month window would interfere with operational obligations Dental fixed and portable x ray units require 36 month evaluation All radiation protection surveys shall be conducted by a qualified Navy medical radiological surveyor in accordance with the Navy Radiological Systems Performance Evaluation Manual Reference B9 12 The medical officer shall request the survey from the nearest medical activity with a RHO or contact the Navy Environmental Health Center NAVENVIRHLTHCEN Radiation Health Team 5 Governing Instructions a Industrial NAVSEA S0420 AA RAD 010 reference B9 1 b Medical Dental NAVMED P 5055 reference B9 10 IN BUMEDINST 6470 22 reference B9 11 6 Points of Contact a Industrial NAVSEADET Radiological Affairs Support Office RASO P O Drawer 260 Naval Weapons Station Yorktown VA 23691 0260 Commercial 757 887 4692 DSN 953 4692 FAX 757 887 3235 o Medical Dental Radiation Health Team Navy Environmental Health Center NAVENVIRHLTHCEN 620 John Paul Jones Circle Suite 1100 Portsmouth VA 23708
268. f the requirements for the Navy safety technician secondary Navy enlisted classification SNEC code 9571 This paragraph is not applicable to submarines c The safety officer will ensure SOH training is conducted as indicated in appendix A5 A For submarines this training may be integrated into phase one of submarine qualification d Indoctrination training conducted by each command will concentrate on the practical aspects of the SOH program as implemented aboard ship and will include 1 Introduction of the SOH program and identification of key personnel the chain of command and mishap reporting 2 Hazard identification and risk assessment of known hazards heat noise asbestos hazardous material and electrical shock for example as applicable and operational risk management ORM techniques per reference A5 1 3 Safety precautions and standards section C or D A5 3 OPNAVINST 5100 19E 30 May 2007 4 Safety warnings caution signs and deck markings 5 Mishap prevention and reporting safety hazards including their right to a timely response on a safety report and their right to appeal 6 Hazardous materials spill response training including the process of reporting a hazardous material spill on the ship 7 Oil spill emergency spill response training including the process of reporting an oil spill on the ship
269. fficer responsible for ensuring that ship s force personnel assigned to make a tag out are qualified to perform the duties under this manual B 11 1 1 4 26 Are Tag out users manual training topics included in the ship s continuing training program B 11 1 4 b 27 Does ship s force qualify in the tag out users manual prior to the completion of 3M 301 personnel qualification standard and if required completion of departmental qualifications B 11 1 4 d B11 A 4 OPNAVINST 5100 19E 30 May 2007 CHAPTER B12 PERSONAL PROTECTIVE EQUIPMENT B1201 DISCUSSION This chapter provides procedures for provision and use of personal protective equipment PPE Chapters Bl B3 B4 B5 B6 B8 B9 and B10 contain more detailed instructions for use and maintenance of certain specialized equipment See reference B12 1 for additional information on PPE Appendix B12 A contains stock number information for ordering PPE Check naval supply system for most current stock and ordering information PPE establishes a last line of defense against exposure to workplace hazards and in some cases may be the only means of protection Any personal protective equipment breakdown failure or misuse immediately exposes the wearer to the hazard For this reason proper equipment selection and maintenance personnel training including equipment limitations and enforcement of
270. fic Chapters This section is divided into chapters which address specific hazards such as asbestos management heat stress hazardous material control and management radiation protection electrical safety gas free engineering tag out and personal protective equipment This section is addressed to personnel who have SOH management responsibilities and assist the commanding officer in implementing SOH requirements e g safety officer electrical safety officer gas free engineer hazardous material coordinator and the medical department representative 3 Section C Surface Ship Safety Standards This section contains basic safety requirements that are applicable to surface ship activities and or equipment These precautions comprise the SOH safety standards for surface ships required by reference Al 1 It may be necessary when conducting operations and maintenance on specific systems or equipment to consult other Navy publications such as the Naval Ships Technical Manual NSTM naval warfare publications NWPs technical operating manuals and equipment maintenance requirement cards MRCs from the planned maintenance system PMS for additional safety precautions This section is written for the individual deck plate sailor and his her supervisor 4 Section D Submarine Safety Standards This section contains basic safety requirements that are applicable to submarine a
271. ficer The safety officer shall 1 Act as the principal advisor to the commanding officer on shipboard SOH matters 2 Oversee ship wide planning to implement all elements of the SOH program 3 Prepare and submit through the chain of command requests for external SOH support such as industrial hygiene surveys safety surveys safety assist visits or technical guidance 4 Participate in mishap and safety investigations as appropriate per reference A2 7 5 Ensure timely and accurate recording and reporting of required mishap reports per reference A2 7 A2 7 OPNAVINST 5100 19E 30 May 2007 6 Maintain and analyze SOH records inspection assessment reports injury reports and mishap statistics and determine trends 7 Ensure that an annual internal safety inspection is performed 8 Ensure dissemination of SOH information 9 Schedule coordinate required SOH training with the training officer planning board for training Conduct training as appropriate and ensure records of that training are maintained 10 Serve as advisor recorder of the safety council Prepare agenda for issuance by the chairperson 11 Serve as chairperson of the enlisted safety committee 12 Ensure that SOH discrepancies beyond ship s force capability are properly identified prioritized and documented for corrective action 13 Complete the Afloat Safety Officer cou
272. from shipboard fires They have a very short duration air supply THEY MUST NEVER BE USED FOR ENTRY INTO A HAZARDOUS ATMOSPHERE THEY ARE FOR ESCAPE ONLY This chapter does not apply to the use and maintenance of the EEBD d Supplemental Emergency Escape Device SEED This is another special type of SCBA developed for main propulsion space watchstanders ONLY They have a very short duration air supply THEY MUST NEVER BE USED FOR ENTRY INTO A HAZARDOUS ATMOSPHERE THEY ARE FOR ESCAPE ONLY This chapter does not apply to the use and maintenance of the SEED B0605 RESPIRATOR SELECTION a Approval Previously respirators were jointly approved by NIOSH and the Mine Safety and Health Administration MSHA On 8 June 1995 NIOSH updated the respirator certification procedures and reissued them under reference B6 6 NIOSH is now the sole certification agency only certifies jointly with NIOSH if the respirator is being tested specifically for mine rescue Both NIOSH approved and NIOSH MSHA certified respirators are approved for use NIOSH identifies approved respirators in the NIOSH certified equipment list which is available electronically at the following website http www cdc gov niosh npptl topics respirators CEL defaul t html B6 9 OPNAVINST 5100 19E 30 May 2007 If there is any doubt as to the respirator required to protect against a particular contaminant consult an industrial hygienist b Haza
273. ge paragraph B0602 b 6 OPNAVINST 5100 19E 30 May 2007 Program Element Yes No N A Are respirators inspected cleaned disinfected stored maintained and repaired per paragraph B0609 paragraph B0602 b 7 Is the respirator program evaluated at least annually by the RPM using this checklist paragraph B0602 b 9 and evaluated by the industrial hygiene office performing baseline and periodic industrial hygiene surveys paragraph B0603 1 Has the medical department representative MDR confirmed that personnel who are issued respirators have no deployment limiting medical conditions and have a current annual Preventive Health Assessment per OPNAVINST 6120 3 and paragraph B0613 paragraph B0602 d 1 Does the MDR assist the RPM in identifying and evaluating hazards and selecting appropriate respirators as recommended in the industrial hygiene survey paragraph B0602 d 2 Do respirator issuers issue respirators only to personnel who are trained medically certified per paragraph B0613 and successfully fit tested for the respirator s requested paragraph B0602 e Are respirator issuers trained initially and annually by the facility RPM on respirator selection care and maintenance paragraph B0612 c Do all hands inspect their respirator before and after each use perform user seal checks p
274. gency 2 Review and initial daily heat stress surveys that result in reduced stay times 3 Conduct an inquiry into the circumstances surrounding all heat injuries that result in unconsciousness 4 Report to the immediate superior in command ISIC those material deficiencies beyond ship s force capability to correct which contribute to heat stress conditions aboard the ship 5 Report heat stress related cases as specified in paragraph BO204f 6 For ships without an automated heat stress system AHSS installed ensure at least two portable calibrated and operable WBGT meters are available onboard 7 If an AHSS is installed maintain at least one portable calibrated and operable WBGT meter on board in the event that the automated system should fail b The medical department representative MDR shall 1 Review all engineering and non engineering heat stress surveys to determine obvious inaccuracies reduced PHEL stay times and any personnel protective actions being taken Submit heat stress surveys that result in reduced stay times to the commanding officer daily for review 2 Provide training to divisions on heat stress health hazards symptoms prevention and first aid procedures upon request 3 Prepare reports of heat stress related cases as specified in paragraph BO204f B2 3 OPNAVINST 5100 19E 30 May 2007 4 For submarines the MDR conduct
275. gh B0109 detail information that is applicable to ships relative to the asbestos work protocol under which the ship must operate paragraph B0105 B0102 APPLICABILITY Navy policy is that asbestos contaminated insulating materials will not be used on U S ships Naval Sea Systems Command NAVSEASYSCOM cannot definitively establish that a ship is free of asbestos containing materials ACM Any previous guidance that may have exempted ships from establishing and maintaining an asbestos plan has been deleted from reference Bl1 1 Because ses of this and the fact that all U S Navy ships contain some form of ACM all ships shall implement and maintain an asbestos management plan This chapter including work protocols combined with supplemental recommendations and information such as locations of ACM and suspected ACM provided as part of the industrial hygiene survey shall constitute the ship s asbestos management plan Commanding officers shall ensure that all required resources and personnel are assigned to accomplish this plan Ships with qualified teams to perform asbestos repair or removal may do so However due to inconsistent state to state and increasingly stringent federal air emissions reporting OPNAVINST 5100 19E 30 May 2007 requirements each ship is required to contact their type commander s TYCOM industrial hygiene officer IHO and or regional environmental c
276. gory is to be used in cases where the equipment system space can be operated or utilized in a satisfactory manner without greatly risking personal injury serious damage to the equipment system space or greatly risking personal health 4 Minor Safety or Health Deficiency This is a category of safety or health deficiency that should be corrected when resources become available but use of equipment system space is unrestricted 5 Negligible Safety or Health Deficiency This category is used to identify those deficiencies that are noted for record purposes and may be corrected when other work is accomplished on the equipment system space A0405 INTERIM CONTROLS a As soon as it is recognized that immediate correction of workplace deficiencies is not possible establish and document appropriate interim controls on the safety hazard report Interim controls may consist of physical barriers written instructions word passed over the 1 multi channel 1MC warning signs or other measures as deemed appropriate Interim controls shall meet or exceed minimum necessary requirements to prevent future damage to equipment or injury death to personnel The safety officer shall approve interim controls in effect more than 60 days b Notify the commanding officer if an unabated deficiency is classified as critical or serious RAC 1 or 2 and determine A4 8 OPNAVINST 5100 19E 30 May 2007 wh
277. gram within the division including any safety related items revealed through maintenance such as non compliance with or deficiency in the planned maintenance system PMS 3 Keep the division officer informed of safety training needs within the division 4 Conduct division SOH training and ensure documentation of that training is maintained 5 Assist in mishap or hazard investigations and provide recommendations to division officers for correction 6 Serve on the enlisted safety committee 7 Perform or supervise the performance of required safety petty officer maintenance index page MIP planned maintenance h Safety Council The safety council consists of the commanding officer chairperson safety officer recorder training officer all department heads medical officer representative a safety representative from each embarked unit e g air wing safety officer Marine expeditionary unit MEU safety officer explosive ordnance disposal EOD detachment and the ship s command master or senior chief petty officer The safety council shall meet at least quarterly and develop agendas and action items based on the afloat unit s scope of operations and hazard or mishap experiences Safety council meetings may be held in conjunction with other meetings of similar attendance Minutes of each meeting shall be recorded electronic or hard copy and retained by the safety officer with proof that the commandi
278. h and the LED light will be red Follow the procedures in the AHSS technical manual to re align low high set points using the 33 and 75 RH salt solutions If not connect a spare sensor in the RH channel re power the AHSS unit follow the RH sensor calibration procedures and arrange to have the faulty sensor repaired Note that the RH salts are a disposable item with a B2 C 5 OPNAVINST 5100 19E 30 May 2007 one year shelf life and must be replaced each year Ordering information is provided in the AHSS technical manual Refer to the AHSS technical manual for a comprehensive review of the AHSS procedures 6 Periodic WBGT Meter Validation a Each series of WBGT meter readings shall be validated by manually calculating the highest WBGT Index obtained using the equation of paragraph 2d above This calculation shall be performed in the remarks section of the Heat Stress Monitoring Sheet The reported WBGT Index value from the meter reading should agree within plus or minus 0 2 degrees Fahrenheit of the calculated WBGT Index value If such agreement is not obtained the following causes of error shall be considered 1 The operator may have rushed through the measurement procedures not allowing the sensors to stabilize 2 The operator may have misread or recorded the values incorrectly 3 The meter may not be functioning properly If agreement is not obtained the opera
279. han a seven day supply of HM is retained in work center spaces Have the division officers ensured that longer storage to address special needs is authorized in writing by the HM coordinator DCA safety officer and XO BO302a 5 40 Have the division officers ensured that HM training is provided quarterly to division personnel responsible for maintaining in space storage lockers BO302a 5 41 Have the division officers ensured that used or excess HM is properly returned to the HAZMINCEN BO302a 5 42 Have the division officers ensured that approved personal protective clothing and equipment are available for HM operations or incidents and personnel are trained in their proper use and maintenance as described in reference B3 8 and on applicable PMS cards and MSDSs Have the division officers ensured that upon reporting on board and annually thereafter all personnel are educated on HMC amp M ordering issuing reutilization handling storing using disposal and spill response BO302a 5 43 Are division personnel available to receive annual HM awareness training Have the division officers incorporated HM training into normally scheduled weekly divisional training BO302a 5 44 Have the division officers ensured that any PCB containing electrical or electronic components are labeled marked per reference B3 9 and associated NAVSEASYSCOM issued
280. hazards and appropriate controls involving an operation which includes or potentially includes lead the safety officer shall request industrial hygiene officer assistance from a tender staff or local medical treatment facility or Navy Environmental and Preventive Medicine Unit NAVENPVNTMEDU B1006 CONTROL OF LEAD IN THE WORKPLACE ENVIRONMENT There are seven basic principles to be used when working with lead or materials that contain lead a General Workplace Control Practices 1 Use non lead paint 2 Keep mechanical grinding and sanding to the absolute minimum with primary reliance on impact tools and authorized chemical strippers for paint removal Mechanical tools equipped with high efficiency particulate air HEPA filtered exhaust for removal and reclamation of lead dust are preferred 3 When feasible minimize the heating of lead and leaded materials by using thermostatically controlled heating below 600 degrees Fahrenheit or removing the lead containing surface coatings or contaminants prior to heating 4 Establish procedures to maintain work surfaces as free of lead dust as is practical Clean up lead dust with a HEPA filtered vacuum cleaner Wet sweeping wet brushing and wiping down with wet rags may be effective in removing lead dust Rags used for wiping down shall be disposed of as lead waste 5 Lead containing waste scrap debris containers equipme
281. he usage limitations Reference B7 1 table 300 2 1 contains further information on stock numbers maximum safe voltage usage and label colors b Stow rubber insulating gloves in the box in which they came Perform PMS on the gloves prior to stowage Stow other rubber electrical safety protection equipment in a clean dry oil free location Take care not to fold the gloves as folding will frequently result in cracks that will greatly reduce insulating capability of the material Do not use electrical safety gloves for cleaning or chemical handling For further information on glove damage causes inspection and maintenance refer to reference B7 1 paragraph 300 2 5 3 B7 4 OPNAVINST 5100 19E 30 May 2007 B0707 PORTABLE ELECTRICAL TOOL ISSUE Not applicable to submarines a Surface ships shall establish a centralized portable electrical tool issue room for issue of portable electrical tools Larger ships may have more than one tool issue room b Personnel assigned to issue portable electric tools shall perform visual inspections and quarterly safety testing of equipment per reference B7 1 paragraph 300 2 7 5 prior to issue to personnel Reference B7 1 paragraph 300 2 7 contains additional technical guidance on portable electric equipment ct ct c Prior to issue of portable electric tools the personnel assigned to issue tools shall brief the tool users on general precaut
282. he insulation material shall be obtained following the procedures of B1 A and submitted for analysis 4 It is impossible to identify asbestos based solely on a visual inspection Therefore thermal insulation especially on ships that were built before 1980 should be handled as if it contains asbestos unless the insulation material is shown to be asbestos free by laboratory analysis or for nuclear propulsion plant spaces by reliable documentation addressed in the preceding paragraph BO104a 3 Ships having asbestos identification capability can provide this laboratory service to positively identify suspected asbestos containing materials Naval shipyards Navy Environmental Preventive Medicine Units NAVENPVNTMEDUs and medical treatment facilities MTFs also have the capability to test materials for the presence of asbestos Identification by polarizing light microscopy or transfer electron microscopy TEM is acceptable B1 5 OPNAVINST 5100 19E 30 May 2007 5 There are many means of marking asbestos free thermal insulation Do not rely on any such systems as positive identification of non asbestos material b Management of Asbestos in the Workplace 1 Navy policy is to eliminate asbestos exposure hazards by substitution of ACM with asbestos free materials approved under the technical management of the NAVSEASYSCOM The command shall not
283. he professional judgment of a trained MDR to determine the presence or absence of a heat related disorder If the result of the evaluation indicates a heat related case the MDR shall enter the heat related injury or illness into the web enabled safety system WESS per reference B2 3 2 NAVENVIRHLTHCEN shall provide a fiscal year end summary of shipboard heat stress cases from the WESS database by type of operation and ship class to CNO NO9F B0205 PHEL DETERMINATION a The WBGT index provides a measure of environmental conditions In order to determine the permissible heat exposure in these conditions the amount of work of a particular job must be known The more strenuous the job the shorter the allowable exposure time The Navy has developed six PHEL curves each applying to a different work rate ranging from light work PHEL curve I to heavy work PHEL curve VI The PHEL curve general applicability table table B2 A 1 in appendix B2 A provides the applicable stay times allowed for a specific WBGT reading For types of work not presented in table B2 A 1 the MDR should B2 18 OPNAVINST 5100 19E 30 May 2007 consult reference B2 2 articles 3 12 and 3 13 For comparison examples of light work include sweeping down painting adjusting automatic combustion controls changing and cleaning lube oil strainers and bleeding hydraulic oil Examples of heavy work in
284. hearing protector purchases and noise abatement operations are readily offset by the preservation of effective communication maintained quality of life and reduction in disability expense which accompany an effective HCP process As such it is incumbent upon leadership to set the right example in their personal protective practices to enforce compliance and to ensure HCP receives their full support B0402 HEARING CONSERVATION RESPONSIBILITIES a The commanding officer shall ensure that HCP is established and maintained within the command b The safety officer shall 1 Request assistance from an industrial hygienist or occupational audiologist to conduct noise measurement and exposure analysis survey of areas and equipment These measurements shall be taken by an industrial hygienist occupational audiologist or by other individuals trained by an industrial hygienist or occupational audiologist 2 Maintain a record of noise hazardous areas and equipment The baseline or subsequent industrial hygiene surveys where available shall serve as documentation Ensure that noise hazardous spaces equipment are posted and labeled accordingly OPNAVINST 5100 19E 30 May 2007 3 Ensure that all permanent threshold shifts that meet the criteria of paragraph B0409 are reported by medical departments in accordance with reference B4 1 These reports shall be periodically reviewed to
285. heir removal to allow documentation in the submarine material control log B303a 3 89 Have the department heads ensured that all HM in their custody are used handled the requirements of chapter D15 B303a and stowed per 3 90 Has the supply officer HM coordinator ensured that management of shipboard HM fol outlined in chapter B3 and chapt Llows procedures ter D15 B303a 4 91 92 Has the supply officer HM coordinator ensured an MSDS is on file either hard copy or on CD ROM for all types and brands of HM taken aboard Has the supply officer HM coordinator ensured that hard copy MSDSs are readily accessible to personnel and their supervisors and maintained the submarine hazardous material inventory and SHIMS which contains MSDS management system information Has coordinator submit the supply officer HM ted hard copies of MSDSs which are not on the SHIMS system to Naval Surface Warfare Center Carderock Division B303a 4 code 6347 Has the supply officer HM coordinator ensured no prohibited HM is brought on board B303a 4 B3 D 2 OPNAVINST 5100 19E 30 May 2007 Yes No 93 Has the supply officer HM coordinator maintained the submarine material control log per paragraph D1502d B303a 4 94 Has the supply officer HM coordinator ensured all HM brought on board is authorized for
286. hese instances HM is stored in work center lockers and centrally managed controlled in the Supply Department Other small ships frigates cruisers destroyers have only a small flammable storeroom and utilize lockers for other HM HM on these ships can be issued from the flammable storeroom and B3 3 cen smaller ships trally managed controll a dedicated HM consolidation space in On larger platforms multiple HM storerooms space the flammable storeroom issue room s OPNAVINST 5100 19E 30 May 2007 amphibious class ships led in the supply department there usually is insufficient space Consolidation On these to allow for takes place aircraft carriers the ship is large enough to support a separate HAZMINCEN office and a consolidation 6 A Material Safety Data Sheet MSDS is a document th ch at contains emicals or safe working procedures when essential starting point health and safety program handling and emergency procedures an the use that material the material It is to use are not storage than intended to the product safely followed recognize symptoms of overexposure on the potent other potenti ial 3 The MSDS co the tell what incidents occur 7 tances products t of a complete health effects of exposure to ly dangerous subst handling chemica
287. hift is not of occupational origin When a reportable hearing loss occurs from an instantaneous event e g acoustic trauma from a one time blast or over pressure the hearing loss shall be reported as an injury B4 11 OPNAVINST 5100 19E 30 May 2007 CHAPTER B4 REFERENCES B4 1 OPNAVINST 5102 1D MCO P5102 1B Navy and Marine Corps Mishap and Safety Investigation Reporting and Recordkeeping Manual B4 2 NEHC Technical Manual TM 6260 51 99 2 Navy Medical Department Hearing Conservation Program Procedures B4 3 NEHC Technical Manual TM 6290 91 B Industrial Hygiene Field Operations Manual B4 4 American National Standard Specification for Sound Level Meters S1 4A 1985 American National Standards Institute NOTAL Should be held by commands with sound level meters B4 5 American National Standard Specification for Personal Noise Dosimeters S1 25 1991 American National Standards Institute NOTAL Should be held by commands with personal noise dosimeters B4 6 DoD Instruction 6055 12 DoD Hearing Conservation Program HCP NOTAL of 5 March 2004 B4 7 American National Standard Specification for Audiometers S3 6 1989 American National Standards Institute NOTAL Should be held by commands with audiometers B4 8 OPNAVINST 4720 2G B4 9 NAVSEA T9640 AB DDT 010 HAB Shipboard Habitability Design Criteria Manual NOTA
288. horizing officer for the engineering tag out log the watch duty officer for the propulsion plant B11 1 1 3 be TAG OUT ESTABLISHMENT 5 Has the type commander specified the number of logs to be maintained by ship class and where the log shall be maintained B 11 1 5 1 a OPNAVINST 5100 19E 30 May 2007 Are sufficient tags isolate equipment or equipment from all st exercise control used to completely tations that could B 11 1 1 5 2 b 1 prevent operation of Before authorization does the authorizing officer check the tag coverage for adequacy and check and accuracy the B 11 tags and TORS for completeness gt 1 6 3 c Are tag out out process ts carefull y planned in an effort to minimize unnecessary record sheets and tags to maintain better control of the tag Bare Tege Za DS Does a second qualifi determin th TORS and tags adequacy and accuracy of the B 11 1 ed person independently 1 6 2 10 hale check verify Does a second person that the correct component is tagged proper component and Is the authorizing officer final authority the final authori Baty 1 for work tag attachment independently ensure and positioning MO 9Y B11 1 6 6 b ty for commencement of 12
289. ial hygiene survey described in B4 5 OPNAVINST 5100 19E 30 May 2007 chapter A3 of this instruction A noise survey is required if one has not been performed if the ship has completed a repair availability with significant work done on engineering systems or if new equipment has been installed These measurements shall be taken by an industrial hygienist occupational audiologist or by other personnel trained by an industrial hygienist or occupational audiologist and shall consult with the cognizant industrial hygienist Detailed information on noise measurements may be found in appendix B4 A The safety officer shall retain a copy of noise measurement data per BO409 b Exposure Assessment 1 The analysis of noise measurements to assess the hazard potential is a complex task that shall be performed by an industrial hygienist or occupational audiologist The exposure assessment shall be accomplished per reference B4 3 2 The criteria outlined in appendices B4 A and B4 B shall also be used to determine the degree of compliance with applicable standards 3 In the absence of an industrial hygienist s or occupational audiologist s assessment to the contrary personnel who routinely work in noise hazardous areas or with equipment that produces hazardous noise as defined in appendix B4 A shall be included in HCP Implementation of all available measures may
290. iate department head This documentation is useful in the identification of similar hazards and trends b Shipboard hazards that cannot be corrected on the spot shall be documented in the work center deficiency log WCDL job sequence number JSN log per reference A4 1 if applicable The ship s 3M Coordinator shall forward any on board maintenance management system next generation OMMS NG safety hazard entries to the safety officer for review c The safety officer shall provide the results of workplace inspections industrial hygiene surveys and Safety Hazard Reports OPNAV 3120 5 to the division officer in charge of the operation space evaluated Upon receipt of this report the division officer shall take prompt action to ensure correction of each identified deficiency A4 4 OPNAVINST 5100 19E 30 May 2007 NOTE When cases of imminent danger are identified the senior person on the scene must be notified and must stop all work immediately xcept in an operational emergency Notify the commanding officer of the situation and take action as soon as possible Imminent danger is defined as a shipboard condition that immediately threatens the loss of life bodily injury or illness to personnel d The safety officer shall retain or maintain documentation of those hazards identified through inspections surveys or as reported by individuals A log notebook elec
291. iation to all personnel in areas operating class IIIb and class IIIa with danger logo or class IV lasers In particular the vulnerability of the eyes to being damaged by lasers shall be emphasized Commands shall conduct annual refresher training per reference B9 15 For employee training the following laser safety training videotapes are available from the Norfolk Regional Electronic Media Center Laser Hazards and Control 804245DN Hazards and Control of Military Lasers 804246DN and Laser Safety in Medical Treatment Facilities 803198DN k Specific laser safety training requirements at medical treatment facilities for the medical LSSO and designated medical personnel are contained in reference B9 16 1 Broadband optical sources such as germicidal lamps phototherapy sun lamps backlights arc lights projector lamps high intensity discharge lamps and infrared arrays are also used in many medical and industrial applications These types of light sources may require controls to prevent possible acute effects such as skin burns photokeratitis cataracts or retinal burns Exposure guidance can be found in the American Council of Government Industrial Hygienists Threshold Limit Values and Biological Exposure Indices www acgih org Obtain assistance in the evaluation of broadband optical sources where personnel B9 17 OPNAVINST 5100 19E 30 May 2007 are considered to be at ocular risk
292. ic air contaminants or the absence of sufficient oxygen to sustain life No one shall be permitted to enter any such area until tests of the atmosphere are completed by a qualified gas free engineer and entry by personnel is authorized by competent authority B6 20 OPNAVINST 5100 19E 30 May 2007 CAUTION Educators located in remote spaces if activated can remove all breathing air Ensure sufficient make up air is provided and the space has adequate oxygen prior to entry in all educator equipped remote spaces B0611 BREATHING AIR REQUIREMENTS a Air Quality Breathing air or the air output of pumps or compressors which are sources of breathing air for air line respirators or SCBAs shall meet at least the minimum requirements for Grade D breathing air per references B6 1 B6 8 and B6 11 For SCBAs on submarines the breathing air shall meet the minimum requirements of reference B6 11 b Ship s Low Pressure LP Air Compressors Ship s LP air is not suitable for use as breathing air unless specifically tested and certified to meet the purity standards in paragraph B0611 a C Ambient Air Breathing Apparatus AABA Air intakes for portable pumps such as the AABA shall be placed in an area free of contaminants Periodic testing of the air quality from an AABA is not required AABAs shall not be used for entry into IDLH atmospheres d Frequency of Testing The air output of
293. ide of the meter 4 Use of the Heat Stress Monitor Model 960 a The procedure for readying the heat stress monitor for operation is as follows 1 Fill the wet bulb reservoir Flip up the top of the reservoir filler cap Using the supplied filler bottle fill the reservoir to the full mark Push the cap cover down until B2 C 3 OPNAVINST 5100 19E 30 May 2007 it snaps in place The black O ring that prevents excess water from spilling out of the reservoir may constrict the flow of water onto the WB wick Feel the wick to ensure that the wick is properly wetted 2 Install the globe assembly by removing it from the carrying case and inserting the globe plug into the receptacle on the top of the monitor Be careful not to get skin oils on the globe 3 Turn the monitor ON Turn the TEST switch to TEST The display will show either EE E or 88 8 The EE E means that the monitor has failed the test The 88 8 means that the electronic portion of the unit is ready for use If the monitor fails the test check the battery charge level If the level is low charge the batteries If the batteries are not low or the monitor fails the test after charging the meter must be repaired 4 Turn the TEST switch to RUN Check top of the bar in the Battery Charge Level window If the top of the bar is in the green section the batteries are well charged If the top
294. ields with Respect to Human Exposure to such Fields 100 kHz t 300 GHz NOTAL B9 22 ANSI C95 4 IEEE Recommended Practice for Determining Safe Distances from Radio Frequency Transmitting Antennas when Using Electric Blasting Caps NOTAL B9 23 ANSI C95 7 IEEE Recommended Practice for Radio Frequency Safety Programs NOTAL B9 24 21 CFR Part 1040 FDA Performance Standards for Light Emitting Products B9 25 SECNAVINST 5100 14C B9 26 MIL HDBK 828A Laser Safety on Ranges and in Other Outdoors Areas B9 28 B9 27 ANSI Z Eye Protection B9 28 ANSI Z 1 36 7 and Protective Devices 36 82 Use of Optical And LED Sources B9 29 ANSI Z 1 Safety Measurements and Instrumentation The American Nat The American Nat OPNAVINST 5100 19E 30 May 2007 tional NOTAL tional Standard for Laser Standard for the Safe Fiber Communication Systems Utilizing Laser Diode NOTAL 36 4 B9 30 ANSI Z 1 3 60 57 The American Nat The American Nat tional NOTAL Use of Lasers in Educational Institut B9 31 ANSI Z1 36 07 The American Nat Use of Lasers Outdoors NOTAL B9 32 NAVSEA S9040 AA GTP 010 SSCR tions tional Standard for Laser Standard for the Safe tional Standard for the Safe Shipboard Systems Certification Requirements for Surface Ship Industrial Periods Non Nuclear NOTAL B9 29 OPNAVINST
295. ignated O 5 or above may be appointed in writing to approve SFRs for the commanding officer f Ensure compliance with OPNAV transfer and disposal policy guidance provided in reference B3 4 chapter 19 appendix L Report to the fleet commanders by message information to the chain of command any conditions or system equipment malfunctions that results in an overboard discharge of HM into or upon the marine environment per reference B3 4 and applicable operations orders OPORDs NOTE The requirements detailed herein shall not preclude the overboard discharge of HM during an emergency where failure to discharge would clearly endanger the health or safety of shipboard personnel or would risk severe damage to the ship 2 The Executive Officer shall a With department heads semi annually review the list of HM to ensure that CHRIMP efforts are optimized to minimize HM stowage locations and eliminat xcessive or unauthorized quantities of HM bo Assign sufficient personnel to the HAZMINCEN to accomplish CHRIMP and ensure an individual with SNEC 9595 B3 7 OPNAVINST 5100 19E 30 May 2007 qualification is operating the HAZMINCEN Use the HM work center listed in the activity manpower document AMD as guidance for HAZMINCEN manning If the ship s AMD does not list a HM Work center c HAZMINCEN manning guidance should be obtained from the type commander d Upon request from the HM co
296. ilt in as an integral part of the respirator or as reusable facepieces with replaceable cartridges filters and pre filters of many types They are effective only when used with the appropriate cartridges filters and pre filters for the air contaminants present Air purifying respirators may be either non powered or powered air purifying respirators PAPRs The non powered type depends on the user s lungs to draw air through the purifying element during inhalation therefore the non powered type has the greatest breathing resistance The powered type is equipped with a battery powered fan that forces air through the purifying element thus reducing the breathing resistance and ensuring a positive pressure inside the facepiece Whether powered or non powered air purifying respirators may be subdivided by the type of contaminant they protect against as described below 1 Particulate air purifying respirators use cartridges filters and pre filters designed to protect against inhalation of aerosols e g solid or liquid particles dispersed in air The cartridges filters and pre filters remove nuisance e g non toxic and toxic dusts fogs fumes mists smokes and sprays either singly or in combination NIOSH B6 5 OPNAVINST 5100 19E 30 May 2007 certifies respirators per reference B6 6 see paragraph B0605 Under reference B6 6 there are nine classifications of
297. imeter that is not capable of C weighted measurements the following method may be used 1 Convert the A weighted dose to TWA see dosimeter instruction manual B4 A 4 o cm Sub Sub OPNAVINST 5100 19E 30 May 2007 Crac Crac t 7 dB from the NRR value t the remainder from the A weighted TWA to obtain the estimated A weighted TWA under the ear protector c weighted network d 2 the the the remainder from weighted TWA under Obtain Subtract When using a sound level meter set to the A the A weighted TWA A weighted TWA to obtain the ear protector 7 dB from the NRR and subtract estimated A d When using a sound level meter set on the C weighting network Ts Ob weighted sound levels in Zs Subtract tain a representative sample of the C the environment average sound level to obtain the ear protector The effective reduction of any combination of inser double protection circumaural muffs approximately 30 dB If the result of subtracting the estimated A weighi is considered t the NRR from the C weighted ted TWA under t plugs with to be the estimated reduction value of a particular device or combination of devices from below 84 dB A be adequate exceed 84 dB A reduce personnel Ca Removal However should the eight hour administrative con
298. in keeping the SOH program visible to all hands and enforcing safety The MAA force shall attempt to have any observed deficiency or hazard or failure to use safety devices and protective equipment corrected on the spot If this is not possible the ship s force MAA will report the deficiency on a safety hazard report OPNAV 3120 5 available on line at https forms daps dla mil c Oversight Inspections SOH and environmental protection EP inspections are conducted by the Board of Inspection and Survey INSURV during final contract trials FCTs and regularly scheduled 4 5 years material inspections MI In addition to the SOH elements of this instruction additional items inspected during these MIs or FCTs are identified in the traffic safety program reference A3 3 recreation off duty safety program reference A3 4 and in the INSURV inspection instructions references A3 5 or A3 6 Copies of all SOH related discrepancy results from these inspections shall be routed to the safety officer to ensure that identified safety hazards are documented and tracked to correction Checklists are available at http www spawar navy mil fleet insurv A3 2 OPNAVINST 5100 19E 30 May 2007 A0303 SELF ASSESSMENTS Self assessments of all safety programs applicable to the afloat unit will be conducted at least annually as part of the annual workplace safety inspection These may be conducted as a singl
299. inal opening discharge such that the airflow is blowing into the left side of the WBGT meter If the discharge air DB temperature is greater than 10 degrees Fahrenheit over th A reading of two terminals openings per ventilation supply system serving the space is required The below information may assist in determining the cause of the ventilation supply problem may be indicated problem HOW TO MEASURE STANDARDS DISCREPANCIES 1 VENTILATION NSTM 510 Heating Ventilation and Air Conditioning systems for Surface Ships a Supply 1 Flow Duct velocity 2500 to Anemometer 3500 fpm Velocity of airflow at watchstander NAVMED P 5010 3 about 250 fem minimum CAUSES Inlet obstructed Dirty screens Wrong screen mesh 1 1 2 inches required Toxic Gas Vent Dampers closed Vent duct pressure losses du to dirty ductwork leaks unauthorized openings or missing access covers Supply terminal obstructed outside DB temperature then a RECOMMENDED ACTION Remove obstructions Clean Screens Replace with proper size mesh Open and repair dampers Clean repair or replace Clean the terminal DARDS STAN 2 C S THT AN LP Flow continued t least one supply erminal at each watch tander station without amper which can be ointed at the watch tander Efficiency Filters HEPA are dirty Ships equipped with a ollective Pro
300. industrial hygiene surveys Every effort shall be made to issue personal hearing protective devices suited to the location and duration of usage following the guidance contained in appendix B4 D Appendix B4 D identifies standard stock hearing protective devices Alternative hearing protective devices that have been evaluated and approved by one of the military services are identified on the Navy Environmental Health Center NEHC homepage at http www nehc med navy mil B4 8 OPNAVINST 5100 19E 30 May 2007 e For situations requiring unique hearing protection devices guidance and approval shall be requested from Chief Bureau of Medicine and Surgery BUMED f In cases where an industrial hygienist occupational medicine physician or occupational audiologist determines that hearing protective devices do not provide sufficient attenuation to reduce the individual s effective exposure level to below 84 dB A administrative controls as discussed in appendices B4 B and B4 C will be required B0407 HEARING TESTING AND MEDICAL EVALUATION Personnel who are routinely required to work in designated noise hazardous areas or with labeled noise hazardous equipment shall be entered into HCP Appendix B4 A provides detailed information on hearing testing a Reference Baseline Hearing Tests All personnel shall receive a baseline hearing test upon entry into naval service recorded on a ref
301. ing using disposal and spill response B3 13 OPNAVINST 5100 19E 30 May 2007 g Mark any polychlorinated biphenol PCB containing electrical or electronic components per reference B3 9 and associated NAVSEASYSCOM issued PCB advisories 6 The Safety Officer shall a Approve work center HM storage locations lockers Coordinate with the HAZMINCEN Division b Spot check monthly in conjunction with the master at arms force and the HAZMINCEN Division to ensure day to day compliance with CHRIMP requirements Spot checks shall include checking for improper stowage and use of HM in the HAZMINCEN and work center lockers Ensure all divisions are checked at least twice per year c Coordinate the execution of the following inspections with the HAZMINCEN division Monthly satellite locker inspections IN Quarterly storeroom inspections d Ensure that the CHRIMP HAZMINCEN program is evaluated annually for compliance and effectiveness e Report all HM mishaps as required by reference B3 10 7 The Afloat Environmental Protection Coordinator AEPC shall perform the functions described in reference B3 4 The AEPC shall ensure pollution prevention afloat P2A equipment is operational and in use 8 The Damage Control Assistant DCA shall a Coordinate HM spill response drills with the HAZMINCEN division as necessary See section B0304 b Approve work
302. ining Courses NAVEDTRA 12061 for a current listing of available products The catalog may be accessed for view download from http www advancement cnet navy mil A5 A 6 OPNAVINST 5100 19E 30 May 2007 Appendix A5 B Safety and Occupational Health Related Courses Taught At Environmental and Preventive Medicine Units NAVENPVNTMEDUs The following is a listing of Occupational Health and Preventive Medicine training courses including the appropriate course number and the NAVENPVNTMEDUs abbreviated EPMUs below for convenience at which it is taught These courses are not controlled by Commander Naval Education and Training Command NETC or by Commanding Officer NAVOSH and Environmental Training Center NAVOSHENVTRACEN and are not equivalent to NAVOSHENVTRACEN courses Health Effects Control of Asbestos and Other Thermal Insulation B 322 2330 Hazard awareness and not asbestos ripout training EPMU 6 2 Analysis of Airborne Asbestos Samples B 322 2333 EPMU 2 6 3 Analysis of Bulk Asbestos Samples B 322 2334 EPMU 2 5 6 4 Heat Stress Afloat B 322 2320 EPMU 2 6 5 Hearing Conservation Afloat B 322 2310 EPMU 2 6 6 Industrial Hygiene Techniques Workplace Monitoring B 322 2306 BPMU 6 7 Lead Hazards and Control B 322 2332 EPMU 6 8 Hazardous Material Awareness Control B 322 2365 EPMU 6 9 Basic Preventive Medicine amp Epidemiology B 6H
303. ion is required A sample for each type of tile and type of gasket or packing should also be submitted f Using forceps a spatula some other instrument or a gloved hand place the insulation in a four by four inch polyethylene interlocking seal bag Label the exterior of the bag as required in paragraph B0104b 3 b The bag shall be marked as to location of the sample command sampler s name date of sample and any sample number if applicable Fold and place the labeled bag inside another four by four inch polyethylene interlocking seal bag g After collecting the sample cover the exposed insulation with duct tape place respirator in a plastic bag Respirators should be cleaned per chapter B6 Cartridges and all rags or material used to wipe down the respirator and or tools should be immediately disposed of as asbestos waste per paragraph B0104d 2 Wash hands tools and sprayer h The collected sample s should be submitted by mail or hand delivered using the Navy Environmental Health Center industrial hygiene sample submission form This form is found in reference Bl1 6 i Upon receipt the sample will be analyzed using polarizing light and dispersion staining microscopy results recorded on the DD 1222 and returned to the requesting command A return phone call of results may also be arranged B1 A 2 OPNAVINST 5100 19E 30 May 2007 Appendix B1 B STAN
304. ion of approved commercially available cleansers of equivalent disinfectant quality when used as directed if their use is recommended or approved by the respirator manufacturer 4 Rinse in clean warm water not to exceed a temperature above 43 C 110 F 5 Air dry in a clean uncontaminated area in such a way as to prevent distortion of the facepiece If drying cabinets are used the drying temperature shall not exceed 43 C or 110 F 6 Reassemble and reinspect respirator If replacement parts are necessary they shall be obtained and installed or the respirator shall be removed from service until the unserviceable parts are replaced If parts are not available and cannot be replaced discard the entire facepiece as it cannot be used without all parts in place Interchanging of parts is prohibited B6 18 OPNAVINST 5100 19E 30 May 2007 7 Place respirator in a clean plastic bag or other container and seal Zip lock plastic bags are preferred Ensure the respirator is completely dry before sealing to prevent mildew 8 Store flat in a clean dry uncontaminated area without crowding which may distort the respirator facepiece c Repair and Maintenance 1 Personnel shall not service repair any respirators for which they have not been specifically trained 2 No work shall be performed on reducing valves regulators or alarms of atmosphere supplying respirators e g air line respirators
305. ions then the exposure limit for the watchstander should be determined using PHEL curve II during difficult or more active than normal watches c Engineering Casualty Control Exercises Watchstanders shall have their stay times determined by selecting the appropriate curve listed in table B2 A 1 B2 19 OPNAVINST 5100 19E 30 May 2007 d Heavy Work Personnel conducting heavy repairs or other strenuous work shall have their stay time determined by using PHEL curve VI 2 Effects of Personnel Health Status on Curve Selection As indicated the PHEL curves and the assignment in table B2 A 1 are based on normal healthy personnel who have adequate rest and recovery from previous heat stress exposures Personnel having repetitive exposures to heat stress without sufficient recovery may experience cumulative fatigue Additionally personnel with a respiratory system cold and or infection lacking sufficient sleep less than six hours in the past 24 hours experiencing dehydration having clinically confirmed hypertension or taking medication which adversely effects body temperature are much more prone to systemic heat injuries Maximum exposure limits for these personnel cannot be reliably predicted using the PHEL chart in table B2 A 1 The senior MDR on a case by case basis shall determine appropriate exposure limits for these personnel 3 Curve Selection if Personnel Heat Injuries Occ
306. ions for portable electrical equipment per B0708 as well as issue any required personal protective equipment d Certain divisions or work centers those that contain electrical electronic ratings may retain selected electrical tools or equipment in their permanent custody These divisions will perform safety checks on their equipment at the required frequency These divisions shall not issue portable electrical tools to other divisions or work centers e Housekeeping items such as vacuum cleaners and floor buffers need not be retained in the electrical tool issue room f Unsafe electrical tools should be clearly marked out of commission OOC be rendered incapable of being energized and be kept in locked storage separate from the other tools The only exceptions should be for those tools in which immediate repair is to be accomplished BO708 TRAINING a All personnel when reporting aboard shall receive indoctrination on basic electrical safety including the requirements regarding use of personal protective equipment Reference B7 1 may be used as a source of training material The training shall also include recognizing symptoms of electrical shock electrical shock trauma and emergency first aid responder techniques B7 5 OPNAVINST 5100 19E 30 May 2007 b Each ship shall have a certified American Red Cross American Heart Association o
307. is operation Do not wear single use disposable respirators Ensure that the Respiratory Protection Manager RPM is fully involved in the selection and fit testing of all respirators NOTE The command shall train fit test and ensure that all personnel have been medically cleared to wear a respirator before allowing any personnel to don a respirator b Wear disposable impermeable coveralls Tyvek Type II or equivalent for this action Seal the coveralls at the wrists ankles and neck Wear disposable gloves to handle asbestos brake assemblies and tape gloves at the wrists B1 B 7 OPNAVINST 5100 19E 30 May 2007 4 Procedures a Cordon off the area and hang appropriate signs identifying the asbestos hazard NOTE Do not consume food or beverages chew gum or tobacco smoke or apply cosmetics in the work area during maintenance operations b During brake maintenance activities control access to the space in which maintenance is being performed This may require posting a Sailor at each entrance exit to the space c Use an impermeable drop cloth in the work area to assist in clean up d Do not use any equipment or perform any operation that liberates fibers or creates dust e g dry sweeping or using an air hose in the work area e Before commencing work either wet the area in which the brake assembly is located or vacuum the area or both whichever will be required to elimina
308. issue respiratory protective equipment shall be trained on respirator selection and care and maintenance prior to assignment and annually thereafter The facility RPM should give the training d See chapter A5 for training aids to assist in respiratory protection training B0613 MEDICAL EVALUATIONS a Military personnel who have been confirmed by the MDR as having no deployment limiting medical conditions and with a current annual PHA per reference B6 3 are considered qualified to wear any type of respiratory protection Shipboard personnel undergoing shore firefighting training are not required to obtain medical qualification or respirator fit testing for self contained breathing apparatuses SCBA including the oxygen breathing apparatus OBA prior to reporting for training Special evaluations shall be performed after prolonged absences from work for medical reasons or whenever a potential respirator related medical problem has been identified b In cases where individual medical readiness IMR status is not known a formal respirator certification using the medical matrix examination 716 in reference B6 10 should be performed as in the past In these cases the following medical care providers can perform examination 716 a physician or a registered occupational health nurse physician s assistant preventive medicine technician NEC 8432 or a hospital corpsman independent duty technician NEC 8425 or
309. ith an EART this training shall be accomplished by the safety officer or engineering officer or a member of the EART that has successfully completed Emergency Asbestos Response Team A 760 2166 as on the job training using the SOPs in this appendix This training shall be documented in the member s service record upon completion B1 B 3 OPNAVINST 5100 19E 30 May 2007 Appendix B1 B STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURES FOR SHIP S FORCE PROTOCOL Limited Asbestos Floor Tile Removal 1 Scope This standard operating procedure SOP covers removal of a limited amount of asbestos containing floor tile Limited amount is defined as nine square feet of tile approximately nine tiles The intent of this SOP is Kaq operational not to improve the aesthetics of a space ai 2 Stowage Store all quantities of asbestos containing materials ACM in sealed impermeable containers or plastic bags and labeled as asbestos containing material until needed for repair replacement see paragraph B0104d 1 Manufacturer s warning labels noting asbestos content are sufficient only if the materials are not removed from that packaging Repackaged unlabeled materials must have new labels applied Post storage areas with asbestos warning signs to advise personnel of the presence of asbestos per paragraph B0104b 3 b 3 Personal Protective Equipment a Respiratory Protection No r
310. izing radiation see appendix M of reference B9 4 n The mechanism for potential harmful biological effects for radio frequency RF non ionizing radiation depends on the frequency and magnitude of exposure Predominant mechanisms for potential harmful biological effects as a function of frequency are 0 to 1 Hz magnetohydrodynamic effects forces on flowing blood and other body fluids potentially stressing circulatory systems 1 Hz to 5 MHz electrostimulation potentially causing involuntary muscle contraction thereby potentially causing falls 100 kHz to 300 GHz tissue heating with potential thermal damage for deep tissues between 100 kHz and 3 GHz and surface heating skin between 3 GHz and 300 GHz The Navy adopts radio frequency RF radiation controlled maximum permissible exposure MPE limits that are consistent with non governmental consensus based standards reference B9 5 for O kHz to 3 kHz and reference B9 6 for 3 kHz to 300 GHz Note Reference B9 7 is under revision to reflect the current MPE limits listed in references B9 5 and B9 6 The RF exposure limits for controlled environments represent scientifically derived values to limit absorption of RF B9 4 OPNAVINST 5100 19E 30 May 2007 energy in the body and to restrict the magnitude of RF currents induced in the body This means that the
311. ked to distinguish it from the screening test solution nebulizer 5 The fit test solution is prepared by adding 83 grams of sodium saccharin to 100 ml of warm water 6 As before the test subject shall breathe through the slightly open mouth with tongue extended and report if he she tastes the sweet taste of saccharin 7 The nebulizer is inserted into the hole in the front of the enclosure and an initial concentration of saccharin fit test solution is sprayed into the enclosure using the same number of squeezes either 10 20 or 30 squeezes based on the number of squeezes required to elicit a taste response as noted during the screening test A minimum of 10 squeezes is required 8 After generating the aerosol the test subject shall be instructed to perform the exercises in paragraph 1 14 of this appendix 9 Every 30 seconds the aerosol concentration shall be replenished using one half the original number of squeezes used initially e g 5 10 or 15 B6 C 10 OPNAVINST 5100 19E 30 May 2007 10 The test subject shall indicate to the test conductor if at any time during the fit test the taste of saccharin is detected If the test subject does not report tasting the saccharin the test is passed 11 If the taste of saccharin is detected the fit is E deemed unsatisfactory and the test is failed A different respirator shall be tried and th ntire t
312. l etc Ensure HM is screened against the ships T SHML to ensure it is authorized for use on board ship Sufficient notice shall be given to allow the ship to order and receive the hazardous material c Offload any HM not supplied by the ship brought onboard in accordance with applicable requirements 12 Work center Supervisors shall a Ensure that required personal protective clothing and equipment are maintained and used See reference B3 8 preventive maintenance system PMS and MSDS instructions B3 15 OPNAVINST 5100 19E 30 May 2007 b Ensure that prior to initial use or handling any HM work center personnel have been trained on the hazards associated with that material and are familiar with what an MSDS is what it contains and where a copy is available for review Train work center personnel in the use of MSDS c Ensure that a valid maintenance requirement exists for any HM item not listed in the SHML and initiate a SER d Remove unauthorized HM from the work center e Ensure a copy of the hazardous material user s guide HMUG is available for use by work center personnel Ensure work center HM lockers are secured labeled and have contents identified and approved by the XO safety officer DCA and HAZMINCEN division Locker installation shall comply with chapters B3 C23 and reference B3 7 13 All Hands shall a Properly stow or return HM to ap
313. l for the development It contains hazard evaluations on and on It is related to ntains much more informat the hazards of what to expect if what to do if accidents occur and wha tion about label and it is prepared by the supplier the product are the recommendations how to do if such how to The Hazardous Material Information Resource System HMIRS is a Department of Defense DoD automated system developed and maintained by the Defense Logistics Agency HMIRS is the central repository for MSDS for the United States government military services and civil agencies It also contains value added information input by the service agency focal points communication warning This value a label dded data s and tran HMIRS provides this data for hazardou transport accessed use via http www dlis dla mil hmirs that can be used to determine includes hazard sportation information s materials purchased by the federal government through the DoD and civil system assists federal government personnel who or dispose of hazardous material hazard characteristic codes proper storage for HM 8 master HM authorized use list for surface ships HCC S HMTRS agencies handle The store HMIRS can be MSDS contain The Ships Hazardous Materials List SHML is the The list was developed to ensure only appr
314. l white cloth Coveralls cotton fire retardant Coveralls Nomex fire retardant OPNAVINST 5100 19E 30 May 2007 NSN 8415 00 269 0432 series 8415 00 268 7871 series 8415 00 274 2432 series 84 84 15 00 024 9505 15 01 092 0039 8415 01 158 9445 through 9449 8415 00 281 7813 through 7815 84 84 84 84 84 15 00 715 0450 15 00 082 6108 30 00 262 5295 through 5297 30 00 591 1359 15 00 099 6962 6968 8405 00 082 5536 through 5539 Coveralls Coveralls Crewman Coveralls Cotton Sateen Maintenance Coveralls Microwave Catapult Radiation Protection8415 00 006 7770 Coveralls Arc Protection Footwear Disposal Covers used for OTTO II handling and with microwave protection coveralls Coveralls Explosive Handling Coveralls Rocket Fuel Handlers Impermeable Full Protection Hood Rocket Fuel Handlers Impermeable B12 A 2 anti exposure8415 01 531 XXXX 8405 01 286 XXXX series 4210 01 514 XXXX series series 8415 00 753 6346 series 8405 00 131 6507 series series 8415 00 081 6481 series 0430 00 591 1359 series 8415 00 280 2455 series 8415 00 725 3627 series 8415 00 753 6210 6970 OPNAVINST 5100 19E 30 May 2007 ITEM NSN Clothing leather for welders Sleeves 8415 00 164 0513 Jacket 8415 00 268 8262 series Apron 8415 00 250 2531 Jacket cold weather 8415 01 495 XXXX series Sis Personal Safet
315. l be extremely difficult to maintain a negative pressure and accomplish work simultaneously It is recommended that negative pressure be used only upon the B1 C 2 OPNAVINST 5100 19E 30 May 2007 completion of the job and when the glove bag is being removed from the repair site h Thoroughly wet lagging with the amended water prior to and during the removal operation i Remove the lagging as intact as possible J Clean bare pipe and seal off exposed insulation using approved encapsulation methods k Wash and wipe down inside of glove bag from top to bottom to remove potential fiber contamination Remove any recoverable tools by holding onto them and pulling them out The glove should now be inside out Twist the glove and seal with duct tape Cut glove from glove bag with scissors or sharp knife and hold for later decontamination m Turn on HEPA vacuum and twist glove bag in the middle below the vacuum hose Seal with duct tape and cut in two cutting in the middle of the tape Place this into an approved and appropriately labeled disposal bag n Disconnect rest of glove bag and place into asbestos disposal bag Oo Replace all asbestos containing lagging with non asbestos containing lagging p Either HEPA vacuum and or wet and wipe any dusty or potentially contaminated surfaces with a damp rag Dispose of rags as ACM q Clean and decontaminate all tools with damp rags Dispose of
316. l cover the other end of the smoke tube with a short piece of tubing to prevent potential injury from the jagged end of the smoke tube 2 The test operator shall advise the test subject that the smoke can be irritating to the eyes lungs and nasal passages and instruct the subject to keep his her eyes closed while the test is performed 3 The test subject shall be allowed to smell a weak concentration of the irritant smoke before the respirator is donned to become familiar with its irritating properties and to determine if he she can detect the irritating properties of the smoke The test operator shall carefully direct a small amount of the irritant smoke in the test subject s direction to determine that he she can detect it Ex Irritant Smoke Fit Test Procedure 1 The person being fit tested shall don the respirator without assistance and perform the required user seal check s 2 The test subject shall be instructed to keep his her eyes closed 3 The test operator shall direct the stream of irritant smoke from the smoke tube toward the face seal area of the test B6 C 15 OPNAVINST 5100 19E 30 May 2007 subject using the low flow pump or the squeeze bulb The test operator shall begin at least 12 inches from the facepiece and move the smoke stream around the whole perimeter of the mask The operator shall gradually make two more
317. le in the up position i e when looking toward the ceiling 5 Talking The subject shall talk out loud slowly and loud enough so as to be heard clearly by the test conductor The subject can read from a prepared text such as the Rainbow Passage count backward from 100 or recite a memorized poem or song Rainbow Passage When the sunlight strikes raindrops in the air they act like a prism and form a rainbow The rainbow is a division of white light into many beautiful colors These take the shape of a long round arch with its path high above and its two ends apparently beyond the horizon There is according to legend a boiling pot of gold at one end People look but no one ever finds it When a man looks for something beyond reach his friends say he is looking for the pot of gold at the end of the rainbow 6 Grimace The test subject shall grimace by smiling or frowning This applies only to QNFT testing it is not performed for QLFT 7 Bending over The test subject shall bend at the waist as if he she were to touch his her toes Jogging in place shall be substituted for this exercise in those test environments such as shroud type QNFT or QLFT units that do not permit bending over at the waist 8 Normal breathing Same as exercise 1 9 Each test exercise shall be performed for one minute except for the grimace exercise which shall be performed for 15 seconds The test subject shall be q
318. levels or a significant component of impulse noise make area monitoring generally inappropriate personal dosimetry shall be conducted Personal noise dosimeters shall meet the class 2A 84 80 4 requirements of reference B4 5 and have an operating range of at least 80 dB A to 130 dB A The assessment of dosimetry results must consider how representative the measured exposure is of the exposure anticipated over longer time periods 3 Work environments found to have noise levels greater than 84 dB A continuous or intermittent or 140 dB peak sound pressure level for impact or impulse noise shall be B4 A 2 OPNAVINST 5100 19E 30 May 2007 analyzed to determine the potential hazard and shall be resurveyed within 30 days of any significant modifications or changes in work routine which could impact alter the noise intensity exposure level 4 All noise measurements taken to determine an individual s exposure shall be conducted with the microphone of the measuring instrument placed at a height which most closely approximates the position location of the worker s ear during normal working conditions Repeated measurements may be required during a single day and or on different days of the week to account for the variations in noise levels produced by changes in operational schedules and procedures 5 The record of noise measurements shall be kept by the measuring activity for a period of 50 y
319. levels may exceed the MPE Obtain NAVSEA approved warning signs and labels through the standard stock system see appendix B9 A When military operational considerations prevent the posting of such signs a waiver must be obtained from cognizant safety and occupational health professionals depending upon the RFR source Where the RFR levels may exceed 10 times the MPE limit additional warning devices and controls such as flashing lights audible signals barriers and interlocks may be required depending on the potential risk for exposure These areas will be noted in the ship s RADHAZ and baseline industrial hygiene survey reports 1 Radar and Communications The ship s RADHAZ report provides detailed posting and deck marking information for radar B9 19 OPNAVINST 5100 19E 30 May 2007 and communications RFR hazard areas These are also described in appendix B9 A 2 Heat Sealers and Other RFR Sources The baseline industrial hygiene survey will provide posting requirements for other RFR hazard areas c Lasers Class IIIb Class IV and all Military Exempt Lasers The LSSO is responsible for labeling lasers and posting laser hazard areas See appendix B9 A BO905 MEDICAL SURVEILLANCE The baseline industrial hygiene survey identifies those work centers that require medical surveillance for exposure to radiation a Ionizing Radiation Medical surveillance of personnel exposed
320. listed space which supports a similar function 1 2 3 Category A 12 Air traffic and tactical control centers Briefing rooms Chart room Bridge Pilot House Combat information center CIC Communication Control center Enclosed operation station Missile compartment Squadron ready room Training space Wardroom mess and flag officer s mess and lounge Category A 3 Chart room Close in Weapon System CIWS control room Conference room Computer room and DPC Control rooms Damage control central Dental medical offices Electronic shop Maneuvering room Missile compartment Missile control center Offices Radio room Category B Barber shop Berthing and living spaces Library multimedia resource center Lounges Medical wards Messrooms Recreation areas Ship store B4 C 4 4 OPNAVINST 5100 19E 30 May 2007 Category C Chapel and chaplain offices Libraries Medical spaces Sonar control room or areas Category D Auxiliary machinery rooms Document destruction room Electronic equipment space Note 1 Engine rooms Fire rooms Galley spaces Laundry spaces Main machinery rooms Passages Power supply power conversion room Scullery Steering gear room Storerooms unmanned unoccupied Note 2 Workshops Note 3 Category E Armory magazine munitions storeroom weapons stowage areas Boatswain workshop Note 4 Bridge wings Decontamination statio
321. lizer B6 C 8 OPNAVINST 5100 19E 30 May 2007 5 The threshold check solution is prepared by dissolving 0 83 gram of sodium saccharin USP in 100 ml of warm water It can be prepared by putting one ml of the fit test solution see paragraph III b 5 below in 100 ml of distilled water 6 To produce the aerosol the nebulizer bulb is firmly squeezed so that it collapses completely then released and allowed to fully expand 7 Ten squeezes are repeated rapidly and then the test subject is asked whether the saccharin can be tasted If the test subject reports tasting the sweet taste during the 10 squeezes the screening test is completed The taste threshold is noted as 10 regardless of the number of squeezes actually completed 8 If the first response is negative 10 more squeezes are repeated rapidly and the test subject is again asked whether the saccharin is tasted If the test subject reports tasting the sweet taste during the second 10 squeezes the screening test is completed The taste threshold is noted as 20 regardless of the number of squeezes actually completed 9 If the second response is negative 10 more squeezes are repeated rapidly and the test subject is again asked whether the saccharin is tasted If the test subject reports tasting the sweet taste during the third set of 10 squeezes the screening test is completed The taste th
322. ll inspect high hazard areas more frequently based upon an assessment of the potential for injuries occupational illness or damage to Navy property An experienced officer or OPNAVINST 5100 19E 30 May 2007 chief petty officer accompanied by a division safety petty officer for submarines a submarine qualified senior petty officer from the division shall be assigned to accomplish the safety inspection of a workplace It is not necessary to conduct safety inspections of all work spaces equipment at one time Safety shall be reviewed at all regularly scheduled zone or division in the spotlight inspections required by reference A3 2 These zone inspections will include all aspects of the safety inspection A copy of the completed deficiency list such as a zone inspection deficiency list ZIDL shall be provided to the safety officer upon completion of the inspection The safety officer shall retain the inspection results for at least two years and review and track corrective actions on safety and industrial hygiene deficiencies as specified in paragraph A0404 b Master at Arms Force Inspections not applicable to submarines The master at arms MAA force shall act as roving safety inspectors during their normal tours of the command They shall be alert to any deficiencies or hazards which could result in injury to personnel or damage to equipment The MAA force shall assist the safety officer
323. ll response kit replenishment Each response phase is not a separate response action entirely independent of all other phases Several phases may occur OPNAVINST 5100 19E 30 May 2007 simultaneously and may involve common elements in their operation For example containment and damage control may also involve cleanup and disposal techniques 2 Spill Discovery and Notification a Spills or potential spills of oil or HM may be discovered by regularly scheduled inspections of storerooms and workshops by detection devices such as fire alarms and oxygen deficiency detectors and during routine operations All discoveries of spills or situations that may lead to a spill must be verbally reported immediately to supervisory personnel and the officer of the deck 00D command duty officer CDO Crewmembers are not to remain in the area to investigate the spill Whenever possible however the discoverer initial response team shall report the following information 1 Time of spill discovery 2 Location of spill 3 Identification of spilled material 4 Behavior of material reactions observed 5 Source of spill e g tank or container 6 Personnel in vicinity of spill list by name and department 7 Volume of spill 8 Anticipated movement of spill e g leakage to lower deck passage from amidships toward galley floating in water toward pier etc 9 Labeling
324. lled in respiratory protection program and communicate this information to the medical department representative 5 Conduct respirator fit testing and document that fit testing was completed as required in paragraph B0608 6 Establish central control points for issuing and maintaining respiratory protection equipment Divisions that frequently use respirators and personnel who are assigned individual respirators may maintain custody of their own respiratory protection equipment and are responsible for its proper use and storage 7 Inspect clean disinfect store maintain and repair respirators per paragraph B0609 B6 2 OPNAVINST 5100 19E 30 May 2007 8 Ensure breathing air meets the quality requirements of paragraph B0611 9 Evaluate the program at least annually A checklist for program evaluation is provided in appendix B6 A Ge Division officers shall 1 Ensure that personnel have a current fit test and are trained prior to donning a respirator The industrial hygiene survey and workplace evaluations provide information regarding work tasks which require respiratory protection 2 Ensure personnel are provided with issued required respiratory protective equipment d The medical department representative MDR shall 1 Confirm that personnel who are issued respirators have no deployment limiting medical conditions and have a current annual preventive health ass
325. longed exposure 4 Concentration of the contaminant in the atmosphere the hazard ratio maximum use concentration and assigned protection factors see paragraph B0606 and table B6 1 5 Occupational exposure limits OELs for the contaminant s See chapters Bl and B10 for standards for asbestos and lead respectively B6 10 OPNAVINST 5100 19E 30 May 2007 6 Whether an oxygen deficient or oxygen rich atmosphere exists or may be created 7 The nature extent and frequency of the duties to be performed by personnel e g welding or painting in the work area 8 Degree of protection provided by the particular respirator B0606 LIMITATIONS OF RESPIRATORS Paragraphs B0604 and B0605 mention some general limitations however the following provides more specific information a Assigned Protection Factor APF The APF is the workplace level of respiratory protection that would be provided by a properly functioning and properly used respirator or a class of respirators when all elements of an effective respiratory protection program are established and are being enforced Navy adopted APFs are provided in table B6 1 Although table B6 1 applies also to protection against asbestos and lead refer to chapters Bl and for additional program requirements TABLE B6 1 Assigned Protection Factors Type of respirator Quarter Half Full Helmet Loose mask mask Face hood
326. mand of any medical devices they may be using and to discuss any safety concerns they may have with those devices Ca Lasers 1 Enrollment in a laser radiation medical surveillance program is limited to those personnel who are clearly at risk from exposure to laser radiation The nature of such risks is associated with accidental injuries resul exposure to laser levels and not as a res ting from excessive ult of chronic exposures The command LSSO determines which personnel should be enrolled in the surveillance program using the following guidance a Laser workers requiring medical surveillance are those individuals who routinely work with class IIIb or class IV lasers under conditions where there is a likely potential for accidental exposures to excessive levels a pre placement and termination laser eye reference B9 15 These workers require examination per bo The following personnel generally require medical surveillance 1 Research and development R amp D and laboratory personnel who routinely work with unenclosed class III and class IV laser beams 2 Maintenance personnel who routinely repair or align class III or class IV laser systems 3 Operators personnel behind the laser and down range personnel who routinely work with class III or class IV transits geodimeters and alignment laser engineering laser devices 4 Operators
327. mediate eye hazard shall be marked with a three inch black and yellow striped or B5 3 OPNAVINST 5100 19E 30 May 2007 checkerboard tape or similarly painted This tape is available under NSN 90 9905 01 342 5934 checkerboard or 90 9905 01 342 5933 striped Place the deck marking around equipment operator areas in the vicinity of where th ye hazard is generated i e where there are flying chips from a lathe Avoid placing the deck markings at the entrance of a space or shop if only selected areas of the shop while equipment is in operation are eye hazardous 2 Mount the eye hazard sign directly above the hazard component machinery boundary bulkhead or door in a conspicuous location The CAUTION sign shall conform to NSN 90 9905 01 100 8203 CAUTION Eye Protection Required in This Area Eye hazard signs or labels are also available through open purchase Eye hazard signs and labels are not required on individual tools Avoid placing the signs at the entrance of a space or shop if only selected areas of the shop while equipment is in operation are eye hazardous B0505 MEDICAL SURVEILLANCE Medical surveillance is required only for personnel covered by chapter B9 BO506 ISSUE AND MAINTENANCE OF SIGHT PROTECTION EQUIPMENT a Issue The ship shall provide and issue appropriate eye protection at government expense The list of eye hazards the safety officer maintains identifies req
328. ments It assists the operator in the systematic positive control and management of HM SHIMS s provides a A standardized tool to assist in submarine HMC amp M compliance inventory management and shelf life management b A standardized tool to implement submarine atmospheric control requirements c A single data source for SMCL and MSDS information and d Standard reports references and output that meet requirements of this instruction and references B3 2 B3 4 and B3 5 B3 5 OPNAVINST 5100 19E 30 May 2007 12 The Submarine Material Control List SMCL is a Navy data application that lists the authorized HM for use on submarines as established by reference B3 2 13 Shipboard Safety Equipment Guide The Naval Safety Center Afloat Safety Program Directorate prepared this guide to provide national stock numbers for common safety equipment and personal protective clothing approved for surface ship and submarine use B0302 SURFACE SHIP HMC amp M a Responsibilities 1 The Commanding Officer shall a Assign the responsibility for implementation of the consolidated hazardous material reutilization inventory management program CHRIMP afloat through the operation of a hazardous material minimization center HAZMINCEN to the shipboard supply department Augment the manning of the responsible department as necessary to accomplish CHRIMP b
329. mit from the PHEL chart or table 7 Emergency Environmental Monitoring Equipment Method Th mergency environmental monitoring equipment method discussed here will almost always significantly underestimate the level of heat stress this shortfall will result in an increased risk of personnel suffering heat injury When there are no operable WBGT meters aboard ship there are two alternative monitoring methods that may be used while the ship is underway Motorized psychrometers NSN 1H 6685 00 936 1389 carried aboard ships for meteorological purposes or commercially available hygrometers These psychrometers only measure DB and WB temperatures They do not have a globe thermometer and therefore cannot account for radiant and convective heating or cooling Hence all of the components in the WBGT Index equation are not available to calculate the WBGT Index If using the motorized psychrometric DB and WB temperatures must be measured with the psychrometer shield in its proper position the flared open end of the shield must be facing away from the psychrometer GT can be approximated by taking the difference AT between the DB temperature and the GT under similar plant operating conditions power level number of operating boilers and approximately the same load on the propulsion plant when a full set of WBGT meter measurements were obtained This difference AT should be added to the DB temperature measured with the psy
330. mmandant of the Marine Corps for matters of mutual concern The CNO shall 1 Issue appropriate SOH policy and standards Chief of Naval Operations Special Assistant for Safety Matters NO9F is responsible for developing program policy and guidance and issuing standards under references A2 1 through A2 6 OPNAVINST 5100 19E 30 May 2007 2 Ensure that fleet commanders maintain a staff of qualified SOH professionals who shall be responsible for maintaining a comprehensive SOH program This includes providing guidance direction and policy for SOH matters throughout the fleet 3 Establish appropriate planning programming staffing requirements and budgeting for the SOH program and training 4 Conduct research and development to preclude occupational hazards or exposures from causing physical injury or degrading health status or work performance 5 Develop SOH program evaluations inspection criteria 6 Provide for occupationally related medical support 7 Develop procedures for prompt investigation of reports of unsafe or unhealthful working conditions and ensures corrective action is taken within appropriate time periods 8 Ensure personnel receive thorough and continuing training on SOH matters and risk management 9 Adopt develop and review proposed alternate standards and promulgate SOH standards c Commander U S Fleet Forces CFFC Command Commander U S Pacific Fleet COMP
331. mmanding officer ensured compliance with OPNAV transfer and disposal policy guidance provided in reference B3 4 chapter 19 appendix L Has the CO reported to the fleet commanders by message information to the chain of command any conditions or system equipment malfunctions that results in an overboard discharge of HM within restricted waters per reference B3 4 and applicable operations orders OPORDs BO302a 1 OPNAVINST 5100 19E 30 May 2007 Yes No Has the executive officer semi annually reviewed the list of HM to ensure that CHRIMP efforts are optimized to minimize HM stowage locations and eliminat xcessive or unauthorized quantities of HM BO302a 2 Has the executive officer assigned sufficient personnel to the HAZMINCEN to accomplish CHRIMP and ensured an individual with SNEC 9595 qualification is operating the HAZMINCEN B0302a 2 Has the executive officer approved work center HM storage locations lockers in writing as applicable to support daily evolutions BO302a 2 10 Has the executive officer reviewed the HAZMINCEN delinquent containers report generated from the HM software inventory management program hazardous inventory control system windows HICSWIN and ensured that action was taken to correct outstanding repeated delinquencies BO0302a 2 LEs Has the executive officer ensured that supply an
332. mpleted prior to or within six months of being assigned this duty 2 The HM Supervisor lead petty officer and other assigned personnel as required by the activity manpower document shall be a graduate of the HMC amp M Technician SNEC 9595 course A 322 2600 or A 322 2601 At a minimum the HM supervisor shall also be a graduate of the CHRIMP HICS Technician course Both courses are taught by the NAVOSHENVTRACEN B0303 SUBMARINE HMC amp M a Responsibilities 1 The Commanding Officer shall a Report all HM mishaps as required by reference B3 10 B3 17 OPNAVINST 5100 19E 30 May 2007 b Report to the fleet commanders by message information to the chain of command any conditions or system equipment malfunctions that results in an overboard discharge of HM into or upon the marine environment per reference B3 4 and applicable operations orders OPORDs c Ensure that spills of HM are handled per guidance specified in references B3 27 and B3 28 2 The Executive Officer shall a Grant written permission to carry on board any restricted HM during an underway period Refer to chapter D15 and reference B3 2 for definitions of submarine material control usage categories b Ensure assigned personnel follow the conditions under which restricted or limited HM are stored or used on board to minimize the release off gassing mists or vapors of potential atmospheric contaminants into
333. n Electronic equipment space e g radio and radar equipment rooms Note 1 Enclosed operating station if not feasible to meet category A 12 Flag bridge Issue rooms Officer of the deck stations Open bridge and topside watch stations Physical fitness spaces Propulsion plant maneuvering areas Refueling and replenishment stations Repair lockers Signal bridge and signal shelter Torpedo room Workshops Note 3 B4 C 5 OPNAVINST 5100 19E 30 May 2007 NOTE 1 Wherein command communications do not occur and no routine operator attention to the equipment is required NOTE 2 Except for rooms which contain hazardous materials such as munitions and flammable liquids NOTE 3 Except wherein hazardous materials are handled or a high degree of concentration is necessary e g electronic repair workshop decontamination workshop CIWS workshop with repair equipment secured NOTE 4 If normally occupied or used as an issue room with repair equipment secured 3 Acceptable Airborne Noise Levels The following indicates acceptable A weighted airborne noise levels for all shipboard categories For design engineering and procurement purposes other more detailed or specific criteria such as octave band may be used to supplement these A weighted criteria Noise Category Level Sound Pressure Level dBA A 12 60 A 3 70 65 60 84 75 AOA w B4 C 6 OPNAVINST 5 30 May 20
334. n of the enclosure shall be clear from the respirator and allow free movement of the head when a respirator is worn An enclosure substantially Similar to the 3M hood assembly parts FT 14 and FT 15 combined is adequate 2 The test enclosure shall have a 3 4 inch 1 9 cm hole in front of the test subject s nose and mouth area to accommodate the nebulizer nozzle B6 C 11 3 The Throughout the test subject shall don threshold screening tes OPNAVINST 5100 19E 30 May 2007 the test enclosure t the test subject shall breathe through his or her slightly open mouth with tongue extended de tects a bitter taste 4 Using a DeVilbiss Model The subject is instructed to report Nebulizer or equivalent Threshold Check Solution into shall solution nebulizer 5 The 13 5 milligrams in distilled water 6 be clearly marked to distinguish i To produce the aerosol squeezed so that the bulb collapses completely the test conduct the enclosure tor shall spray This nebu released and allowed to fully expand 7 salt NaCl t when he she 40 Inhalation Medication the Lizer t from the fit test threshold check solution is prepared by adding of Bitrex to 100 ml of 5 solution the nebulizer bulb is firmly Bit the test subject the test subject reports squeezes
335. n systems used for the control of contaminants flammable storerooms and hazardous material storerooms Ventilation systems require routine evaluation and shall be included in the exposure monitoring plan A3 6 OPNAVINST 5100 19E 30 May 2007 4 Findings e g ventilation system deficiencies which can be used as additional justification for inclusion of material issues on the ships consolidated ship maintenance project CSMP 5 Recommendations for personal protective equipment respiratory protection emergency equipment eyewash stations and deluge showers posting of hazards and actions on specific survey results noise air sampling etc including a A list of noise hazardous areas equipment b A list of eye hazardous areas processes and recommended emergency eyewash and deluge shower locations c A list of each area process requiring respiratory protection and the recommended type s 6 Medical surveillance requirements e An update of the baseline industrial hygiene survey is necessary as system equipment or loadout changes significantly affect the on board hazard and or risk Deterioration of existing controls modifications and additions to shipboard processes and equipment will occur over time An update of the industrial hygiene survey is required at least every two years to address all changes that may have occurred A more limited survey to address specific concerns is av
336. nce of accumulated fatigue the length of recovery time shall be equal to twice the exposure time or four hours whichever is less After completing the necessary recovery period in preferred environmental conditions an individual who nonetheless remains tired unable to carry out normal work requirements or has an increased incidence of health disorders shall be referred to the MDR for evaluation 3 Supervisors shall direct personnel experiencing heat stress symptoms while standing watch or working in the workspace to report immediately to the MDR for evaluation e Recommendations for Working in Heat Stress Environments 1 Drink more water than satisfies thirst but not more than 1 5 liters about one and half quarts per hour Do not wait until you are thirsty to start drinking scuttlebutts must be readily available and in working order It is important that personnel stay hydrated A device that has proved very effective in helping personnel to stay hydrated on flight decks steam catapult spaces engineering spaces laundry and in other hot locations on ship is the Camelbak or equivalent drinking system It holds 1 8 liters of water and is worn like a backpack with a straw mechanism that allows the person to drink anytime or anywhere The Camelbak or equivalent has proved very effective in helping to keep personnel hydrated es
337. nce with instructions 5 Division Officers shall a Ensure that only NAVSEA approved in space storage lockers are used and that locations installations are approved by the HM coordinator safety officer DCA and XO Ensure lockers are installed and labeled in accordance with reference B3 7 b Ensure that HM retained within their work centers is specific to the operations and maintenance of assigned equipment No more than a seven day supply of HM issued by the HAZMINCEN to the work center may be retained in work center spaces Longer storage to address special needs must be authorized in writing by the HM Coordinator DCA safety officer and XO c Ensure HM training is provided quarterly to division personnel responsible for maintaining in space storage lockers d Ensure used or excess HM is properly returned to the HAZMINCEN e Ensure that approved personal protective clothing and equipment are available for HM operations or incidents and personnel are trained in their proper use and maintenance as described in reference B3 8 Follow specific direction on applicable PMS cards and MSDSs f Make division personnel available to receive annual HM awareness training Incorporate HM training into normally scheduled weekly divisional training Ensure that upon reporting on board and annually thereafter all personnel are educated on HMC amp M ordering issuing reutilization handling stor
338. nd decontaminate all tools with damp rags Dispose of rags as ACM jJ Personnel shall wash their hands upon completion of gasket or packing repairs replacements and before eating and drinking chewing gum or tobacco or applying cosmetics B1 B 2 OPNAVINST 5100 19E 30 May 2007 5 Offload Offload the replaced gasket or packing material and any scrap materials as ACM Handle all rags as asbestos waste Handle drop cloths as ACM Once asbestos waste is collected place in red asbestos labeled bag and thoroughly wet all wastes Tape off the bag and place in second approved and appropriately labeled bag double bag Seal up the second bag with tape and place in ACM marked barrel container for offload Seal all bags with a J or goose neck seal Properly label the waste bag per all local reguirements 6 Medical Surveillance Medical surveillance is not required for this operation 7 Training All personnel performing replacement of asbestos containing gasket packing material shall be trained on this standard operating procedure prior to performing any asbestos work Accomplish training per paragraph B0109 and appendix B1 D Training shall be accomplished as follows For ships with no Emergency Asbestos Response Team EART this training shall be accomplished by the safety officer or engineering officer as on the job training using the standard operating procedures in this appendix For ships w
339. nd or WB temperature increases by three degrees Fahrenheit or more from the DB and WB temperatures recorded from the previous survey The DB and WB temperature must be measured each time using the same instrument device The WBGT meter motorized psychrometer or commercially available hygrometer may be used to measure DB and WB temperature If the DB temperature drops below the value in paragraph B0204c 4 and return to a normal watch work time is desired then a survey shall be conducted to ensure conditions allowing a return to normal watch work periods have been reestablished b If the WBGT survey resulted in a PHEL stay time less than the duration of the manned watch or work period the watch work time shall be adjusted to reflect the new stay times indicated by the WBGT Follow on surveys are not required unless the DB temperature increases by five degrees Fahrenheit or more and or WB temperature increases by three degrees Fahrenheit or more from the DB and WB temperatures recorded from the previous survey The DB and WB temperature must be measured each time using the same instrument device The WBGT meter motorized psychrometer or commercially available hygrometer may be used to measure DB and WB temperature If the DB temperature drops below the value in paragraph B0204c 4 and return to a normal watch work time is desired then a survey shall be conducted to ensure conditions allowing a return to normal watch work
340. nder and the chain of command Variance requests shall explain why compliance is impossible and describe actions taken to achieve the maximum degree of protection possible b Alternate Standards In certain cases it may be possible to achieve equal or better protection through the application of procedures criteria different than those specified by a SOH standard Submit proposed alternate standards to CNO NO9F through the chain of command for approval A3 11 OPNAVINST 5100 19E 30 May 2007 A0309 FEDERAL AND STATE OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH OSH INSPECTIONS OF NAVY CIVILIAN OR CONTRACTOR WORKPLACES ON BOARD NAVY SHIPS This section provides guidance and procedures regarding requests by Federal or state OSH officials to inspect or investigate Navy civilian or contractor workplaces on board Navy ships in port or located at associated facilities e g industrial activities a Subject to the conditions and exceptions stated below Navy afloat activities are advised that permission is granted for Federal OSHA compliance officials to be taken aboard U S Navy ships in port to conduct safety and health inspections and investigations of Navy civilian and contractor workplaces State occupational safety and health officials shall not be granted access aboard naval ships and service craft or in areas of exclusive federal jurisdiction A summary of inspector access is provided in appe
341. ndix A3 B 1 Except for the limitations imposed in paragraphs A0309a 2 and 3 provide OSHA compliance officials upon request immediate access to Navy civilian or contractor workplaces where the Navy repair activity or contractor has equipment or other work related material or paraphernalia in the workplace under government work or a government contract Forward requests for access to inspect those workplaces where Navy civilian or contractor employees have worked or will work but where the work force is no longer deployed or has yet to deploy any work related material or paraphernalia by message and by telephone to the CNO NO9F copy to Commander Naval Sea Systems Command COMNAVSEASYSCOM copy to the Navy repair activity for Navy civilian workers with information to the chain of command All message requests shall identify the workplace involved and furnish all immediately available details A reply to such requests will be forthcoming without delay 2 If the requested inspection investigation involves handling or storage of ammunition or explosives deny the request for access Report any such request to the CNO NOQ9F information to the chain of command and for Navy civilians to the Navy repair activity by message 3 With respect to nuclear propulsion plant spaces on nuclear powered ships to related nuclear shipyard facilities A3 12 OPNAVINST 5100 1
342. necessary and procedures followed by the LSRB review e Commands shall maintain a current inventory of all military exempt lasers class IIIb lasers and class IV lasers for submission to the administrative lead agent ALA BUMED Code M342 as requested Commands wishing to dispose of lasers shall obtain approval from BUMED following guidance in references B9 15 and B9 25 f Commands operating class IIIb or class IV commercial or military exempt lasers shall establish a laser safety program and designate a laser system safety officer LSSO per reference B9 15 The laser safety program shall include an inventory of all commercial class IIIb class IV and all classes of military exempt lasers that are assigned to the command lasers for submission to the administrative lead agent as requested B9 15 OPNAVINST 5100 19E 30 May 2007 NOTE Some commercially available laser pointers are categorized as class IIIa lasers with output levels that are not considered safe for all viewing conditions A formal laser safety program is not required for class Illa laser pointers however the user needs to recognize that care must be exercised to control its accessibility kept out of the hands of children or others who are unaware of the hazardous nature of lasers and to avoid directing the pointer at those in the audience Class II laser pointer
343. nely exceeds 140 dB NOTE Routinely is defined as those areas equipment where the noise is of sufficient intensity and duration that it can reasonably be expected exposure will result in a loss of hearing sensitivity 3 Noise hazardous equipment is that which produces sound levels greater than 84 B A or 140 dB peak sound pressure level 4 Per reference B4 6 eight hour time weighted average TWA noise levels shall be determined for all personnel working in noise hazardous areas at least once during assignment and within 30 days of any change in operations affecting noise levels 5 A risk assessment code RAC shall be assigned to all potentially hazardous noise areas and operations see chapter A4 This will normally be accomplished as part of the industrial hygiene surveys described in chapter A3 6 Since there are a wide variety of noise measuring instruments in use any one of the following methods should be used In each case it is necessary to take a sufficient number of measurements to achieve a representative noise sample a When using a dosimeter that is capable of C weighted measurements 1 Obtain the Coweighted dose for the entire workshift and convert to TWA sound level see dosimeter instruction manual for conversion table 2 Subtract the NRR from the C weighted TWA to obtain the estimated A weighted TWA under the ear protector b When using a dos
344. ng 1 All members of the EART shall be graduates of Emergency Asbestos Response Team Course CIN A 760 2166 See appendix B1 E 2 This training shall be documented in the member s service record upon completion d Personal Protective Equipment Personnel engaged in work per this protocol shall wear the protective clothing and equipment discussed in the appendix B1 I A list of equipment and tools can be found in appendix B1 H NOTE Critical watchstanders personnel who must remain in the immediate area due to watch standing requirements where asbestos repair or removal is being conducted are required to wear the same PPE as those personnel performing the asbestos work and at least a half mask air purifying respirator with a filtering cartridge ex Disposal of Asbestos Waste Dispose of asbestos waste per appendix B1 C and Chapter B3 f Medical Surveillance Requirements Per references B1 1 and B1 5 a list of EART personnel shall be submitted to the medical department for consideration for entry into the command s AMSP CHAPTER B1 REFERENCES B1 1 Naval Ship s Technical Manual Chapter 635 Thermal Fire and Acoustic Insulation B1 2 Title 29 Code of Federal Regulations CFR sec 1915 1001 Asbestos Exposure in all Shipyard Employmeni ion Work T CT B1 15 OPNAVINST 5100 19E 30 May 2007 B1 3 Title 29 Code of Federal Regulations CFR section 1910 10
345. ng RASP ionizing radiation sources B9 A 3 OPNAVINST 5100 19E 30 May 2007 DoD Instruction 6055 8 Occupational Radiation Protection Program DoD Instruction 6055 8 implements the United States Environmental Protection Agency Radiation Protection Guidance to Federal Agencies for Occupational Exposure of January 1987 Applies to the Office of the Secretary of Defense OSD the military departments including the Reserve components the Joint Staff the Unified and Specified Commands the Defense Agencies the DoD Field Activities and the Army and Air Force Exchange Service hereafter referred to collectively as DoD Components Applies during peacetime to all DoD civilian and military personnel who are exposed to ionizing radiation worldwide except personnel who as patients undergo diagnostic or therapeutic radiological procedures in medical or dental treatment facilities OPNAVINST 6470 2A Occupational Radiation Protection Program OPNAVINST 6470 2 formalizes the uniform occupational radiation protection program for the Department of the Navy required by DoD Instruction 6055 8 to preserve and maintain the health of personnel while performing duties involving occupational exposure to sources of ionizing radiation OPNAVINST 6470 3 Navy Radiation Safety Committee This instruction establishes the Navy radiation safety committee as a means for controlling the us
346. ng officer has reviewed and approved the minutes initials signature or electronic record Specifically the safety council 1 Reviews statistics compiled by the safety officer from mishap hazard and inspection reports safety or health A2 11 OPNAVINST 5100 19E 30 May 2007 related messages and related reports from the medical representative 2 Establishes mishap prevention goals and plans 3 Establishes program improvement plans based on mishap experience program deficiencies and other information 4 Reviews issues and recommendations submitted by the enlisted safety committee 5 Review compliance with operational risk management ORM implementation in all applicable operations and evolutions i Enlisted Safety Committee not applicable to submarines The enlisted safety committee consists of the safety officer senior member division safety petty officers a safety representative from each embarked unit e g aviation safety petty officer or Marine safety specialist and the chief master at arms If desired the enlisted safety committee may be incorporated into the safety council The committee meets at least quarterly and the safety officer shall retain minutes of each meeting electronic or hard copy The safety officer shall appoint a recorder The purpose of the committee is to 1 Identify and discus
347. ng the proper use and care of the WBGT meter The surveyor uses the WBGT index along with the individual s physical exertion level to determine the permissible heat exposure limits referred to as the physiological heat exposure limits or PHEL stay times NOTE The operating range for the RSS 220 and Vista Model 960 WBGT meters is 65 degrees Fahrenheit to 150 degrees Fahrenheit The operating range for the AHSS is 32 degrees Fahrenheit to 150 degrees Fahrenheit and 10 to 95 relative humidity Use of these meters outside of this range will not provide accurate temperature measurements 2 Measurement Techniques a When surveying a work or watch station using the WBGT meter the surveyor shall position the meter where the worker watchstander would normally stand or where the intended work is to be performed with ventilation arranged to provide normal ventilation at that location For specific operating instructions see appendix B2 C paragraph 3 B2 9 b first WBGT measurement in the workspac in the space five minutes surrounding area As the another the meter should to enable it OPNAVINST 5100 19E 30 May 2007 The heat stress surveyor shall conduct the after the met ter has been to equilibrate to the meter is moved from one sit te to be at each site for allow for stabilization of the first reading to be taken
348. njury illness or physical damage which is likely to occur as a result of the hazard Hazard severity categories are assigned Roman numerals according to the following criteria Description Category CATASTROPHIC I CRITICAL TI MARGINAL III NEGLIGIBLE IV 2 Mishap Probability Results The hazard may cause death loss of facility asset or result in grave damage to national interests The hazard may cause severe injury illness property damage damage to national or service interests or degradation to efficient use of assets The hazard may cause minor injury illness property damage damage to national service or command interests or degradation to efficient use of assets The hazard presents a minimal threat to personnel safety or health property national service or command interests or efficient use of assets The mishap probability is the likelihood that a hazard will result in a mishap based on an assessment of such factors as location exposure in terms of cycles or hours of operation and affected population Mishap probability is assigned a letter according to the following criteria Subcategory A C D OPNAVINST 5100 19E 30 May 2007 Description Likely to occur immediately or in a short period of time Probably will occur in time May occur in time Unlikely to occur 3 Risk Assessment Code RAC To derive the RAC from the elements
349. non powered particulate air purifying respirators certified under three filter classes N R and P class Each class has three levels of filter efficiency 95 99 and 99 97 designated 100 in this system N100 R100 and P100 filters are equivalent to high efficiency particulate air HEPA filters P class series filters can be used in oil aerosols and are the only magenta purple colored high efficiency filters N class series filters cannot be used in oil aerosols R class series filters can be can only be used for a single shift in oil aerosols PAPRs must be equipped with filters meeting the criteria for HEPA filters but the filters must have a reference B6 6 approval label Like the P100 filters for negative pressure air purifying respirators PAPR HEPA filters are magenta in color Surgical masks blue or green do not provide protection against air contaminants They are for MEDICAL DENTAL USE ONLY and must NEVER be used as an air purifying respirator 2 Gas and vapor air purifying respirators use cartridges and canisters that remove contaminants through absorption and adsorption Typically a cartridge removes a specific type or class of gas or vapor e g organic vapors or acid gases 3 Combination cartridges and canisters are available which combine the removal capabilities of two or more type cartridges in a single cartridge e g organic vapor and particulate
350. not be necessary in every case For example visitors to a noise hazardous area shall be required to wear hearing protective equipment but would not be required to have their hearing tested or be included on a roster of noise exposed personnel See appendix B4 A for additional information 4 Information regarding removal of personnel from HCP is provided in appendix B4 A c Labeling of Hazardous Noise Areas and Equipment 1 Designated hazardous noise areas and equipment that produce hazardous sound levels see appendix B4 A shall be appropriately labeled NAVMED 6260 2 hazardous noise warning decal 8 x 10 NSN 0105 LF 004 7200 and the NAVMED 6260 2A hazardous noise labels 2 x 2 NSN 0105 LF 004 7800 or their B4 6 OPNAVINST 5100 19E 30 May 2007 equivalents are approved for marking hazardous noise areas and equipment a NAVMED 6260 2A or equivalent shall be used to label smaller individual pieces of equipment or tools that produce hazardous noise bo Noise hazard warning signs and labels shall be annotated as to the circumstances or operations that create the noise hazardous condition when hearing protection is required e g when generator is operating 2 Normally the outside of doors hatches leading into a noise hazardous area shall be posted However topside and weather surfaces of a ship shall not be posted In the event that a particular area is a noise hazardous
351. nse nylon lanyards and full body harnesses that have been exposed to salt water with fresh water before allowing equipment to air dry prior to storage f Personal Flotation Devices Whenever personnel other than aircrew members and flight deck personnel are required to wear life preservers in open sea operations the life preservers must be the inherently buoyant or the MK 1 Those jacket type life preservers are used by personnel in exposed battle stations when working over the side topside in heavy weather during replenishment at sea in small boats and other evolutions when personnel can be carried over the side MK 1 life preservers should not be worn by personnel performing hot work or other actions that may cause damage to the bladder Thoroughly dry life preservers prior to stowage Following drying stow them in designated clean and dry locations CHAPTER B12 REFERENCES B12 1 Naval Ships Technical Manual NSTM 077 B12 6 ITEM 1 Bi OPNAVINST 5100 19E 30 May 2007 Appendix B12 A PERSONAL PROTECTIVE EQUIPMENT STOCK NUMBER INFORMATION Head Protection Safety Shoes Gloves Hard Hat Helmet battle Helmet Cloth Helmet liner Helmet shell Pad Back Assembly Pad Front Assembly Shell Assembly Front Shell Assembly Back Steel Tip Steel Tip Boots Molder s R ubber Leather Butyl Industrial corro sive handling Industrial
352. nsured that when HM is transferred into other containers the new containers are properly marked with the information specified in paragraph D1502d B303a 6 B3 D 3 OPNAVINST 5100 19E 30 May 2007 Yes No 102 Have the division officers ensured approved personal protective clothing and equipment are available for HM operations or incidents and personnel are trained in their proper use and maintenance B303a 6 1 03 Have the division officers ensured personnel are made available to receive required HM training as detailed in section B0303c B303a 6 104 Have the division officers marked any PCB containing electrical or electronic components per chapter D15 B303a 6 105 Has the damage control assistant coordinated HM spill response drills with the HAZMINCEN division as necessary B303a 7 106 Has the repair parts petty officer ensured that before HM is ordered a valid requirement specifically required by a maintenance procedure or other shipboard operation exists Do repair parts petty officers use standard stock HM whenever possible to avoid procurement of open purchased HM B303a 8 107 Have the work center supervisors ensured that approved personal protective clothing and equipment are maintained and utilized B303a 9 108 Have the work center supervisors ensured that prior to using or handling any HM work center
353. nt and clothing consigned for disposal shall be collected sealed and labeled in impermeable containers Transportation shall be conducted in a manner that does not release airborne dust or pollute surrounding waterways Dispose of lead waste per the procedures of chapter B3 B10 5 OPNAVINST 5100 19E 30 May 2007 6 To minimize exposure potential isolate hot work on lead and abrasive lead removal operations from other operations b Ventilation 1 If deemed necessary by the cognizant industrial hygienist provide fixed local exhaust ventilation connected to high efficiency particulate air filters at the point of particulate generation 2 Do not exhaust emissions to another workspace c Personal Protective Clothing and Related Control Facilities 1 Personnel engaged in the handling of lead or in Situations where the concentration of airborne particulate lead is likely to exceed the PEL or where the possibility of skin or eye irritation exists shall remove uniform clothing and wear protective clothing Consult the command s industrial hygiene officer industrial hygiene survey or contact the local BUMED industrial hygienist for specific clothing requirements Clothing shall be waterproof when wet lead is handled 2 Personnel shall remove protective clothing before leaving the work area 3 Provide change rooms as close as practical to the lead work area s for personnel who
354. ntially exposed to lead at or above the AL 6 Request industrial hygiene assistance for the evaluation of new potential lead hazards Gx Division officers shall 1 Ensure that personnel required to perform work involving lead exposure are provided with proper clothing and equipment and trained in its use 2 Ensure that personnel who work with lead or who work in areas where the potential exists for lead exposure at or above the AL are properly trained 3 Identify to the medical department representative MDR personnel who work with lead or who work in areas where the potential exists for lead exposure at or above the AL d The Medical department representative MDR shall 1 Assist the safety officer with conducting lead hazard training upon request 2 Schedule personnel for blood lead analysis and physical examinations at shore medical activities as required for medical surveillance e All hands shall 1 Obtain and properly use protective equipment and use safe work practices as trained when working with lead B10 3 OPNAVINST 5100 19E 30 May 2007 2 Report for medical surveillance tests and examinations when scheduled B1004 LEAD CONTROL ELEMENTS The following elements as a minimum are necessary to carry out ffective lead control a Industrial hygiene survey paragraph B1005 b Control of lead in the workplace environment p
355. nts The appendix portion provides rationale guidance and lessons learned for each requirement to enable the procuring activity to tailor the baseline requirement for a particular application ANSI C95 1 IEEE Standard for Safety Levels with Respect to Human Exposure to Radiofrequency Electromagnetic Fields 3 kHz to 300 GHz ANSI C95 2 IEEE Standard for Radiofrequency Energy and Current Flow Symbols ANSI C95 3 IEEE Recommended Practice for Measurements and Computations of Radiofrequency Electromagnetic Fields with Respect to Human Exposure to such Fields 100 kHz t 300 GHz ANSI C95 4 IEEE Recommended Practice for Determining Safe Distances from Radiofrequency Transmitting Antennas when Using Electric Blasting Caps ANSI C95 6 IEEE Standard for Safety Levels with Respect to Human Exposure to Electromagnetic Fields 0 to 3 kHz ANSI C95 7 IEEE Recommended Practice for Radiofrequency Safety Programs B9 A 9 OPNAVINST 5100 19E 30 May 2007 E OTHER RELATED DOCUMENTS OPNAVINST 5102 1D MCO P5102 1B Navy and Marine Corps Mishap and Safety Investigation Reporting and Recordkeeping Manual This instruction provides procedures for investigating and reporting material property damage personnel injury death Navy civilian occupational injuries and illnesses motor vehicle explosive and diving mishaps NAVSEA S9040 AA GTP 010 SSCR Shipboard Systems Certification Requirements for Surfa
356. nts each ship is required to contact their TYCOM IHO or REC to determine specific local emissions reporting guidance g Training 1 Training requirements for personnel performing repair or removal work with ACM are specific to the type of work performed Each protocol contains the specific requirements for training The training matrices are as follows a Training matrix for ship s force is appendix B1 D bo Training matrix for the EART is appendix Bl E 2 In addition to the training requirements detailed in the specific protocols paragraphs B0107c and BO108c general training is required for all personnel currently exposed or with the potential for being exposed to asbestos All commands are responsible for asbestos training of their personnel The work center supervisor should conduct training upon personnel assignment to the work center General training shall include B1 8 OPNAVINST 5100 19E 30 May 2007 a The health effects hazards of asbestos o The association between the use of tobacco products exposure to asbestos and the increased risk of developing lung cancer c Uses of asbestos that could result in an exposure d Engineering controls and work practices associated with an individual s work assignment e Purpose proper use and limitations of protective equipment Purpose and description of medical surveillance program g Description of em
357. o D12 3 CHAPTER D13 FOOD PREPARATION AND SERVING FACILITIES D13 1 D1301 DTSCEUSSTON ii dd o A hip tea foe lo Se ts D13 1 D1302 GENERAD PRECAUTION god qlee isa A Wl E aty save ised Ge ign D13 1 D1303 COOKING UTENS TES ne e Sie Soe eae Bes Ne Ee See E D13 3 D1304 FOOD PREPARATION ta a ere a8 o D13 4 D1305 SAFE OPERATION OF FOOD SERVICE EQUIPMENT D13 6 CHAPTER DL REFERENCES is a a a D13 12 CHAPTER D14 LAUNDRY MACHINES oo o oococoococooooooooooo D14 1 D1401 DISCUSS TON ie tE A EA DUAL A Sides D14 1 D1402 PRECAUTIONS RELATING TO LAUNDRY EQUIPMENT D14 1 CHAPTER DIA REFERENCES ate ccc eagle as ai eee an a D14 3 CHAPTER D15 SUBMARINE HAZARDOUS MATERIAL CONTROL AND MANAGEMENT STANDARDS a ose Sc ei caper ecen a a Wael Ble el a wane Bw Se eee D15 1 D1501 DED CUS OSLO tds dido Da lav do east Ss rd lint bc a Oe Sth ae 1g D15 1 D1502 GENERAL HMCSM STANDARDS cae a baie A eens D15 2 D1503 GENERAL STORAGE STANDARDS vencio ales layered abst ofa and D15 8 D1504 GENERAL HANDLING AND USE REQUIREMENTS D15 9 D1505 FLAMMABLE AND COMBUSTIBLE MATERIAL D15 10 D1506 TOXIC MATERIA De ii SES AS ES AS eae ie D15 12 D1507 CORROSIVE MATERIALO uan a AG eS bier es Ree a Dl5 15 XX OPNAVINST 5100 19E 30 May 2007 TABLE OF CONTENTS VOLUME III SECTION D SUBMARINE SAFETY STANDARDS D1508 OX EDD AB RS ai a
358. o will personally approve interim protective measures The appropriate department head shall approve interim controls for other unabated deficiencies CHAPTER A4 REFERENCES A4 1 OPNAVINST 3500 39B A4 2 OPNAVINST 4790 4D A4 3 OPNAVINST 5102 1D MCO P5102 1B A4 9 OPNAVINST 5100 19E 30 May 2007 CHAPTER A5 TRAINING A0501 DISCUSSION a Safety and occupational health SOH training is an integral part of operational risk management see reference A5 1 References A5 2 through A5 4 reflect federal standards that require all safety managers supervisors and workers to be trained in safety program requirements and responsibilities safety standards recognition of hazards and the safety hazard reporting process b SOH training policy and requirements of this manual are implemented by the Navy safety and occupational health Navy training systems plan NTSP S 40 8603E NOTAL The ship s training officer safety officer and divisional safety petty officers leading petty officers for submarines are responsible for implementing afloat safety training requirements A0502 SOH TRAINING FOR SHIPBOARD DUTIES AND PROGRAMS a Training consists of detailed courses regarding specific duties involved with supervising SOH Programs The following training is available for ship and submarine safety officers and divisional safety petty officers either as classroom courses video tele training VTT courses
359. ocedures and the proper use of respirators CHAPTER B6 REFERENCES B6 1 29 CFR 1910 134 Respiratory Protection http www osha gov pl1s oshaweb owadisp show document p table ST ANDARDS amp p id 12716 B6 2 NAVSEA S9213 33 MMA 000 V Radiological Controls for Ships Bo 3 OPNAVINST 6120 3 Bo 4 OPNAVINST 5100 23G B6 5 NEHC Technical Manual NEHC TM6290 91 2 Industrial Hygiene Field Operations Manual chapter 9 Respiratory Protection http www nehc med navy mil downloads ih ihfom IHFOM CH9 pdf B6 6 42 CFR 84 Approval of Respiratory Protection Devices B6 7 Naval Ships Technical Manual NSTM 074 Volume 3 Gas Free Engineering B6 8 Compressed Gas Association Inc Commodity Specification for Air Pamphlet G 7 1 2004 NOTAL B6 9 OPNAVINST 3150 27B B6 10 NEHC Technical Manual OM 6260 Occupational Medical Surveillance Procedures Manual and Medical Matrix http www nehc med navy mil occmed Matrix htm B6 31 OPNAVINST 5100 19E 30 May 2007 B6 11 NAVSEA S9510 AB ATM 010 U Nuclear Powered Submarine Atmosphere Control Manual B6 32 OPNAVINST 5100 19E 30 May 2007 Appendix B6 A Respirator Program Checklist Program Element Yes No N A Is a respiratory protection manager RPM appointed in writing by the commanding officer paragraph B0602 a Has the RPM completed the required training described in paragraphs B0602 b 1 and B0612 b
360. of HM BO302a 11 Have the embarked unit supply petty officers repair parts petty officers submitted requirements for hazardous material to the ship prior to embarking and provided a valid requirement for material needed on board ship 1 e maintenance procedure technical manual etc Have the embarked unit supply petty officers repair parts petty officers ensured that the HM is screened against the ships T SHML to ensure it is authorized for use on board ship Have the embarked unit supply petty officers repair parts petty officers given sufficient notice to allow the ship to order and receive the hazardous material BO302a 11 58 Have the embarked unit supply petty officers repair parts petty officers offloaded any HM not supplied by the ship brought on board in accordance with applicable requirements B0302a 11 59 Have work center supervisors ensured that required personal protective clothing and equipment are maintained and used B0302a 12 B3 C 9 OPNAVINST 5100 19E 30 May 2007 Yes No 60 Have work center supervisors ensured that prior to initial use or handling any HM work center personnel have been trained on the hazards associated with that material and are familiar with what an MSDS is what it contains and where a copy is available for review Have work center supervisors trained work center personnel in the use of MSDS BO302a 12
361. of per appendix L of reference B3 2 These materials include unrecoverable protective clothing sorbents rags brooms and containers B3 B 2 OPNAVINST 5100 19E 30 May 2007 Appendix B3 C HAZARDOUS MATERIAL CONTROL AND MANAGEMENT HMC amp M CHECKLIST SURFACE SHIP PROGRAM Yes PROGRAM RESPONSIBILITIES Has the commanding officer assigned the responsibility for implementation of the consolidated hazardous material reutilization inventory management program CHRIMP afloat through the operation of a hazardous material minimization center HAZMINCEN to the shipboard supply department BO302a 1 Has the commanding officer appointed assigned in writing a commissioned officer within the supply department or a chief or leading petty officer to be the HM coordinator in accordance with B0302a 1 Has the commanding officer appointed assigned in writing a HM supervisor lead petty officer that is a graduate of the HMC amp M Technician SNEC 9595 Course to operate the HAZMINCEN B0302a 1 Has the commanding officer prepared and submitted an annual report of HAZMINCEN operational efficiency to the chain of command B0302a 1 Has the commanding officer approved by signature ship s hazardous material list SHML feedback reports SFRs If elected has the commanding officer designated an O 5 or above in writing to approve SFRs BO302a 1 Has the co
362. ofiles that are not well understood or for which acceptability judgments cannot be made with high confidence must be further characterized by collecting additional information Information needs may be quantitative or qualitative depending on the exposure profile and judgment 4 Quantitative Exposure Monitoring Monitoring the workplace for toxic substances and or harmful physical agents is the primary means of assessing a Personnel exposures b The need to control exposures c The effectiveness of measures directed at reducing or eliminating health hazards An IH shall accomplish these assessments using data gathered from representative sampling programs in the workplace Analysis and interpretation of the data from this sampling assists in the timely assessment of hazards in making recommendations for changes to existing conditions and in determining requirements for the medical surveillance of exposed personnel A3 5 OPNAVINST 5100 19E 30 May 2007 5 Qualitative Exposure Decisions Examples may include exposure modeling biological monitoring or determining an appropriate occupational exposure level The IH shall determine the appropriate information needed gather it and evaluate it so that an acceptable or unacceptable exposure assessment is reached and appropriate controls and recommendations can be implemented 6 Communications and Documentation Exposure assessment repor
363. on Many of these spectacle and goggle systems accept optical inserts for personnel requiring vision correction These devices and optical inserts should be qualified as a military approved ballistic protective device prior to procurement B5 A 2 OPNAVINST 5100 19E 30 May 2007 TABLE B5 A 1 EYE AND FACE PROTECTION SELECTION CHART APPLICATIONS OPERATION HAZARDS PROTECTORS Acetylene Burning Sparks Harmful Rays Acetylene Cutting Molten Metal dy Bg 9 Acetylene Welding Chemical Handling Chipping Electric Arc Welding Furnace Operations Grinding Light Laboratory Machining Molten Metals 6 In advisable Spot Welding Warfighting Combat and Training Operations Flying Particles Splash Acid Burns Fumes Flying Particles Sparks Intense Rays Molten Metal Glare Heat Molten Metal Flying Particles Chemical Splash Glass Breakage Flying Particles Heat Glare Sparks Flying Particles Sparks severe exposure add 10 Projectiles Glare Wind Dust B5 A 3 2 For severe exposure Add 10 11 In combination with 4 5 6 In tinted lenses advisable 7 8 9 For severe exposure add 10 1 3 5 6 For severe exposure add 10 2 10 when in combina tion with 5 6 1 3 5 6 For severe exposure add 10 10 in combina tion with 5 7 8 tinted lenses Lp By Ly 5y 6 Tinted lenses advisable for DoD approved
364. on of asbestos control requirements shall not be allowed to compromise the requirements for control of radioactive contamination in naval nuclear powered ships as contained in NAVSEA 0389 LP 028 8000 Radiological Controls for Shipyards Should conflicts be discovered submit a proposed resolution to COMNAVSEASYSCOM SEA 08 B1 C 4 OPNAVINST 5100 19E 30 May 2007 Appendix B1 D TRAINING REQUIREMENTS FOR SHIP S FORCE PROTOCOL Navy Citation Course Requirement Formality Resource Length Periodicity Personnel Title Training for of Training Required Training Traini Requirement ng All personnel B0104g Asbestos Mandatory Informal For ships On the job performing removal with no EAR training non friable procedures See NOTE asbestos detailed in work Appendix B1 B For ships with an EART See NOTE e Limited asbestos containing floor tile removal Asbestos containing gasket replacement Asbestos containing brake assembly maintenance Navy Citation Personnel Training Requirement All personnel Appendix performing B1 B preventive chapter maintenance B6 on brake assemblies OPNAVINST 5100 19E 30 May 2007 Course Requirement Formality Resource Length Periodicity Title Training for of Required Training Traini ng Respirator E Mandatory Informal RPM Prior to fit testing donning a selection and respirator maintenance and annually thereafter Detailed informa
365. on safety officers surface ship or submarine shall attend the applicable safety officer course if they have not completed the SWOS DH Course or Submarine Safety Officer Course If operations do not A5 2 OPNAVINST 5100 19E 30 May 2007 permit the prospective collateral duty safety officer to attend formal training prior to assuming the position he she shall attend formal training at the first opportunity and in the interim complete the Naval Safety Supervisor Course NAVEDTRA 14167 Safety officers and assistant safety officers should attend the Navy Ergonomics Program Course Additional training may be obtained via courses offered by the NAVOSHENVTRACEN conferences and workshops related to the elements required by the command s specific safety program b Within six months of being assigned all divisional safety petty officers aboard ship shall complete the Naval Safety Supervisor Course NAVEDTRA 14167 and Watch Station 301 of the safety programs afloat PQS NAVEDTRA 43460 4B In addition at least fifty percent of all divisional safety petty officers shall attend the Safety Programs Afloat SPA Course CIN A 493 2099 or the Aviation Safety Specialist Course CIN A 493 0065 taught by the NAVOSHENVTRACEN Divisional safety petty officers shall have a minimum of one year remaining before their projected rotation date PRD Completion of the Naval Safety Supervisor and the SPA courses satisfy part o
366. on some helicopters contain radioactive material under NRMPs issued to Naval Air Systems Command Squadrons possessing these devices must comply with the procedures outlined in the NRMP Contact NAVSEADET RASO to obtain a copy of the NRMP 3 Other Radioactive Material a Luminous markers clocks smoke detectors compasses depth gauges and electron tubes may contain small quantities of radioactive material The evaluation of such items shall consist of a simple inspection for physical damage Reports of damaged devices should be made to NAVSEADET RASO b Some aircraft and missile construction material contains magnesium thorium alloys Altering this material through cutting or grinding by ship crewmembers is prohibited Only commands specifically authorized by a NRMP may alter these materials per reference B9 1 Thorium containing welding rods are exempt from radioactive material permitting Note The small quantities low specific activity and physical form of radioactive materials used aboard ships usually make them non hazardous However breakage and spread of even small quantities of some radioactive materials can lead to internal contamination by ingestion inhalation or wound contamination in excess of allowable limits Therefore report all incidents of suspected or actual contamination through the cognizant medical department representative MDR per reference B9 10 and notify NAVSEADET RASO o
367. oooooo o C12 5 C1207 HAZARDS OF ELECTROMAGNETIC RADIATION OF ORDNANCE HERO a a Akin nantes a natn te forges co Ae io c12 6 CHAPTER G12 REFERENCES dpi a tiene il oe ee C12 6 CHAPTER C13 MACHINERY umi oS E E ee Oe Se aed c13 1 c1301 DISCUSS LO Neo ir O A eho i eet A Aa CL3 1 c1302 GENERAD PRECAUTIONS es sister pare aa sa c13 1 C1303 MAINTENANCE ga se Rt Sa to i she dd EM oh o tee Lt cata C13 4 xiii OPNAVINST 5100 19E 30 May 2007 TABLE OF CONTENTS VOLUME 11 SECTION C SURFACE SHIP SAFETY STANDARDS c1304 INDUSTRIAL EQUIBEMENT iiei iii a A id Ci3 4 CHAPTER C13 REFERENCES eas ares Cae Seas a ele eae C13 19 CHAPTER C14 ORDNANCE 2 ccc ee ee ee ee ee eens C14 1 C1401 BES ECU SOLON mudas a aa c14 1 c1402 GENERAL ORDNANCE PRECAUTIONS oooooooooo oo ooo c14 1 C1403 ORDNANCE HANDLING PRECAUTIONS oooooooooooooo C14 2 CHAPTER C14 REFERENCES deca thee eee ee C14 3 CHAPTER C15 MARINE SANITATION DEVICES SEWAGE SYSTEMS C15 1 C1501 DESCUSS ION 0 ste iis es E Boke NS WS hav OM dale 4 c15 1 C1502 SANITARY HYGIENIC AND SAFETY PROCEDURES ES Cl50 3 GAS FREE ENGINEERING FOR MSD SYSTEMS Cils 3 C1504 CONTROL OF TOXIC GAS HAZARDS IN SEWAGE MSD SUS DEMOS os a e E laren vate Ss C15 4 C1505 GRAYWATER COLLECTION TRANSFER SYSTEMS AND GRAYWATER HOLDING TITANES e is E a CLS 5 C1506 DISC
368. oordinator REC to determine specific local emissions reporting guidance a All ships shall implement at a minimum the protocol for ship s force paragraphs BO105a and B0107 A ship may be required to implement and maintain an additional protocol the protocol for emergency asbestos response team EART paragraphs BO105b and B0108 b Any ship whose keel was laid prior to 1980 will be considered to contain friable asbestos thermal systems insulation TSI and shall therefore maintain an EART Ships in this category shall implement and maintain both the ship s force B0107 and EART B0108 protocols c Any ship whose keel was laid during or after 1980 per reference B1 2 was prohibited from being constructed with TSI and by definition does not require an EART TSI repair work performed by facilities and contractors controlled by U S maritime regulations prevented asbestos TSI from being introduced onto the ship Those same regulations were not always enforceable for work conducted by non U S regulated repair facilities or contractors See Note below for details NOTE Any ship that has had TSI repair work performed in any non U S Navy regulated facility or contractor should be handled as if the ship contains asbestos TSI unless supporting documentation substantiated by laboratory analysis see B0104a 3 can document that ACM was not introduced onto the ship Any ship having any TS
369. ooties e Tape Duct tape shall be applied to wrists ankles and around the respirator and hood opening While other tapes may work duct tape is recommended due to its superior adhesive properties OPNAVINST 5100 19E 30 May 2007 3 Procedures a Obtain the commanding officer s permission to remove asbestos for emergency repair b Brief the EART c Secure or redirect ventilation as necessary d Cordon off the area around the asbestos lagging to be removed using rope or tape and appropriate signs e Suit up team in required PPE ensuring that all openings are taped shut NOTE Do not consume food or beverages chew gum or tobacco smoke or apply cosmetics during asbestos emergency repairs f Use an impermeable drop cloth polyethylene below the work area g Glove bag procedure 1 Place any tools encapsulant etc into glove bag before beginning securing operations 2 Attach glove bag to area being worked Be sure to securely close all seams on and around the glove bag with duct tape 3 The glove bag should be tested for leaks using smoke tubes Smoke tubes used in respiratory fit test procedures are ideal for this function If leaks are found secure with additional duct tape 4 Ensure HEPA vacuum and amended water sprayer are attached to appropriate points on the glove bag and taped to prevent leaks When using HEPA vacuum to obtain negative pressure in a glove bag it wil
370. or of some warning or alarm indicator lights 1 Commands shall provide laser system safety officer LSSO laser safety training through the completion of a course approved by ALA BUMED M342 and the Lead Navy Technical Laboratory at the Naval Surface Warfare Center Dahlgren Division There are four categories of LSSOs administrative B9 16 OPNAVINST 5100 19E 30 May 2007 laser safety officer ALSO technical laser safety officer TLSO laser safety specialist LSS and range laser safety specialist RLSS Re testing at the LSSO s highest certification level is required to maintain certification for all categories of LSSO every 4 years If the LSSO fails the re certification examination the LSSO will have to be re certified by attending the appropriate course Commanding officers should determine which category of LSSO is appropriate for their command considering their mission types of lasers being used and size of the laser safety program Laser safety training requirements at medical treatment facilities for the medical LSSO and designated medical personnel are contained in reference B9 16 j Laser range safety officers laser maintenance personnel and industrial laser supervisors shall complete a formal command laser safety training course as outlined in reference B9 15 Commands shall provide formal classroom training on the potential hazards associated with accidental exposure to laser rad
371. or placarding information copy data from spilled container only after exposure to spill is eliminateo b Overboard spills of reportable quantities of oil or HM shall be reported per reference B3 4 B3 A 2 OPNAVINST 5100 19E 30 May 2007 3 Initiation of Action Coordination and direction of spill response efforts at the scene of an oil or HM spill shall be accomplished by the ship s OOD CDO fire chief damage control party leader or senior person at the scene as appropriate who shall initiate the following actions a Evacuate all personnel from areas that may be exposed to the spilled material b Cordon off the affected area c Arrange first aid for injured personnel CAUTION Do not enter the contaminated area until the necessary protective clothing and equipment have been determined d Establish a command post and communications network e Prevent spills from entering other compartments by any means that do not involve personnel exposure to the spill such as closing drains ventilation ducts doors and hatches f Disperse gases or vapors to weather using blow out forced exhaust ventilation or by natural ventilation such as opening doors or hatches If atmosphere is suspected to be flammable or explosive only explosion proof fans shall be used for blow out ventilation g Eliminate any fire or explosion hazards such as electrical equipment incompatible materials and open flames
372. ordinator approve work center HM storage locations lockers in writing as applicable to support daily evolutions e Receive and review the HAZMINCEN delinquent containers report generated from HICSWIN Ensure action is taken to correct outstanding repeated delinquencies f Ensure supply and safety officers make monthly satellite locker inspections and quarterly storeroom inspections and are taking action to correct deficiencies g Ensure that HM needed for embarked units Marines airwing squadrons special forces etc is authorized for use on board ship and that there is an agreement in writing detailing responsibilities of ships company and the embarked unit The agreement shall address procurement storage reorder and offload Note Sufficient notice is required to allow the ship to order and receive the hazardous material for the embarked unit h Ensure HM brought on board by contractor and shipyard representatives is controlled and offloaded in accordance with contract requirements 1 Annually review the ship s training plan to ensure that HM awareness training is included 3 Ensure all supervisors department heads division officers and petty officers annually receive the HM awareness training Ensure supervisors provide HM awareness training to all hands B3 8 OPNAVINST 5100 19E 30 May 2007 3 Department Heads shall a Assist the executive officer in a semi annually
373. organic solvent handling Kelvar work gloves Neoprene PVC Rubber chemical handling Rubber latex Protective Fuel and Oxidizer Resistant Resin Modified Butyl Chipper Gauntlet Left Chipper Gauntlet Right Cotton Work Cloth leather palm Flight Deck Crew NSN 84 84 84 84 15 01 025 9958 70 01 455 3325 15 00 861 3527 70 01 455 3338 8470 01 455 3331 84 84 84 84 84 84 84 84 84 84 15 00 178 6830 15 00 178 6831 15 00 178 7013 15 00 178 6855 30 00 596 5396 30 01 032 2900 30 01 079 1252 30 00 624 2151 30 00 926 9966 30 00 611 8314 8430 00 624 2151 84 84 84 15 01 092 3910 15 00 753 6551 15 00 266 8673 8679 84 41110 01 397 7346 15 00 823 7456 through 6052 through 2909 MIL S 21894 series series series series ananasa through 6554 8675 8677 7457 7348 7349 8415 00 753 6551 through 6553 84 84 84 84 15 00 916 2817 15 00 753 6651 15 01 012 9294 15 00 577 4091 8415 00 559 1339 8415 00 268 8330 8415 00 268 8350 2818 through 6654 series series series ITEM 4 Safety Clothing Leather Welder Gauntlet Leather heavy Leather Gauntlet Linesman Cotton Knit Retardant Heat Protective Mitten Rubber Electrical Insulating Fire Butyl apron Plastic apron Rubber apron Boot covers butyl Boot covers disposable Coveralls toxicological Coveral
374. osure There is only one way to completely prevent the possibility of asbestos related illness and that is BT 3 OPNAVINST 5100 19E 30 May 2007 to eliminate asbestos from the work environment Since total removal is not possible the Navy has instituted a plan to control the use of asbestos and to replace any removed asbestos with a non asbestos substitute where technically acceptable substitutes have been identified e Asbestos is normally found aboard ship in insulation and lagging for high temperature machinery boilers and piping in Garlock type gasket material electrical wiring certain deck tiles and decorative paneling and some packing material For purposes of this afloat instruction ACM is characterized as one of two types 1 Friable Friable ACM is defined as material that can be crumbled pulverized or reduced to powder under hand pressure thereby releasing airborne fibers Friable ACM represents the most significant health hazard because airborne fibers can be released during normal work operations Typical examples are a Pipe lagging b Acoustical insulation c Sheet gasket material used in high temperature applications 2 Non friable This form of ACM when dry cannot be crumbled pulverized or reduced to powder by hand pressure The asbestos fibers in these materials cannot be readily released into the air under normal work conditions Some
375. ot use the meter 5 Turn the power switch to ON b When taking measurements the order in which the temperatures and WBGT Index are presented in paragraph 3a DB WB GT and WBGT Index is the order in which data must be collected to ensure optimum reliability This is the same order in which the meter will display data as the parameter selection switch is rotated clockwise from the DB position and is the order in which the individual sensors will stabilize most to least quickly As each value is obtained it shall be recorded to the nearest 0 1 degrees Fahrenheit on a heat stress monitoring sheet see paragraph B0204c 3 a for recording procedures As the meter is moved from one site to another the meter should be at each site for 5 minutes to allow for stabilization of the first reading DB in the series to be taken To determine when each sensor has stabilized the monitor should watch the 0 1 degrees Fahrenheit digit of the display When the 0 1 degrees Fahrenheit digit stops changing or when it oscillates between a larger or smaller value the sensor has stabilized and the value can be recorded If oscillating always record the higher of the two values c While taking readings hold the meter about chest high one foot away from the body If there is airflow at the reading location the meter should be positioned to allow the airflow to nter the left s
376. oved HM and corresponding units of issue authorized for use aboard ship are brought aboard ships B3 4 OPNAVINST 5100 19E 30 May 2007 to preclude stocking HM not needed aboard and to match allowed quantities with maintenance requirements 9 The Material Management Indicator MMI code on the SHML that identifies which HM the HAZMINCEN controls A SHML MMI code of A indicates the material is authorized for shipboard use A SHML MMI code of P indicates material is prohibited for shipboard use and should not be stored or used aboard ship A SHML MMI code of R indicates material having shipboard use restrictions A SHML MMI of Y indicates the HAZMINCEN shall store and centrally control the HM A SHML MMI of N indicates the HM is a low risk and does not require HAZMINCEN control 10 The Hazardous Inventory Control System for Windows HICSWIN is the principal software system used on Navy surface ships for implementing the Navy s consolidated hazardous material reutilization and inventory management program CHRIMP 11 The Submarine Hazardous Material Inventory and Management System SHIMS is a menu driven HM inventory and management tool for use aboard submarines to easily track identify storage location and determine which HM has been approved for procurement and use SHIMS allows submarines to be in full compliance with this instruction and applicable atmospheric control require
377. owing a List of personnel involved b Estimation of exposure s as related to the applicable MPE c Details of immediate and subsequent medical findings d Narrative account summary of exposure incident to include wavelength mode of operation s and energy power output e Details regarding safety procedures and equipment used f The command shall also include in the report to BUMED pertinent medical records retinal photographs and identification data for personnel who were exposed 9 If exposure incident results in a service member receiving medical treatment loses workdays or is placed on light or limited duty a mishap report must be submitted in accordance with reference B9 32 B9 26 B9 1 NAVSEA 50420 Program RASP Manu B9 2 OPNAVINST 64 B9 3 OPNAVINST 64 B9 4 NAVSEA 389 0 NOTAL B9 5 ANSI C95 6 B9 6 kHz to B9 7 Exposur B9 8 Use of B9 9 ANSI C95 1 OPNAVINST 5100 19E 30 May 2007 CHAPTER B9 REFERENCES AA RAD 010 Radiological Affairs Support al NOTAL 70 2A 70 3 288 Radiological Controls for Shipyards IEEE Standard for Safety Levels with Respect to Human Exposure to Electromagnetic Fields IEEE Standard for Safet O to 3 kHz NOTAL ty Levels with Respect to Human Exposure to Radio Frequency Elec 300 GHz NOTAL DoD Instruction 6055 11 e to Radiofrequency Radiation
378. p and crew Depending on the type of spill some or all of the following procedures may be employed a Fight fire if any being careful to use fire fighting methods compatible with the material involved Firefighting procedures are provided in reference B3 17 B3 A 4 OPNAVINST 5100 19E 30 May 2007 b Shut off or otherwise stem the spill at its source whenever feasible by 1 Replacing leaking containers 2 Plugging leaks in tanks 3 Emptying tank of remaining contents 4 Encapsulating a leaking container into a larger liquid tight container 5 Segregating leaking containers c Predict spill movement and take further action to prevent the spill from possibly entering other compartments by closing scuppers drains ventilation ducts doors or hatches d Contain liquid material using barriers such as sand sorbents or other equipment suitable to dam the flow 6 Dispersion of Gas Vapor If a flammable gas or vapor is released as a result of the spill the gas vapor shall be dispersed or diluted as soon as possible The gas vapor shall not be allowed to enter other compartments In some cases the explosive atmosphere shall be contained and diluted to lower its concentration below the lower explosive limit LEL Have the gas fre ngineer check the spill area for LEL and toxicity The atmosphere can then be dispersed by one of the following methods a Normal exhaus
379. p s low pressure air prohibited from use as breathing air unless specifically tested and certified to meet the purity standards in paragraph B0611 a paragraph BO611 b Are air intakes for portable pumps such as the AABA placed in an area free of contaminants paragraph BO611 c Are fixed air compressor systems equipped with high temperature cut off switches which shut down the compressor at a temperature below which the lubricating oil breaks down i e thermal degradation point and do these compressors meet quarterly requirements for Grade D breathing air paragraph B0611 e New and or upgraded fixed breathing air compressor systems equipped with high temperature cut off switches paragraph BO611 e New and or upgraded portable breathing air compressor systems equipped or operated with carbon monoxide monitor and alarm systems during SCBA air cylinder charging operations paragraph B0611 e Are monitor and alarm systems on compressors used for supplying breathing air calibrated according to the manufacturer s instructions paragraph B0611 e Are respirator wearers trained initially and annually per paragraph B0612 B6 A 4 OPNAVINST 5100 19E 30 May 2007 Appendix B6 B TYPES OF RESPIRATORS Half mask OPNAVINST 5100 19E 30 May 2007 Appendix B6 C Qualitative Respirator Fit Tes
380. paragraph B0102c NOTE 3 Ships requiring the EART shall comply with all of the general requirements of this chapter paragraphs B0101 through BO106 the requirements of the protocol for ship s force section B0107 and the specific requirements of this protocol paragraphs B0108b through BO108 f 4 The EART may perform a All work described in the protocol for ship s force per paragraph B0107 b Asbestos repair or removal limited to small scale short duration repair or maintenance actions Small scale short duration actions are such tasks as minor repairs of asbestos containing insulation on pipes The definition of a minor repair includes removal and reinstallation of less than thr linear feet of pipe insulation or less than one square foot ft of insulation on surfaces other than pipe an amount that can be done within a glove bag The standard operating procedure for this action is found in appendix B1 C and reference Bl1 1 b Emergency Asbestos Response Team EART Responsibilities 1 The safety officer shall a Inspect each repair operation involving friable asbestos B1 13 OPNAVINST 5100 19E 30 May 2007 b Ensure that the ship has the required equipment to accomplish work per this protocol as defined in reference B1 1 and appendix B1 H c When asbestos removal or repair operations are completed approve access to work are
381. passes around the perimeter of the mask moving to within six inches of the respirator 4 If the person being tested has not had an involuntary response and or detected the irritant smoke proceed with the test exercises 5 The exercises identified in paragraph 1 14 of this appendix shall be performed by the test subject while the respirator seal is being continually challenged by the smoke directed around the perimeter of the respirator at a distance of six inches 6 If the person being fit tested reports detecting the irritant smoke at any time the test is failed The person being retested must repeat the entire sensitivity check and fit test procedure 7 Each test subject passing the irritant smoke test without evidence of a response involuntary cough irritation shall be given a second sensitivity screening check with the smoke from the same smoke tube used during the fit test once the respirator has been removed to determine whether he she still reacts to the smoke Failure to evoke a response shall void the fit test 8 If a response is produced during this second sensitivity check then the fit test is passed B6 C 16 OPNAVINST 5100 19E 30 May 2007 CHAPTER B7 ELECTRICAL SAFETY B0701 DISCUSSION E This chapter provides guidance to assist in the identification of electrical hazards and to prevent mishaps that
382. pecially in areas such as the Arabian Gulf It is available in the stock system under NSN 90 8465 01 396 9855 2 Eat three well balanced meals daily 3 Get adequate rest At least six hours of continuous sleep per 24 hours is recommended 4 Except where fire retardant or fire fighting clothing is required wear clean clothing composed of at least 35 percent cotton more natural fiber content allows more ffective evaporation of water from clothing 5 Do not take salt tablets B2 17 OPNAVINST 5100 19E 30 May 2007 6 Limit intake of caffeinated drinks 7 The fleet has used several cooling vests in the stock system in a limited capacity Initial research on one of these vests shows that if properly used in a heat stress environment it can reduce thermal strain However when using cooling vests personnel shall adhere to PHEL stay times as described in this chapter until revised PHEL curves are established for the cooling vest NOTE The use of using cooling vests that contain paraffin based phase change material is not recommended This material is flammable and may release toxic vapors when burning The MSDS information should be reviewed prior to using any of these products This material must be stored per the requirements for flammable material in chapter C23 f Reports and Forms 1 Personnel exposed to excessive heat stress may require t
383. ped and implemented a spill contingency plan SCP using the Navy s shipboard oil and hazardous substance OHS spill contingency plan guide per reference B3 4 and B3 13 BO304a 1 B3 C 10 OPNAVINST 5100 19E 30 May 2007 Yes No hs Has the damage control assistant DCA trained and supervised ship s damage control teams and fire department if used aboard in combating spills of HM and oil B0304a 1 LL Has the damage control assistant DCA provided training to divisions regarding reporting initial handling and cleanup of HM and oil spills as requested BO304a 1 13 Has the damage control assistant DCA maintained the hazardous material spill response kit AEL 2 550024007 and the oil spill response kit AEL 2 550024006 BO304a 1 74 Has the damage control assistant DCA ensured that HM and oil spills are handled per appendices B3 A and B3 B B030 a 1 75 Has the damage control assistant DCA inspected OHS spill kits monthly and replenished material as required B0304a 1 10s Has the damage control assistant DCA maintained the OTTO fuel spill kit AEL A006350027 to respond to OTTO fuel Spills BO304a 1 B3 C 11 OPNAVINST 5100 19E 30 May 2007 Appendix B3 D HAZARDOUS MATERIAL CONTROL AND MANAGEMENT HMC amp M CHECKLIST SUBMARINE PROGRAM Yes
384. periods have been reestablished NOTE The department head may elect to have more than one stay time rotation in a workspace if permitted by PHEL This would allow the majority of personnel to take advantage of a longer stay time instead of limiting all personnel to the most restrictive stay time If more than one watch time rotation is implemented for a space it shall be indicated on the heat stress survey sheet B2 15 OPNAVINST 5100 19E 30 May 2007 For example A steam powered ship in the Indian Ocean has obtained the following readings from an auxiliary space during the latest heat stress survey conducted at 1400 Top Watch WBGT 92 PHEL II Stay time 4 10 Evap Watch WBGT 93 PHEL II Stay time 3 50 Air Comp Watch WBGT 92 PHEL II Stay time 4 10 SSTG Watch WBGT 92 PHEL II Stay time 4 10 Messenger WBGT 92 PHEL III Stay time 3 30 The engineering officer assigns a 3 X 6 watch three hours watch in the space and six hours outside the space for the evap watch and the messenger The engineer officer assigns everyone else in the space to a 4 X 8 watch four hours watch in the space and eight hours outside the space The time outside the space must be in a cooler environment c ECC A heat stress survey to restore the normal watch is not required at the end of the ECC
385. plings shall be incompatible with outlet couplings for other gas systems to prevent inadvertent servicing with non respirable gases or oxygen B6 12 OPNAVINST 5100 19E 30 May 2007 d Environmental Temperature Operating Ranges Atmosphere supplying respirators have specific temperature ranges for which they are approved Consult the manufacturer s specifications before use in extreme temperatures e Maximum Use Concentrations The maximum use concentration MUC for a class of respirators determines the maximum level of protection that a class of respirators can provide against a contaminant The MUC is calculated by multiplying the APF by the OEL However if the IDLH concentration is lower than the MUC then the IDLH concentration takes precedence over the calculated MUC f Hazard Ratio Another useful calculation in respirator selection is the hazard ratio which indicates the minimum APF required Hazard ratio is calculated by dividing the exposure concentration by the OEL B0607 USE OF RESPIRATORS a Prior to using a respirator to perform work that requires respiratory protection the following requirements shall be met 1 The user shall pass a fit test with each type of respirator to be used per paragraph B0608 2 The user shall be trained per paragraph B0612 3 Wearing contact lenses in contaminated atmospheres with respiratory protection is permitted
386. ploaded to the defense occupational health readiness system hearing conservation DOEHRS HC data repository and retained in the member s health record Baseline and reference audiograms which have been superseded as a result of the follow up process shall be retained in the individual s health record along with relevant evaluation disposition and referral notations b Activities that do not use DOHRS HC should contact the Navy Environmental Health and Training Center NAVENVIRHLTHCEN for guidance in including test data in the hearing conservation database c The MDR shall maintain a current roster of personnel who routinely work in designated noise hazardous areas and shall update this roster semi annually The MDR shall maintain a tickler file for scheduling annual audiometric examinations of these personnel The MDR shall update the tickler file monthly with the results of the audiometric exams d Accordance to the reporting requirements of reference B4 1 an entry into the web enabled safety system WESS must be made for any work related STS in hearing This pertains to a STS averaging 10 dB or more at 2000 3000 and 4000 Hz in one or both ears and the person s total hearing level is 25 decibels or more above audiometric zero in the same ears averaged at 2000 3000 4000 Hz Names are not to be added if an audiologist otologist or occupational medicine physician confirms the s
387. ppendix B2 E 2 For Engineering Spaces on Steam Powered Ships and for Laundries Sculleries Galleys Steam Catapult Spaces Arresting Gear Spaces NOTE Follow on surveys where WB and DB temperatures are NOT monitored and recorded each hour See Appendix B2 E 3 For Engineering Spaces on Steam Powered Ships and for Laundries Sculleries Galleys Steam Catapult Spaces Arresting Gear Spaces NOTE Follow on surveys where WB and DB temperatures are monitored and recorded each hour OPNAVINST 5100 19E 30 May 2007 Appendix B2 E TIME WEIGHTED MEAN TWM WBGT VALUES Time Weighted Mean TWM WBGT Values The TWM WBGT is intended for use in especially hot environments where reduced stay times have been imposed on watchstanders The TWM WBGT is an optional provision for use if an air conditioned booth or cooler space is available for personnel to spend time in the cooler climate and afford some relief from the heat in the space When the TWM is used it changes the WBGT value for that individual and increases the length of time spent at watch station Ships that have this ability may properly calculate the new WBGT value using the following equation Time booth WBGT WATCH STATION WBGT desired x 60 WBGT watch station WBGT booth J For example Engineering spaces on a steam powered ship in the Indian Ocean are on a four hour watch rotation The temperature on a hanging DB
388. proved locker or the HAZMINCEN upon completion of use or no later than the end of the workday b Properly use and handle HM in accordance with the applicable MSDS and reference B3 8 c Collect and segregate any residue resulting from use of HM issued from the HAZMINCEN for turn in to the supply department HAZMINCEN d Report any spills of HM to the officer of the deck and or damage control central central control station e Annually complete HM awareness training b HMC amp M Program Elements The following elements are essential for effective surface ship HMC amp M The requirements associated with these elements are described in C23 1 Centralized inventory management tracking B3 16 OPNAVINST 5100 19E 30 May 2007 2 Requisitioning and receiving authorized HM 3 HM container labeling 4 Storage of HM 5 Controlling HM issue re issue return 6 HM container compatibility 7 Consolidation offload disposal of used or excess 8 HM use and handling requirements 9 Training see paragraph c below c HM Training 1 The HM coordinator shall normally receive en route training at the Navy Supply Corps School s basic and department head courses HM coordinators who are not supply corps officers shall attend the afloat HM Coordinator Course A 8B 0008 taught by the Naval Occupational Safety and Health and Environmental Training Center NAVOSHENVTRACEN The course shall be co
389. r deluge shower facilities A list of eye hazardous areas and processes and eye wash or deluge shower requirements is provided in the baseline industrial hygiene survey and shall be updated as needed 3 Evaluate the program at least annually A checklist for program evaluation is provided in appendix B5 B Ex Division officers shall 1 Ensure that areas identified as eye hazardous are properly marked and labeled per paragraph B0504 2 Ensure personnel use proper eye protective devices when required 3 Ensure that personnel who work in eye hazard areas or operations are trained on the need for and proper use of protective eyewear and on the location and use of eyewash and deluge shower facilities 4 Refer personnel who wear correctiv yewear and work in eye hazard areas to obtain prescriptive safety eyewear via the medical department d The medical department representative MDR shall provide personnel who require corrective lenses and work in eye hazard areas with prescription eyewear Safety eyewear must have permanent side shields that meet the ANSI test requirements for that specific frame These side shields are not to be removed by employees NOTE Ballistic eye protection spectacles systems have built in side impact protection that is part of the primary protector shield B5 2 OPNAVINST 5100 19E 30 May 2007 e All hands shall 1 Comply with pos
390. r equivalent CPR instructor on board At least 50 of all electrical electronics associated ratings shall be certified in basic life support Cc Personnel who man the portable electrical tool issue room shall complete the Electrical Tool Issue Room Watchstation 302 in the Safety Programs Afloat Personal Qualifications Standard PQS NAVEDTRA 43460 4A d The electrical safety officer shall complete Watchstation 304 of the safety programs afloat POS within 16 weeks of assignment CHAPTER B7 REFERENCES B7 1 Naval Ships Technical Manual NSTM chapters 300 302 310 313 320 330 and 400 B7 2 OPNAVINST 3500 39B B7 3 NAVSEA S0400 AD URM 010 TUM Rev 01 Tag out User s Manual NOTAL B7 6 OPNAVINST 5100 19E 30 May 2007 CHAPTER B8 GAS FREE ENGINEERING B0801 DISCUSSION a No routine hazard with the exception of ordnance is as dangerous as the presence of potentially lethal atmospheres in ship s spaces In many instances potentially harmful gases or vapors are present in such a low concentration parts per million ppm that no adverse conditions are created By design a ship has many confined spaces especially tanks and voids in which a multitude of both toxic and non toxic gas or vapor creating substances and operations are used in the normal operation of the ship Hazardous atmospheres may be created that can explode or cause asphyxiation Compounding the p
391. r for ceremonial purposes B1203b 12 Are deck personnel provided with leather gloves to protect against hand injury when handling sharp objects wire rope or banding material B1203c 1 LB When working with caustic or toxic materials are personnel provided with gloves suitable for handling the material B1203c 3 14 Are insulated gloves non asbestos available for personnel doing hot work B1203c 4 VO Is synthetic clothing such as certified Navy twill prohibited in ship s fire rooms main machinery spaces and hot work areas B1203d 16 Are fire retardant coveralls provided to engineering personnel who stand watch or work in fire rooms or main machinery spaces C1302a 6 17 Are personnel working aloft or over the side provided with a safety harness and safety lanyard B1203e 18 Are wire rope lanyards used instead of nylon when doing hot work either aloft or over the side B1203e 1 B12 B 2 OPNAVINST 5100 19E 30 May 2007 T9 Are safety harnesses D rings and safety lanyards inspected in accordance with planned maintenance prior to each use B1203e 2 20 Are safety lanyards prohibited from being used for any other purpose than personal fall protection B1203e 4 Ze Do personnel other than air crew members and flight deck personnel who are required to wear life preservers in open sea operations wear the life pres
392. r must be discarded 2 Vapor or Gas Air purifying Respirator When using a vapor or gas air purifying respirator if the user notices any of the warning properties e g odor taste eye irritation with a full facepiece respirator or respiratory irritation he she should promptly leave the area and replace the cartridge or canister before returning 3 Service Life of Air purifying Respirator Filters Canisters and Cartridges Filters canisters and cartridges for air purifying respirators are intended to be used until filter resistance precludes further use or the chemical sorbent is expended as signaled by the detection of a specific warning property e g odor taste and or irritation a Change end of service life indicator cartridges and canisters when indicated by the appropriate color change End of service life ESLI indicator cartridges and canisters that are located on the front of the cartridges must be worn belt mounted or chest mounted respectively so that the ESLI indicator can be seen More recently developed ESLIs are located on the upper edges of cartridges so that they are visible to the respirator wearer while cartridges are worn on the facepiece B6 14 OPNAVINST 5100 19E 30 May 2007 b Air purifying cartridges shall be replaced whenever the user can detect contaminant warning properties such as odor taste or irritation C
393. r prior to a change of command h Review the submarine material control log weekly in port and monthly underway 1 Obtain commanding officer s written authorization prior to open purchasing any HM 5 The Medical Department Representative shall a Assist work center supervisors in training personnel regarding health information and personal protective equipment requirements for the HM they are using b Provide medical assistance in the event of a HM spill or mishap involving HM Use MSDS information in SHIMS provided by the supply officer 6 Division Officers shall a Ensure when HM is transferred into other containers the new containers are properly marked with the information specified in paragraph D1502d b Ensure approved personal protective clothing and equipment are available for HM operations or incidents and personnel are trained in their proper use and maintenance c Ensure personnel are made available to receive required HM training as detailed in section BO303c d Mark any PCB containing electrical or electronic components per section D1506 e 7 The Damage Control Assistant shall coordinate HM spill response drills with the HAZMINCEN division as necessary See section B0304 8 Repair Parts Petty Officers shall ensure before HM is ordered that a valid requirement specifically required by a maintenance procedure or other shipboard operation exists Standard
394. r weapons medical uses or other employment of radiation The procedures and limits in this manual are applicable to shipyards Fleet Maintenance Activities FMAs and naval reactors prototype sites TW120 AA PRO 010 Nuclear Weapons Radiological Controls Program NAVSEA NAVSEA This manual establishes the requirements for the Navy s nuclear weapons radiological controls program This program is concerned with radiation exposure received during stowage maintenance or handling of nuclear weapons and is not involved with radiation exposure from weapon detonation fallout naval nuclear propulsion plants industrial or medical sources The requirements of this manual apply to each ship station or facility that stows maintains or handles nuclear weapons 9213 33 MMA 000 V Radiological Controls for Ships This manual provides the radiological safety standards procedures and requirements for nuclear powered ships and in hull propulsion plant operations and routine maintenance at naval reactor prototypes S0420 AA RAD 010 Radiological Affairs Support Program RASP Manual The RASP applies to all sources of ionizing radiation with the Navy and Marine Corps except nuclear propulsion nuclear weapons and medical dental sources Ships and shore stations shall comply with the standards and procedures of this manual and maintain effective radiation protection programs for any operation involvi
395. rags as ACM r Pick up drop cloth and dispose of as ACM s Remove rubber booties and decontaminate with wet rags Dispose of rags as ACM t Remove the coveralls and dispose of as ACM It is recommended that the arms be turned inside out then roll the B1 C 3 OPNAVINST 5100 19E 30 May 2007 suit down the body and pull the legs inside out This keeps contamination on the suit and away from the body u Remove gloves by turning them inside out and dispose of as ACM v Remove respirator and decontaminate using warm soapy water w Personnel shall shower upon completion of asbestos removal action and before eating and drinking chewing gum or applying cosmetics 4 Disposal Dispose of glove bag PPE any scrap materials all rags and drop cloths as ACM Once ACM is collected place in an impermeable bag and thoroughly wet all wastes Tape off the bag and place in a second approved and appropriately labeled bag double bag Seal up the second bag with tape and place in asbestos waste barrel container for offload Seal all bags with a J or goose neck seal 5 Medical Surveillance Medical surveillance is required for the EART 6 Training Personnel designated to be on the EART shall be trained through the two day Emergency Asbestos Response Team A 760 2166 offered through the Naval Occupational Safety and Health and Environmental Training Center NAVOSHENVTRACEN 7 Conflicts Applicati
396. rained on duties and responsibilities prior to assuming these duties Ensure at least the number of persons specified in the ships manning document are assigned to operation the HAZMINCEN o Maintain HICSWIN p Manage embarked unit Marines airwing squadrons special forces etc HM in accordance with the following 1 Ensure embarked units do not bring onboard prohibited HM Embarked unit HM shall be screened against the ships T SHML to ensure it is authorized for use onboard ship Embarked units shall provide a valid requirement for material needed onboard ship i e maintenance procedure technical manual etc 2 Ensure embarked units submit requirements for hazardous material to the ship prior to embarking Sufficient notice shall be given to allow the ship to order and receive the hazardous material 3 Ensure that the embarked unit only brings unique hazardous material on board that is authorized by the ship In this case ensure th mbarked unit takes responsibility for the offload of the material upon departure of the embarked unit or aircraft B3 12 OPNAVINST 5100 19E 30 May 2007 q Ensure HAZMINCEN is equipped with an oil and hazardous substance OHS spill kit Ensure DCA is aware of his responsibility to maintain and replenish spill kit material See B0304 r Ensure HAZMINCEN pollution prevention afloat P2A equipment is operational and being used safely in accorda
397. rd Assessment Determining the type of contaminant and its concentration is the most important consideration in the selection of respirators This determination shall be provided as part of the most current industrial hygiene survey or by an industrial hygienist upon request The industrial hygiene survey report shall identify and evaluate the respiratory hazard s in the workplace this evaluation shall include a reasonable estimate of personnel exposures to respiratory hazard s Where the individual s exposure to respiratory hazard s cannot be identified or reasonably estimated by the industrial hygienist the atmosphere shall be considered Immediately Dangerous to Life or Health IDLH The following are some chemical physical and toxicological properties that should be considered in the selection of a respirator 1 Warning properties of the contaminant gas or vapor e g smell taste eye irritation or respiratory irritation Some contaminants lack sufficient warning properties to alert the wearer of respirator failure Vapor and gas removing respirators are not approved for these contaminants which include carbon monoxide hydrogen cyanide isocyanates and methyl alcohol 2 Whether the contaminant is absorbed through the Skin 3 Whether any of the contaminants are immediately dangerous to life or health IDLH or whether injurious effects would be produced after pro
398. red by their work Safety shoes should be periodically examined for worn soles and heels that would reduce the non skid features of the shoe Safety shoes shall be replaced when the upper leather is worn or develops cracks exposing the toe protection or the foot When safety shoes exhibit wear such that safety protection is no longer afforded the command shall provide standard stock safety shoes as organizational clothing Similar to coveralls or foul weather gear 3 Special safety shoes a Semi conductive safety shoes are used to dissipate static electricity b Safety shoes with special electrical hazard soles are used to guard against shock hazards when performing electrical work and shall be provided to EMs ETs and personnel working around high voltage B12 3 OPNAVINST 5100 19E 30 May 2007 c Safety shoes or boots with rubber or synthetic material are used for protection against acids caustics and other liquid chemical hazards They may or may not have toe protection d Molders boots slip on with toe protec provided to welders to provide easy removal in case hot drops in or on the boot ion should be slag or metal ct ct 4 Protective shoes shall be stowed in a dry atmosphere Where practical they shall be stowed upright allowing the insides to dry out c Hand Protection Hand hazards include handling sharp objects working with chemicals or electric
399. remove the respirator The test subject the odor sensitivity test paragraph II a shall repeat select and put t on another respirator return to the test area and again begin the fit test procedure described in paragraphs II b 1 through 7 above The process continues until a respirator that fits well has been found Should the odor sensitivity test be failed the subject shall wait at least five minutes before ret returned by this time testing Odor sensitivity will usually have i If the subject passes the test the efficiency of the test procedure shall be demonstrated by having the subject break the respirator face seal and take a breath before exiting the chamber j When the test subject leaves the chamber the subject shall remove the sa turated towel and return it to the person B6 C 7 OPNAVINST 5100 19E 30 May 2007 conducting the test so that there is no significant IAA concentration buildup in the chamber during subsequent tests The used towels shall be kept in a self sealing plastic bag to keep the test area from being contaminated 4 Saccharin Solution A rosol Protocol The entire screening and testing procedure shall be explained to the test subject prior to the conduct of the screening test a Taste threshold screening The saccharin taste threshold screening perform
400. res tos work area is still secur properly posted ed and area ar E Use j ools to thi j j ect cable ways to the extent possible without aled in leak tight containers that are labeled with proper warning label paragr B0104b 3 b All asbestos waste is properly se aph that was All asbestos containing material to have been removed has been removed Surfaces exposed by the asbestos operation are free of all visible taminants rust and scale I d scale are present and can not removed they must be encapsulated inspection requires that the expo removal rust be This sed surface be disturbed to see if there is any residue This may be accompl with a screwdriver scratch awl pointed device IMA protocol only The project i considered complete if samples co are no greater than 0 01 f cc or background whichever is greater measured prior to starting the no emergency asbestos abatement but greater than 0 1 f cc I certify that the inspection is satisf area may be released from asbestos con access ished or other S llected as n never He actory and the regulated trols for unrestricted Signature Date Time Signature Authority EART protocol Safety officer signatu re required Ship s force protocol Department head or division officer B1 F 2 OPNAVINST 5100 19E 30 May 2007
401. res paragraph B0610 a 2 During entry into IDLH atmospheres is at least one trained standby person with a suitable respirator per paragraph B0610a present in the nearest uncontaminated area If the standby person enters the IDLH atmosphere is there a second standby person with a suitable respirator in the uncontaminated area paragraph B0610 b During entry into IDLH atmospheres is the standby person and those persons working in the IDLH atmosphere able to communicate continuously with each other i e visually by telephone or radio or signal line paragraph BO610 c Are personnel entering into IDLH atmospheres also equipped with safety harnesses and lines that can be used to rescue them should they lose consciousness paragraph B0610 d Is a hoist present for removing personnel from the IDLH atmosphere paragraph B0610 d B6 A 3 OPNAVINST 5100 19E 30 May 2007 Program Element Yes No N A Is entry into tanks voids compartments and other confined spaces prohibited until tests of the atmosphere are completed by a qualified gas free engineer and entry by personnel is authorized by competent authority paragraph B0610 qd Are breathing air sources tested guarterly to nsure they meet Grade D air quality requirements of paragraph B0611 paragraphs B0602 b 8 and BO611 d Is shi
402. res Such activities are primarily the responsibility of the appropriate Systems Command SYSCOM with design input from TYCOMs and others life cycle engineering manager LCEM ship program manager SPM fleets Since up front activities like these are beyond ship s force only those actions which can be taken at the shipboard level to prevent or eliminate hazards will be addressed in this chapter a Preventive Maintenance Some hazards arise as the result of an inadequate preventive maintenance program An effective shipboard preventive maintenance program can keep equipment and material from degrading to the point where it becomes an operational hazard b Operating Procedures Standard operating procedures SOPs instructions or similar directives that are issued to identify the manner in which work is to be performed can prevent hazards from occurring Obvious examples include tank cleaning foul weather operations and asbestos removal Personnel must be familiar with the appropriate SOPs and current updates applicable to their duties OPNAVINST 5100 19E 30 May 2007 c Operational Risk Management ORM ORM is the process of identifying assessing and controlling risks The systematic ORM process discussed in reference A4 1 is applicable to all missions and environments and shall be used in the shipboard environment to identify hazards and mitigate risk ORM shall be
403. reshold is noted as 30 regardless of the number of squeezes actually completed 10 The test conductor will take note of the number of squeezes required to solicit a taste response 11 If the saccharin is not tasted after 30 squeezes step 10 the test subject is unable to taste saccharin and may not perform the saccharin fit test 12 If a taste response is elicited the test subject shall be asked to take note of the taste for reference in the fit test 13 Correct use of the nebulizer means that approximately one ml of liquid is used at a time in the nebulizer body B6 C 9 OPNAVINST 5100 19E 30 May 2007 14 The nebulizer shall be thoroughly rinsed in water shaken dry and refilled at least each morning and afternoon or at least every four hours b Saccharin solution aerosol fit test procedure 1 The test subject may not eat drink except plain water smoke or chew gum for 15 minutes before the test 2 The fit test uses the sam nclosure described in TIIb 1 above 3 The test subject shall don the enclosure while wearing the respirator selected in paragraph I of this appendix The respirator shall be properly adjusted and equipped with a particulate filter s 4 A second DeVilbiss Model 40 Inhalation Medication Nebulizer or equivalent is used to spray the fit test solution into the enclosure This nebulizer shall be clearly mar
404. revent damage to or loss of respirators and report any malfunction of the respirator to their immediate supervisor paragraph B0602 f Are there written standard operating procedures SOPs governing the selection care issue and use of respirators including worksite SOPs paragraph B0603 c Are only NIOSH approved respirators selected and issued paragraph B0603 d Are only hoses supplied by the respirator manufacturer as part of the complete supplied air assemblage used paragraph B0606 c B6 A 2 OPNAVINST 5100 19E 30 May 2007 Program Element Yes No N A Are air line couplings incompatible with outlet couplings for other gas systems to prevent inadvertent servicing with non respirable gases or oxygen paragraph B0606 c ct ct Are tight fitting respirators not allowed to be worn when conditions such as facial hair facial scars or prescription eyeglasses prevent a good respirator seal paragraph BO607 a 4 Are particulate filters changed or filtering facepiece respirators discarded when breathing resistance is first noticed paragraph B0607 c 1 Are emergency use respirators inspected after each use and at least monthly and are inspection records maintained for the life of the respirator paragraph B0609 a Are only SCBA or combination airline SCBA allowed for entry into IDLH atmosphe
405. rkplace protection factor study or equivalent testing Absent such testing all other PAPRs and SARs with helmets hoods are to be treated as loose fitting facepiece respirators and receive an APF of 25 For further guidance s reference B6 5 These APFs do not apply to respirators used solely for escape For escape respirators used in association with specific substances covered by 29 CFR 1910 subpart Z RPMs must refer to the appropriate substance specific standards in that subpart Escape respirators for other IDLH atmospheres are specified by 29 CFR 1910 134 d 2 ii b Oxygen deficient Atmospheres All air purifying respirators require that sufficient oxygen be present in the atmosphere where they will be used Sufficient oxygen is defined as at least 19 5 oxygen for use at essentially sea level c Hose Length Configuration and Air Pressure Requirements for Air line Respirators The approval specifies the maximum length of air supply hose that may be used with each respirator and this is a function of the pressure of the supplied air NOTE The allowed hose length for supplied air respirators is specified on the NIOSH approval certificate but in no case shall the length exceed 300 feet maximum Supplied air respirators shall be operated at the conditions of pressure and hose length specified in the approval Only those hoses supplied by the respirator manufacturer shall be used Air line cou
406. rmal watch work required unless the than five degrees Fahrenheit from the hanging dry bulb temperature in the previous ulted in a PHEL stay d watch or workstation ted to reflect the new A follow on survey is eases by five degrees emperature in the erature drops below the to a normal watch work cted to ensure conditions allowing a return to normal watch work periods have been reestablished b Two options are provi surveys for engineering spaces on non nu ships and for laundries sculleries gal spaces and arresting gear spaces 1 Follow on surveys temperatures are not monitored and recor on surveys shall be conducted prior to t ded for follow on clear steam powered leys steam catapult where WB and DB ded each hour Follow he end if the current manned watch or work period as indicated in the previous survey Follow on surveys shall continue to be c period until the conditions specified in longer exist 2 Follow on surveys temperatures are monitored and recorded workstations B2 14 onducted each watch work paragraph B0204c 4 no where WB and DB each hour at manned OPNAVINST 5100 19E 30 May 2007 a If the WBGT survey resulted in a PHEL stay time greater than the duration of the normal watch or work period a change from the normal watch work time is not required Follow on surveys are not required unless the DB temperature increases by five degrees Fahrenheit or more a
407. roblem is that many gases or vapors are not detected by the human ability of smell and personnel attempting to save a fallen shipmate may themselves be overcome and killed by undetected vapors It is for these reasons that every confined space shall be considered hazardous and entry into or work in or on such spaces is prohibited until the space has been gas free tested by qualified gas free engineering personnel This is known as gas free engineering GFE b Consult reference B8 1 for further details concerning specific procedures and related safety precautions during shipboard gas free evolutions Reference B8 1 contains a program checklist which shall be used for annual program evaluation c For maintenance periods pier side references B8 2 and B8 3 contain additional procedures and related safety precautions for conducting gas free operations B0802 PRECAUTIONS a All hands shall 1 Notify work center supervisor prior to entering any unventilated non occupied space designated to store hazardous or toxic materials or any sealed space verify that such a space was gas free tested and certified safe for entry and or work by the appropriate gas free engineering personnel OPNAVINST 5100 19E 30 May 2007 prior to entry and comply with the requirements of the gas free engineering certificates posted outside the space 2 Notify the work center supervisor b
408. rse A 4J 0020 or the Submarine Safety Officer course F 4J 0020 as appropriate prior to or within six months of assignment NOTE On ships where an industrial hygiene officer IHO is the assistant safety officer the IHO shall complete the Afloat Safety Officer Course A 4J 0020 prior to or within six months of assignment On ships where the safety officer has attended and successfully completed the department head course at Surface Warfare Officer School Command completion of the Afloat Safety Officer Course is not required as the Department Head Course contains the A 4J 0020 curriculum and is considered its equivalent 14 Ensure timely processing and follow up on safety hazard reports submitted by crew members A2 8 OPNAVINST 5100 19E 30 May 2007 15 Coordinate with the command s traffic safety coordinator and recreation and off duty safety RODS coordinator to include these programs in the overall SOH program 16 On ships where the assigned safety officer or assistant safety officer is an industrial hygiene officer IHO a Maintain and ensure calibration of all industrial hygiene equipment b Participate in and demonstrate proficiency in asbestos laboratory quality assurance programs as required by the TYCOM c Ensure that exposure monitoring for the command is performed and provide technical assistance on request to tended units and other afloat units 17 Esta
409. s If any system sticker the DANGER RED precedence over all b Reference Bl tag when present shall other 9 7 is tags or stickers tag out procedures conducted by ship s crew portion of a system component equipment or instrument has more than one type of tag or take the primary technical reference for all Es A tag out program checklist is provided in appendix B11 A CHAPTER B11 REFERENCES B11 1 NAVSEA S0400 AD URM 010 TUM Tag Out User s Manual NOTAL OPNAVINST 5100 19E 30 May 2007 Appendix B11 A TAG OUT PROGRAM CHECKLIST Indicate by an X the answer to each of the questions below If a question is not applicable to the command indicate by NA in the YES block Explain or describe the condition warranting any NO answer on the space provided at the end of the checklist or on additional sheets if necessary The location of the reference for any question is provided at the end of the question PROGRAM RESPONSIBILITIES Es Do department heads ensure that personnel assigned to their respective areas understand and comply with reference B11 1 1 3 1 2 2 Do supervisory watchstanders review associated tag out logs during watch relief and shift turnover B11 1 1 3 1 c 3h Is the authorizing officer responsible for the administration of their cognizant tag out log B11 1 1 3 2 a 4 Is the aut
410. s SOH problems 2 Discuss interdepartmental safety issues 3 Submit issues and recommendations in writing to the safety council by copy of the safety committee minutes 3 All hands shall 1 Comply with all safety precautions standards and use required personal protective equipment 2 Promptly report suspected unsafe or unhealthful work procedures or conditions to their immediate supervisor the division safety petty officer or the safety officer 3 Report injuries occupational illnesses or property damage resulting from a mishap immediately to their supervisor A2 12 OPNAVINST 5100 19E 30 May 2007 CHAPTER A2 REFERENCES A2 1 SECNAVINST 5100 10J A2 2 DoD Instruction 6055 1 DoD Safety and Occupational Health SOH Program A2 3 OPNAVINST 3500 39B Operational Risk Management A2 4 DoD Instruction 6055 5 Industrial Hygiene and Occupational Health of A2 5 OPNAVINST 5100 12G A2 6 OPNAVINST 5100 25A A2 7 OPNAVINST 5102 1D MCO P5102 1B A2 13 OPNAVINST 5100 19E 30 May 2007 CHAPTER A3 INSPECTIONS SURVEYS ASSISTS HAZARD REPORTING AND MEDICAL SURVEILLANCE A0301 DISCUSSION a This chapter addresses hazard identification and detecting adverse health effects The principle way to identify hazards is through workplace inspections Workplace inspections involve chain of command observation of operations at the job site on a routine basis to identify po
411. s at the same speed airflow should be into space when access is opened U Tube Manometer Feel visual Exhaust fan not working properly Motor speed low single phase or miss wired Controller defective Improper speed with exhaust fan Failed motor bearings Exhaust inlet or outlet obstructed Dirty screens Wrong screen mesh 1 1 2 inches required Vent duct pressure losses du to dirty ductwork leaks unauthorized openings or missing access covers Toxic Gas Vent Dampers closed B2 B 3 OPNAVINST 5100 19E 30 May 2007 Repair Repair Repair fan interlock Repair Remove obstructions Clean Screens Replace with proper size mesh Clean repair or replace Open and repair dampers Exhaust terminals in hot spots 2 INSULATION a Piping amp Machinery NSTM 635 Thermal Fire and b Acoustic Insulation Insulate all surfaces with temp gt 125 F Material thickness IAW MIL STD 769 c After insulation is installed surface temperature should not exceed 125 F Note 1 2 Feel Visual Visual Check Deteriorated cracked worn damaged Wet water oil etc Missing insulation Infrared handgun pyrometer Note 1 Surface temp too high High traffic walkway standing use of chain falls etc Frequently occurring external leak Internal external one time leak Removed for access Replaceable pad missing Valve bonnets etc
412. s containing floor tile removal Asbestos containing gasket replacement Asbestos containing brake assembly maintenance All personnel that are required to wear personal protective clothing and equipment Paragraph Reference B0104g B1202 c B1203e 3 Course Title Training Required Asbestos Removal Procedures detailed in Appendix B1 B Proper Wear and Maintenance of Clothes and Equipment OPNAVINST 5100 19E 30 May 2007 Resource for Length Training of Training For ships with no EART See NOTE For ships with an EART See NOTE Division Officer Periodicity On the job training Prior to initial use and at Division Officer s discretion thereafter All Hands B0206a Heat Stress Training Videotape it Cool Play Upon reporting aboard Heat stress surveyors assigned to perform WBGT surveys HM Supervisor Hazardous Material HM Coordinator B0206b B0302c 2 B0302c 1 Heat Stress Surveyor Watchstation 303 HMC amp M Technician Course A 322 2600 or A 322 2601 Afloat HM Coordinator Course A 8B 0008 A5 A 3 Safety Programs Afloat PQS 303 NAVEDTRA 43460 4A NAVOSHENVTRAC Navy Supply School Qualify within 12 weeks of assignment Initial Prior to or within 6 months of assignment OPNAVINST 5100 19E 30 May 2007 Navy Personnel Training Requirement Paragraph Course Resource for Length
413. s do not pose a hazard during normal viewing and their use is not restricted g Laser MPE limits are published in reference B9 8 For laser exposures that are within the MPE limit no adverse biological effects are expected to occur even under repeated or long term exposure conditions Only trained and technically qualified personnel shall apply these exposure limits in determining laser safe viewing conditions since an improperly conducted laser hazard evaluation may pose serious risks to a person s eyes h Laser exposure limits are set to protect tissue from damage and are not the equivalent of comfortable viewing levels Operators of lasers need to be aware of secondary laser safety concerns For example intrabeam viewing of visible wavelength lasers even at or below the permitted safe level will still be perceived as an intense light source capable of producing disabling glare or visual after images These temporary visual effects can interfere with performing critical tasks such as operating vehicles or aircraft Similarly intrabeam viewing of lasers at or below the permitted exposure limits can still damage or saturate night vision viewing devices because of the high amplification of incident light levels provided by the devices Wearing of laser protective eyewear can also lead to other safety concerns such as the potential for blocking or filtering out the col
414. s heat stress surveys in engineering spaces C The engineering officer reactor officer shall 1 Ensure dry bulb thermometers are installed per paragraph B0204b 1 and temperatures are monitored and recorded per paragraph B0204b 3 and 4 2 Assign and qualify engineering department personnel to perform heat stress surveys in engineering spaces 3 Assign and qualify supervisors to review dry bulb temperatures or access AHSS readings and take the required actions per paragraph B0204 4 Review heat stress surveys and ensure stay times for engineering reactor personnel are being properly determined as specified in paragraph B0205 Limit personnel heat exposures accordingly except as approved by the commanding officer in an operational emergency 5 If maintenance or repair is required record all heat stress related deficiencies on current ship s maintenance project CSMP Appendix B2 B provides heat stress trouble shooting and recommended repair actions d The supply officer air boss and other department heads shall 1 Ensure dry bulb thermometers are installed per paragraph B0204b 1 and temperatures are monitored and recorded per paragraph B0204b 3 and 4 2 May assign and qualify departmental personnel to conduct heat stress surveys or access AHSS readings of departmental spaces Qualification of personnel shall be as specified in paragraph B0206b 3 Ensure the heat stress surv
415. s must be available in the event that access to the data on the AHSS workstation is unavailable due to power failure securing of the workspace etc 3 Dry Bulb Temperature Readings The ship shall record DB temperature readings when the ship is underway or when potential heat stress conditions exist while in port The ship shall monitor the following compartments when manned main machinery spaces fire rooms and engine rooms auxiliary machinery spaces emergency diesel spaces laundry spaces sculleries galleys bake shops and steam catapult spaces Assigned personnel shall monitor compartments as follows a Every four hours for manned spaces if DB temperatures do not exceed 85 degrees Fahrenheit b Every hour for manned spaces if DB temperatures exceed 85 degrees Fahrenheit c Every hour at temporary installations where the DB temperature exceeds 85 degrees Fahrenheit during repair or maintenance operations 4 Dry Bulb Temperature Recording a Hanging DB temperatures shall be recorded on a prepared paper log form and reviewed by the space supervisor e g machinist mate of the watch MMOW galley captain If a DB temperature exceeds 100 degrees Fahrenheit watch work length four hours or less or 90 degrees Fahrenheit watch work length greater than four hours or 85 degrees Fahrenheit in the scullery per paragraph B0204c 4 a the space supervisor shall circle in red the DB reading and imm
416. sbestos containing gasket packing material 2 2 Limited asbestos floor tile removal nine feet maximum and 3 Preventive maintenance of brake and clutch assemblies B1 10 OPNAVINST 5100 19E 30 May 2007 b Ship s Force Protocol Responsibilities 1 The safety officer shall a Ensure that ship s force personnel performing work under this protocol are trained to accomplish the work described in appendix B1 B b If applicable see B0102c NOTE ensure that documentation substantiated by laboratory analysis see B0104a 3 is obtained for any repair work performed in non U S Navy operated facility to ensure that no ACM is introduced onto the ship 2 The engineering repair aviation intermediate maintenance department heads as appropriate shall a Provide personnel who work with asbestos with the necessary equipment and protective clothing to perform work per this protocol Appendix B1 G and appendix B1 H detail the personal protective equipment PPE and authorized equipment list AEL required for this protocol b Identify all personnel involved in asbestos repair or removal operations that warrant AMSP consideration per this protocol see appendix B1 B medical surveillance sections and provide their names to the MDR for consideration for inclusion in the AMSP Ensure personnel placed in the AMSP by the MDR report for medical examinations as required
417. sed b Application of engineering controls to reduce hazardous noise to the maximum extent feasible Cc Use of hearing protective devices as an interim measure wher ngineering controls are not feasible paragraph B0406 d Periodic hearing testing of all personnel at risk to monitor the effectiveness of the process and timely audiologic and medical evaluation of those personnel who demonstrate significant hearing loss or threshold shift paragraph B0407 Results of all testing shall be captured electronically and transmitted to the central data repository as prescribed in reference B4 2 e Training regarding potentially hazardous noise areas and sources use and care of hearing protective devices the effects of hazardous noise levels on hearing and the command s HCP process paragraph B0408 B0404 NOISE MEASUREMENT AND EXPOSURE ASSESSMENT To effectively control noise it is necessary that the noise be accurately measured according to standard procedures and that the measurements are properly evaluated against accepted criteria NOTE For new construction ships an airborne noise survey conducted by the shipbuilder for contract performance is not an acceptable substitute for the required noise survey and personal noise exposure assessment once the ship is loaded out with personnel and gear a Noise Measurements Noise measurements shall be taken as part of the industr
418. serious or moderate situations shall be 4 for azards or ation writing to the authority of the final include a summary If no response shall encourage the originator to additional OPNAVINST 5100 19E 30 May 2007 information or is dissatisfied with the response If the originator remains dissatisfied after discussing the matter the safety officer shall advise him or her of the right to appeal to the commanding officer The appeal or report shall be in writing and contain at least the following information 1 A description of the condition including its location nature of the alleged hazard and standards violated if known a copy of the original hazard report will suffice 2 How when and to whom the original report was submitted 3 What actions if known were taken as a result of the original report g The commanding officer or his her representative shall respond to the originator of the appeal within 10 working days An interim response will suffice if the evaluation is incomplete at that time If further appeal is warranted refer to reference A3 2 A0308 VARIANCES AND ALTERNATE STANDARDS a Variances In certain situations it may be impossible to comply with an applicable SOH standard In this case the safety officer can initiate a request for a variance by submitting the request to CNO NO9F via the appropriate fleet comma
419. ses 8 Air Supply Systems Examine for integrity and good condition of the air supply lines and hoses including attachments and end fittings correct operation and condition of all regulators valves or other air flow regulators b Cleaning Sanitizing and Storage Respirators shall be cleaned and sanitized according to manufacturer s instructions or as follows 1 Remove and discard all used cartridges and filters B6 17 OPNAVINST 5100 19E 30 May 2007 2 Disassemble and hand wash the facepiece and parts in a warm water and mild dishwashing detergent solution Strong cleaning agents can damage respirator parts Temperatures above 43 C 110 F and vigorous mechanical agitation shall be avoided Solvents e g paint removers that can affect rubber and other parts shall not be used Ultrasonic or other suitable washers may be used per manufacturer s instructions 3 Sanitize the facepiece using one of the following methods a Immerse the facepiece for two minutes in a warm water 43 C or 110 F solution of hypochlorite solution approximately one milliliter of liquid laundry bleach to one liter of water or b Immerse the facepiece for two minutes in a warm water 43 C or 110 F solution of iodine add 0 8 milliliters of tincture of iodine to one liter of water or c Immerse the facepiece for two minutes in a warm water 43 C or 110 F solut
420. sing operational control of the laser has the primary lead for conducting the laser exposure investigation and for ensuring the appropriate report is filed 3 Commands are required to report exposure incidents and investigate exposure levels for the following situations 1 Personnel injury has been sustained or physical symptoms are experienced by the individual s which are believed to be associated with laser exposure 2 Inadvertent exposure occurred to members of the general public or to other non involved personnel as a result of naval operations which have xceeded the MPE limit 3 Exposure circumstances or the severity of the incident or mishap are such that inquires from news media are anticipated or are deemed to be of interest to the chain of command 4 Commands shall refer personnel reporting physical symptoms or suspected of having been exposed to levels in excess of the MPE limit for a medical evaluation or follow up 5 Commands shall make initial notification for the occurrence of a laser incident by telephone fax message or e mail to the appropriate technical assistance point listed in this appendix with copy to the Bureau of Medicine and Surgery Code M342 Discussions following this initial notification can determine whether a more extensive investigation will be necessary and whether a site visit should be scheduled to assist in making laser measurements or an exposure e
421. sociated hazards are equipped provided with appropriate protective clothing equipment and complete any required medical surveillance screenings 3 Take prompt action to abate correct any identified deficiency under their control 4 Integrate safety in all activities consistent with mission requirements 5 Ensure that mishaps hazards and near mishaps are reported to the safety officer 6 Division officers shall appoint a senior petty officer E 5 or above as the division safety petty officer to assist in the responsibilities outlined above and provide appropriate on board indoctrination to ensure satisfactory performance in the safety field Note For submarines Division safety petty officers are not required aboard submarines f Master at Arms MAA not applicable to submarines MAA personnel shall during routine inspections identify and report physical hazards that could result in injury to personnel or damage to equipment and enforce the use of safety devices and protective equipment g Division Safety Petty Officers Aviation Safety Petty Officers not applicable to submarines The division safety petty A2 10 OPNAVINST 5100 19E 30 May 2007 officer or aviation safety petty officer when embarked onboard ship shall 1 Inspect division spaces and submit hazard reports per OPNAV 3120 5 chapter A3 2 Advise the division officer on the status of the SOH pro
422. ss plastic bags or other suitable impermeable containers The waste container must be leak tight Do not overfill the bags Provide all bags or containers with standard warning labels per B0104b 3 b Distinctly color code all asbestos waste containers red to ensure easy recognition Exercise care in order to prevent bags and other containers from B1 7 OPNAVINST 5100 19E 30 May 2007 rupturing when being transported to a shore activity for disposal Accomplish disposal in accordance with appendix L of reference B1 4 e Asbestos Medical Surveillance Program AMSP The medical department representative MDR will determine placement of personnel into the AMSP per reference B1 5 It is possible that all three asbestos protocols may require placement of personnel into an AMSP f Environmental Protection 1 Repair and removal operations conducted at sea at a distance greater than 3nm from U S shore are not subject to Environmental Protection Agency EPA emissions and reporting standards for asbestos However EPA standards for disposal of ACM apply upon return to port All ACM will be held on station and disposed of ashore per the appropriate EPA requirements 2 Ships with qualified teams to perform asbestos repair or removal may do so within 3nm of shore However due to inconsistent state to state and increasingly stringent federal air emissions reporting requireme
423. st of safety and health related material discrepancies and recommended corrective actions 1 An evaluation of ventilation systems used for the control of contaminants and for hazardous material HM stowage 2 An evaluation of occupational noise hazard areas installed equipment this is in addition to any ambient noise surveys conducted by the shipbuilder 3 An evaluation of the locations of plumbed and portable eyewash stations and deluge showers Initiate the baseline industrial hygiene survey for new construction ships as soon as possible after commissioning Ships shall be in receipt of the completed survey report no later than six months after post shakedown availability o Ship Class Database The supporting NAVENPVNTMEDU or MTF will forward a copy of all industrial hygiene reports to the Navy Environmental Health Center for the purpose of updating the ship class profile BUMED shall provide ship class profiles to new construction ships prior to FCTs This is a generic database that characterizes shipboard hazards and control measures common to that class A0305 SHIPBOARD SAFETY SURVEY a Naval Safety Center conducts the shipboard safety survey of one or two day s duration The interval between surveys A3 8 OPNAVINST 5100 19E 30 May 2007 surface ships and submarines shall not exceed 36 months The safety survey normally will be
424. sted eye hazard area shall wear eye protective equipment b Devices for eye protection such as safety glasses chipper s goggles welder s goggles chemical goggles and face shields shall be selected using the guidance provided in appendix B5 A This appendix complies with references B5 1 through B5 4 As a minimum the protective devices provided shall be approved by the American National Standards Institute ANSI labeled Z87 or Z87 in the case of ballistic eye protection devices and adequate for the hazards specified c Refer to specific chapters for eye protection guidance B0502 PROGRAM RESPONSIBILITIES a The commanding officer shall 1 Ensure that an effective sight conservation program is established within his or her command 2 Place emphasis on leadership by example regarding wearing of sight protection equipment b The safety officer shall 1 Evaluate areas processes and equipment for sight hazards if not previously evaluated or modifications have been OPNAVINST 5100 19E 30 May 2007 made Determine appropriate sight protective equipment per the baseline industrial hygiene survey or appendix B5 A Assistance may be requested from an industrial hygienist if difficulty in making such a determination is experienced 2 Maintain a current listing of all areas and processes that require eye protection and those areas that require eye wash o
425. t 85 Water Lift Lid Assembly gt gt OOOO CC C 1 B1 H 3 OPNAVINST 5100 19E 30 May 2007 110001 HEPA Filter Replacement 105 130 Water Lift Filter Replacement Note Items with an asterisk luded as part of No 00109 Wet Dry Tool Kit 30B EPA Vacuum Nilfisk VT60 Wet Dry GSA Contract to 15 gallon capacity Number 01799350 375101 GS O7F 8356C Replacement Parts 01722601 Impact Filter washable 17383 Main Filter Finger bes washable 16821 Microfilter 17840 Trolley Assembly 1727631 HEPA Cartridge 7196 10 foot Plastic Hose os 17193 Double Curved Aluminum nd 17192 14 inch Wheeled Floor zzle 71941 3 inch Aluminum Dust ush 17195 11 inch Plastic Crevice Nozzle O Oroooa f w CO O T W N B OK o f B1 H 4 OPNAVINST 5100 19E 30 May 2007 OLTLSI tainer Polyliners 25 Pkg Note Items with an asterisk are included as part of item number 01799350 375101 NOTE See Appendices B1 I for PPE requirements for Ship s Force Protocol and B1 K for requirements for PPE requirements for Emergency Asbestos Response Team Protocol OAR Order As Required B1 H 5 OPNAVINST 5100 19E 30 May 2007 Appendix B1 I PERSONAL PROTECTIVE AND SPECIAL EQUIPMENT Emergency Asbestos Response Team Performing Glove Bag
426. t Protocols le Fit Testing Procedures General Requirements The tester shall conduct fit tesi procedures The requirements in OSHA accepted fit test methods and quantitative fit test QNFT a The test subjec acceptable respirator from a sufficient number o t the respirator is acceptable to models and sizes so that correctly fits the user by Prior to be shown how on the face how acceptable fit subject in evaluating This instruction may no training on respirator use CO se on asked fact 1f fit The test subject ted and used properly d not give an acceptable fit the selection process to put on a respirator The test subject shall be instructed facepiece up to the face and eliminate those ting using the fol Llowing this appendix appl both qualitative fit test ly to all QLFT shall be allowed to pick the most ag A mirror shall be available to assist the fit and positioning of the respirator t constitute the subject s formal because it is only a review that e The more acceptabl selected proves unacceptable donned and worn at least five Assistance in assessing comfor points in the following item I familiar with using a particul shall be directed to don Lar on the straps facepieces are no the most comfort minutes t can be O the mask several the straps each time to become adep
427. t a If the tes the test subject tor and respirat shall how it should be positioned t strap tension and how to determine an the shall be informed that he she is being to select the respirator that provides the most acceptable Each respirator represents a different size and shape will provide adequate protection and to hold each chosen obviously do ted in case the one table mask is to assess comfort given by disc t subject is not ussing the respirator se the tes times and tting proper tension t subject to adjust EE CT OPNAVINST 5100 19E 30 May 2007 f Assessment of comfort shall include a review of the following points with the test subject and allowing the test subject adequate time to determine the comfort of the respirator 1 Position of the mask on the nose 2 Room for eye protection 3 Room to talk 4 Position of mask on face and cheeks g The following criteria shall be used to help determine the adequacy of the respirator fit 1 Chin properly placed 2 Adequate strap tension not overly tightened 3 Fit across nose bridge 4 Respirator of proper size to span distance from nose 5 Tendency of respirator to slip 6 Self observation in mirror to evaluate fit and respirator position h The test subject shall conduct a user seal check either the negative and positive pressure seal
428. t can be read off the display for each of the PHEL curves Pl through P6 positions The heat stress monitor uses the data of appendix B2 A to perform this calculation 3 Use of the WBGT Meter RSS 220 a The procedure for turning on the WBGT meter readies it for operation The turn on procedure is 1 Install the globe sensor by pushing the phone jack on the base of the sensor into the receptacle on top of the meter Hold the globe sensor by its phone jack end not by the black sphere The globe can easily be damaged by squeezing bumping or dropping 2 Fill the wet bulb water reservoir The reservoir is accessible through the end of the tunnel marked WATER FILL When filled water should completely cover the sponge and be well below the level of the tunnel Excess water can be poured out of the tunnel end Be careful to keep the dry bulb sensor dry If it becomes wet dry it with tissue or a soft cloth before operating the meter B2 C 2 OPNAVINST 5100 19E 30 May 2007 3 Turn the power switch to CHECK Listen for the sound of the aspirating fan and see digits on the display 4 Turn the measurement function switch to DB WB GT and WBGT Wait five minutes for the initial reading DB Wait three minutes for subsequent readings Each position will give a display reading of 100 0 0 2 degrees Fahrenheit if the meter is operating properly If the proper reading cannot be obtained do n
429. t hand injury when handling sharp objects including wire rope or banding material 8 Stow rubber electrical box in which they came maintenance on location insulating gloves in the the gloves prior to si electrical safety protection equipment in a clean Care should be taken not folding will frequently resul reduce the insulating capability of 9 Do not use electrical Perform the appropriate planned towage Stow other rubber dry oil free to fold such equipment as lt in cracks that will greatly the material insulating gloves for non electrical work such as involving solvents general work involving alkali involving acids Cleaning products cleaning with cleansers work material or work acids and alkalis will degrade the insulating properties of the gloves making them unsafe for electrical work d Safety Clothing resistant coveralls spill coveralls inspections work practices Special clothing may consist of fire disposable coveralls welding leathers items may be specified as requ baseline indust Special cl involved in emergency asbes operating working in fossil retardant coveralls shall be worn such as certified Navy twill clothing when immediately departing specifically authorized by or other special occasions dry atmosphere in a clean e Personal Fall Protection Equipment
430. t ships and at naval air stations for NDT procedures conducted on aircraft Each command performing industrial radiography must have a formal radiation safety program instruction The ship s radiological safety officer RSO is responsible for all aspects of the program described in the governing instructions 2 Radioactive Material Under a NRMP Issued to Another Command a Devices used to detect chemical warfare agents explosives and radioactive material RADIACS may contain small amounts of radioactive material These devices are regulated by NRMPs issued to other commands that allow ships to use and possess them under specific conditions including inventory requirements leak testing and other control procedures Each command possessing one of these devices must have a copy of the applicable NRMP that describes in greater detail the conditions for possession To get a copy of the applicable NRMP contact NAVSEADET RASO b Depleted uranium is used as penetrators in some munitions Ships are authorized to possess these munitions B9 8 OPNAVINST 5100 19E 30 May 2007 under a NRMP issued to NSWC Crane Each command possessing depleted uranium munitions must comply with the procedures outlined in the NRMP Contact NAVSEADET RASO to obtain a copy of the NRMP c The laser target designator used on the FA 14 and FA 18 aircraft and the in flight blade inflation system IBIS used
431. t ventilation explosion proof only b Blow out ventilation powerful exhaust ventilation provided in some HM storerooms explosion proof only c Doors and hatches open to the weather d Portable fans explosion proof only 7 Cleanup and Decontamination During this response phase personnel as directed by the person in charge shall employ the spill cleanup materials from the oil spill response kit AEL C550024006 or the HM spill response kit AEL C550024007 B3 A 5 OPNAVINST 5100 19E 30 May 2007 as applicable Materials from the HM spill response kit can be used for the cleanup of mercury Cleanup methods outlined in references B3 4 and B3 5 shall be used for the cleanup of HM and oil spills In the case of a mercury spill those procedures outlined in appendix B3 B shall be used All surfaces shall be thoroughly cleaned of the spilled material After the spill cleanup the compartment shall be thoroughly ventilated Reusable protective clothing shall be thoroughly decontaminated and otherwise maintained before it is returned to its proper storage location NOTE Identification of specific requirements for respiratory protection and proper use of this equipment is a critical aspect of all cleanup and decontamination operations 8 Disposal of Contaminated Materials All non reusable cleanup materials are to be placed in impermeable containers stored and dispose
432. te asbestos fibers or dust in the area Use a high efficiency particulate air HEPA filter vacuum to ensure the area is thoroughly clean and good housekeeping is maintained CAUTION Do not use low pressure air to blow dust out of the brake assembly area f Commence preventive maintenance in brake assembly area including repair replacement of asbestos containing components During maintenance take care not to use power tools that may generate dust If a power tool must be used consult either the shipboard assistant safety officer if aboard industrial hygiene officer for further guidance B1 B 8 OPNAVINST 5100 19E 30 May 2007 g At the conclusion of work either HEPA vacuum all dusty surfaces or wet and wipe them down with a damp rag Dispose of damp rag s as ACM h Place all clothing removed in the reverse order it was applied Dispose of coveralls as ACM i Remove respirator last Treat cartridges as ACM The respirator face piece shall be decontaminated and returned to proper storage jJ Ensure all tools are cleaned and decontaminated with damp rags Dispose of rags as ACM k Personnel shall wash their hands upon completion of maintenance action and before eating and drinking chewing gum or tobacco or applying cosmetics 1 Upon completion of all work the safety officer shall inspect and clear the area using appendix B3 F prior to allowing general access to the space
433. tection ystem p Q ar HOW TO MEASURE DISCREPANCIES Visual HEPA filter differential pressure gauge See PMS CAUSES Terminal inoperable or missing Supply fan not working properly Motor speed low single phase or miswired Controller defective Improper speed with exhaust fan Failed motor bearings Supply air short circuited by exhaust terminal Incorrect terminal type should be corrosion resistant steel Terminal damper is not removed Continuous use in a dirty environment such as an industrial availability or sand storm B2 B 2 OPNAVINST 5100 19E 30 May 2007 RECOMMENDED ACTION Replace terminal Repair Repair Repair Replace Repair fan interlock Repair Relocate supply or exhaust terminal Replace terminal Remove damper Replace filters b Exhaust Refer to specific HVAC Design Criteria Manual DCM for ship class If no specific DCM exist for the ship class in question refer to NAVSEA 0938 018 0010 A C amp V S Anemometer entilation DCM for urface Ships Exhaust ventilation is to be 125 of supply ventilation for 1200 psi steam ships 115 of supply ventilation for other ships except CPS ships equal to supply ventilation on CPS ships plus sweep air from Type II airlocks Space pressure negative at to inch of water is mandatory with supply and exhaust fan
434. ted eye hazard warning labels 2 Properly wear required eye protective equipment B0503 SIGHT CONSERVATION ELEMENTS a List of eye hazard areas and processes b Medical screening c Issue and maintenance of sight protection equipment paragraph B0506 d Procedures for the use and issue of temporary protective eyewear paragraph B0507 e Establishment of emergency eyewash and deluge shower facilities paragraph B0508 f Training paragraph B0509 B0504 DETERMINATION and DESIGNATION of EYE HAZARDOUS AREAS and PROCESSES a Determination The baseline industrial hygiene survey will make an initial determination of eye hazardous areas processes and eye wash and deluge shower requirements and list them in the survey report The list shall include specific eye protection equipment requirements for each area or process The safety officer will maintain and ensure that this list s remains current The safety officer shall evaluate subsequent equipment work processes introduced into the workplace to determine if they present an eye hazardous condition The safety officer will request the assistance of an industrial hygienist to assist in this determination as needed b Designation The ship or construction repair yard shall mark permanently installed equipment and processes that are eye hazard areas with three inch deck striping and a CAUTION sign 1 The deck around an im
435. ted training shall be given prior to respirator use and annually thereafter and shall include the following topics 1 Proper fitting and wearing of the respirator including how to perform user seal checks Each person shall demonstrate the capability to don and wear each type of respirator to be worn in the performance of normal and emergency duties including situations in which the respirator malfunctions 2 Respirator capabilities and limitations 3 Why the respirator is necessary including the nature and degree of respiratory hazards and how improper fit usage or maintenance can compromise the protective effect of the respirator 4 Proper respirator selection according to intended use 5 Respirator care cleaning maintenance inspection and storage 6 Prohibition against facial hair 7 How to recognize medical signs and symptoms that may limit or prevent the effective use of respirators 8 Wearing of spectacles corrective glasses face shields goggles or other eye and face protection equipment shall not interfere with the seal of the facepiece to the face B6 22 OPNAVINST 5100 19E 30 May 2007 9 Wearing of contact lenses in contaminated atmospheres is permitted 10 The general requirements of this chapter b RPM s shall attend the Respiratory Protection Program Management Course CIN A 493 0072 available from NAVOSHENVTRACEN c Personnel assigned to
436. tender local Navy environmental and preventive medicine units NEPMUs the cognizant medical treatment facility MTF or other sources Fit testing results will be documented and contain the following minimum elements Name rate rank division department Date of current PHA Date of fit test and by whom Fit test medium material used e g Bitrex denatonium benzoate solution irritant smoke and type of cartridge s or filter used in the test Make brand model and size of respirator s fitted B6 15 OPNAVINST 5100 19E 30 May 2007 a Qualitative Fit Testing Qualitative fit testing may be performed using irritant smoke isoamyl acetate banana oil saccharin mist or the Bitrex method Fit testing shall conform to the procedures in appendix B6 C b Quantitative Fit Testing To wear full face negative pressure air purifying respirators in atmospheres up to their assigned protection factor of 50 personnel must be quantitatively fit tested and the respirator must achieve a fit factor of at least 500 which equates to a safety factor of 10 This type of fit testing can only be performed by and shall be requested from shore activities B0609 INSPECTION CLEANING STORAGE AND MAINTENANCE OF RESPIRATORS To ensure adequate performance and proper sanitation respirators shall be maintained
437. tential hazards Workplace inspections also involve evaluations of ship s spaces and equipment by appropriate occupational safety and health personnel Industrial hygiene surveys are another essential tool for identifying workplace hazards characterizing risk and developing appropriate controls to reduce hazards b Hazard identification risk assessment and hazard management and control are key steps in the Navy operational risk management ORM process outlined in reference A3 1 Navy personnel at all levels are required to use ORM as a decision making tool by anticipating and assessing hazards risk and reducing the potential for mishap A0302 WORKPLACE INSPECTIONS Routine inspection of all workspaces to identify hazardous conditions and or unsafe work practices is a basic requirement of the SOH program Such jobsite work observation is intended to identify and correct hazards Hazards may be a result of many things including unsafe work practices violations of standards of sections C or D of this manual not posting warning or equipment placards or not following planned maintenance system PMS procedures Identification of hazard trends may warrant a ship wide safety inspection as part of a safety stand down chapter A5 to raise the command s safety awareness a Safety Inspections The safety officer shall ensure that all workspaces are inspected at least annually for safety They sha
438. the nearest 0 1 degrees Fahrenheit a heat stress survey sheet similar to the OPNAV 5100 17 form Navy Forms on line at http forms daps dla mil th The surveyor shall record the e ation under routin eriod The e The xposure times If less than the work the space shall promptly notify the commanding officer of the condition indicating action being reduce the excessive heat b The heat automated survey readings taken to protect pers stress situation t stress surveyor shal on a pre formatted Sheet The surveyor shall circle in red on Survey Sheet B2 10 onnel and or to l print al Heat Stress Survey the Heat Stress any PHEL stay times for manned watch or OPNAVINST 5100 19E 30 May 2007 workstations that under routine conditions are less than the watch or work period The heat stress surveyor shall notify workspace supervisors and responsible department heads immediately of the reduced exposure times The department head shall promptly notify the commanding officer of the condition indicating personnel protective action being taken and action if any to reduce the excessive heat stress situation c Ships shall use a heat stress survey sheet in a format similar to the OPNAV 5100 17 form available at Navy Forms on line at http forms daps dla mil to record heat stress information Ships using a database or the AHSS may use a computer
439. the requirements of chapter D15 4 The Supply Officer HM Coordinator shall a Ensure that management of shipboard HM follows procedures outlined in this chapter and chapter D15 b Ensure an MSDS is on file either hard copy or on CD ROM for all types and brands of HM taken aboard Ensure that hard copy MSDSs are readily accessible to personnel and their supervisors Maintain the submarine hazardous material inventory and management system SHIMS which contains MSDS information Submit hard copies of MSDSs which are not on the SHIMS system to Naval Surface Warfare Center Carderock Division code 634 c Ensure no prohibited HM is brought on board d Maintain the submarine material control log per paragraph D1502d e Ensure all HM brought on board is authorized for storage and use on board by the Submarine Material Control List SMCL Affix an atmosphere contaminant tag appendix D15 C to all HM containers upon issue and mark with pre designated usage category for any material that is a restricted R or limited use L HM Atmosphere control tags can be printed from SHIMS f Initiate an investigation of any item suspected of being an atmosphere contaminant per the procedures of reference B3 2 and submit a SMCL feedback report per chapter DAIS B3 19 OPNAVINST 5100 19E 30 May 2007 g Ensure that all restricted R and limited use L items are inventoried every six months o
440. the test subject s responsibilities during the test procedure The description of the process shall include a description of the test exercises that the subject will be performing The respirator to be tested shall be worn for at least five minutes before the start of the fit test m The fit test shall be performed while the test subject is wearing any applicable safety equipment that may be worn during actual respirator use which could interfere with respirator fit n Test Exercises The following test exercises are to be performed for all fit testing methods prescribed in this appendix The test subject shall perform exercises in the test environment in the following manner 1 Normal breathing In a normal standing position without talking the subject shall breathe normally 2 Deep breathing In a normal standing position the subject shall breathe slowly and deeply taking caution so as not to hyperventilate 3 Turning head side to side Standing in place the subject shall slowly turn his her head from side to side between the extreme positions on each side The head shall be held at ach extreme momentarily so the subject can inhale at each side B6 C 3 OPNAVINST 5100 19E 30 May 2007 4 Moving head up and down Standing in place the subject shall slowly move his her head up and down The subject shall be instructed to inha
441. thermometer in a main space measured 101 F during the latest heat stress survey Burnerman WBGT 92 PHEL II Stay time 4 10 Lower Levelman BGT 92 PHEL III Stay time 3 30 Console Booth WBGT 80 PHEL I Stay time 8 00 The lower levelman has a stay time less than four hours while other watch stations have stay times that are equal to greater than four hours The engineering office decides to incorporate a TWM WBGT for the lower levelman to maintain a four hour watch for all watchspace personnel He she looks up the WBGT value in the PHEL Time Table in appendix B2 A to achieve a four hour stay time 90 WBGT stay time of four hours and does the calculation The time that the lower levelman must spend in the cool booth each hour to achieve a four hour watch would be calculated as follows For the Lower Levelman Time booth WBGT watch station WBGT desired X 60 WBGT watch station WBGT booth J The 90 WBGT value is from the PHEL Table in appendix B2 A OPNAVINST 5100 19E 30 May 20077 Time booth 92 90 X 60 10 minutes 92 80 TWM WBGT information shall be documented on the heat stress survey sheet B2 E 2 OPNAVINST 5100 19E 30 May 2007 CHAPTER B3 HAZARDOUS MATERIAL CONTROL AND MANAGEMENT HMC amp M B0301 DISCUSSION a To attain and maintain operational effectiveness Navy ships require specified types and
442. ting abrading or breaking the gasket or packing material Remove the gasket or packing material intact if possible OPNAVINST 5100 19E 30 May 2007 d Place wet gasket or packing material into a disposal container and keep it wet until transferred to a closed receptacle NOTE A sealable suitably sized plastic bag may be used for temporary stowage until transferred to an appropriately labeled container e Remove any residue by scraping using wet methods NOTE Do not use power tools to remove gasket or packing residue f Dispose of gasket or packing material and drop cloth as ACM g Replace all asbestos containing materials with approved asbestos free material if available If replacement material contains asbestos prior to cutting new gasket or packing thoroughly wet gasket or packing material then cut Once cut gasket or packing is in place dispose of residual debris continuing to use wet methods Wipe up debris with damp rags Gasket or packing material that is still useable shall be placed in asbestos labeled container bag and properly secured NOTE Wire wound flexitallic gaskets with asbestos between rings need not be wetted prior to installation h At the conclusion of work either use a cleaner with a high efficiency particulate air HEPA filter to vacuum all dusty surfaces or wet and wipe them down with a damp rag Dispose of damp rag s as ACM i Clean a
443. tion in the valve material improper insertion of the valve body in the facepiece cracks breaks or chips in the valve body particularly in the sealing surface missing or defective exhalation valve cover improper installation of the valve in the valve body 4 Cartridge Canister or Filter Incorrect cartridge canister or filter for the hazard incorrect installation loose connections missing or worn gaskets or cross threading in holder expired shelf life date on cartridge or canister evidence of prior use of sorbent cartridge or canister indicated by absence of sealing material tape foil etc over inlet 5 Corrugated Breathing Tubes Broken or missing end connectors missing or loose hose clamps deterioration determined by stretching the tube and looking for cracks 6 Harness of a Front or Back mounted Gas Mask Damage or wear to the canister holder which may prevent its being held securely in place broken harness straps or fastening 7 Hoods Helmets Blouses or Full Suits Examine for rips and tears and seam integrity examine the protective headgear if required for general condition with emphasis on the suspension inside the headgear examine the protective face shield if any for cracks or breaks or impaired vision due to rebounding abrasive particles ensure the protective screen is intact and secured correctly over the face shield of abrasive blasting hoods and blou
444. tion regarding class schedules quotas etc can be found on the http www safetycenter navy mil training NAVOSHETC website at NOTE For ships with no Emergency Asbestos Response Team EART this training shall be accomplished by the safety officer or engineering officer as on the job training using the Standard Operating Procedures in appendix B1 B NOTE For ships with an EART this training shall be accomplished by the safety officer or engineering officer or a member of the EART that has successfully completed Emergency Asbestos Response Team A 760 2166 as on the job training using the Standard Operating Procedures in appendix B1 B B1 D 2 OPNAVINST 5100 19E 30 May 2007 Appendix B1 E TRAINING REQUIREMENT FOR ASBESTOS RELATED WORK Emergency Asbestos Response Team Navy Citation Course Requirement Formality Resource Length Periodicity Personnel Title Training for of Training Required Training Training Requirement EART Emergency Mandatory Formal NAVOSHEN Initially Personnel Asbestos Classroom VIRACEN No refresher performing Response Team required glove bag A 760 2166 asbestos removal EART Appendix Respirator Mandatory Informal Prior to Personnel B1 C fit testing donning a performing chapter selection and respirator glove bag B6 maintenance and annually asbestos thereafter removal Detailed information regarding class schedules quotas etc can be found on the NAVOSHE
445. to ensure that Ha it is completely de energized before maintenance begins B7 3 OPNAVINST 5100 19E 30 May 2007 a For technical requirements concerning work on de energized equipment see reference B 1 paragraph 300 2 4 b For tag out procedures see reference B7 3 BO705 WORKING ON ENERGIZED EQUIPMENT a Approval Procedures As stated in reference B 1 paragraph 300 2 5 1 do not disassemble or maintain energized electrical equipment without approval of such action by the commanding officer or in his her absence the command duty officer CDO Exceptions to this policy are those cases wher approved instructions issued by higher authority equipment technical manuals planned maintenance system PMS or an established troubleshooting procedure permit opening or inspecting equipment in the course of performing maintenance routine testing taking measurements or making adjustments that require equipment to be energized Commanding officer permission is not required when checking equipment or circuits to verify de energization b Energized Circuit Working Procedures Reference B7 1 paragraph 300 2 5 2 contains technical procedures for working on nergized equipment E Damaged or deranged equipment shall be considered energized BO706 PERSONAL PROTECTIVE EQUIPMENT PPE a Use only gloves marked with a colored label indicating t
446. to ionizing radiation shall follow reference B9 13 b RF Radiation 1 Workers who have implanted medical devices such as pacemakers or defibrillators or use certain medical devices such as apnea monitors or electrically powered wheelchairs should be aware of the potential for interference from various emitters of RF energy This condition is called radiofrequency interference RFI or electromagnetic interference EMI The consequences of these potential failures range from inconvenience to serious injuries and death 2 It is impossible to state that there will be no observable effects for all devices This is because electronic devices can be extremely sensitive to EMI and there are no regulatory standards by the Food and Drug Administration FDA or the Federal Communications Commission FCC forcing manufacturers to harden their products against EMI Therefore the Navy cannot make any guarantees that all medical or consumer electronic devices won t experience EMI even at RF levels well below the MPE limits for biological effects 3 Therefore it is each worker s responsibility to discuss with their physician the EMI risks associated with each medical device that they may be using and determine if they are B9 20 O 3 able to work within the RF environment of PNAVINST 5100 19E 0 May 2007 their command It is also the worker s responsibility to inform their chain of com
447. to limit exposure are also effective but often result in some loss in productivity Personal protective equipment earplugs or muffs shall be the permanent solution only when engineering or administrative controls are considered to be infeasible or cost prohibitive General hazard including noise control techniques are discussed in more detail in chapter A3 therefore this chapter a will address only specific concepts 2 Preventive Measures It is much less costly to eliminate potential noise problems in the design or procurement stage for new processes equipment and facilities than it is to make retrofits or modifications after the fact The following guidance is provided to meet this objective a Procurement specifications for all new machinery and equipment to be located in spaces where personnel are required to perform work shall prescribe the noise emission level that will ensure within reasonable accuracy an A weighted sound level of 84 dB or less at all locations in which personnel are required to work b New ship design 1 Low noise emitting equipment and acoustical treatment shall be incorporated during the various design stages for all new construction ships so that the equivalent noise level at watch stander stations is less than 84 dB A under full power operating conditions 2 Procurement specifications for all new machinery an
448. to record dry bulb DB wet bulb WB and globe temperature GT readings They must take DB and WB temperature with both thermometers shielded from radiant heat and the WB also must be properly ventilated to determine the effects of airflow Measurement is accomplished by means of a globe thermometer that provides a value representing radiant and convection heat transfers to or from the body The Navy uses either a wet bulb OPNAVINST 5100 19E 30 May 2007 globe temperature WBGT meter or an automated heat stress system AHSS to measure each of the above temperatures The WBGT index is calculated using dry bulb wet bulb and globe temperature The WBGT index and physical exertion level are used determine how long an individual may be exposed safely to heat stress conditions Appendix B2 A presents this information in a columnar format by means of the physiological heat exposure limits PHEL tables e While heat stress conditions can occur anywhere on board a ship machinery spaces laundries sculleries galleys incinerator rooms flight decks and steam catapult rooms are the most likely to have conditions that may cause heat stress Conditions of elevated heat stress include operations in hot and humid climates arduous physical tasks steam and water leaks boiler air casing leaks missing or deteriorated thermal insulation and ventilation system deficiencies
449. to such assignment and at least annually thereafter This training shall at a minimum include the following 1 The specific nature of operations during which exposure is possible 2 The purpose proper selection fit testing use and limitations of respirators 3 The adverse health effects of lead with particular attention to the reproductive effects upon both males and females including the possible adverse effects on pregnancy and the fetus B10 10 OPNAVINST 5100 19E 30 May 2007 4 The purpose and description of the medical surveillance program including the use of chelating agents 5 The engineering controls and work practices to be applied and used in the work including personal protective equipment and personal hygiene measures 6 The contents of any compliance plan in effect and 7 The command shall procure sufficient copies of reference B10 1 from the Department of Labor and make them available to personnel required to receive training They should be provided with appendix B employee standard summary of reference B10 2 and upon request any other handout type materials used in or related to the training b All painted surfaces that cannot be identified as lead free through laboratory analysis must be handled as containing lead Division officers shall train personnel assigned to remove paint per the safety precaution for paint remov
450. to the ship prior to embarking Ensure that the embarked unit only brings unique hazardous material onboard that is authorized by the ship In this case nsure th mbarked unit takes responsibility for the offload of the material upon departure of the embarked unit or aircraft B0302a 4 36 STe Has the supply officer HM coordinator HM supervisor ensured that the HAZMINCEN is equipped with an Oil and Hazardous Substance OHS spill kit Has the supply officer HM coordinator HM supervisor ensured that the DCA is aware of his responsibility to maintain and replenish spill kit material B0302a 4 Has the supply officer HM coordinator HM supervisor ensured that the HAZMINCEN pollution prevention afloat P2A equipment is operational and being used safely in accordance with instructions B0302a 4 38 Have the division officers ensured that only NAVSEA approved in space storage lockers are used and that locations installations are approved by the HM coordinator safety officer DCA and XO Have the division officers ensured lockers are installed and labeled in accordance with reference B3 7 B0302a 5 B3 C 6 OPNAVINST 5100 19E 30 May 2007 Yes No 39 Have the division officers ensured that HM retained within their work centers is specific to the operations and maintenance of assigned equipment and that no more t
451. tor shall conduct a meter check per the appropriate technical manual If the meter check is satisfactory the operator shall retake the meter readings ensuring that the meter is allowed to stabilize properly prior to obtaining readings and ensuring that values are recorded properly If the meter check is unsatisfactory the operator shall obtain another WBGT meter and retake the readings b During reviews of heat stress monitoring sheets by the MDR the department head and other supervisors the temperature and WBGT Index values should be spot checked to determine obvious errors The following rules of thumb should be applied 1 WB temperatures must be less than DB temperatures WB lt DB B2 C 6 OPNAVINST 5100 19E 30 May 2007 NOTE If the WB temperature equals the DB temperature the wick over the WB sensor is probably dried out Check that there is water in the WB reservoir 2 GT for each set of readings should be greater than or equal to DB temperature for the same set of readings GT gt DB 3 WBGT Index must be greater than WB temperature and less than the GT WB lt WBGT lt GT 4 The higher the overall heat stress the more important it is to periodically check the meter s WBGT Index value by manually calculating the WBGT Index It is the reliability of the individual data and WBGT Index which determines the reliability of the exposure li
452. trols shall exposure to acceptable levels the measured workplace sound level is determined to be or 140 dB peak the protection is considered to be protected instituted to TWA of Personnel from Hearing Conservation A conservative approach will be taken in making a decision to remove personnel representa exposed to time weighted averag TWA 1 Judgments shall be based on repeat tive measurements that indicate that less than 70 percent noise dose or has an eight hour of less than 82 dB A B4 from hearing conservation the ted and individual is A 5 This ensures OPNAVINST 5100 19E 30 May 2007 with an approximate 95 confidence level that individuals will not be overexposed 2 Recommendations for removal of individuals who are already included in the hearing conservation will be made only by professionals qualified to perform or evaluate noise exposure assessments In no case will individuals already included in hearing conservation be disenrolled based upon exposure assessment alone without concurrence from an audiologist or qualified physician Such concurrence is necessary to avoid exclusion of personnel who are noise susceptible or at exceptional risk due to pre existing hearing loss See paragraph 4d for hearing tests for personnel being removed from hearing conservation 3 Personal Hearing Protective Devices
453. tronic spreadsheet or other means may be used as documentation of hazards awaiting correction or resolution For each hazard documented the safety officer shall assign a risk assessment code RAC Documentation for hazards shall consist of the following at a minimum 1 Date time location and description of hazard 2 Risk assessment code RAC 3 Recommended corrective action to control or eliminate hazard 4 Action taken to implement that correction e g who was notified submitted a 4790 2K when scheduled for availability etc 5 Verification and date hazard corrected eliminated e External Hazard Reports HAZREPs In some instances where it would be helpful or prudent to notify others outside of the command of the hazard the safety officer should complete a hazard report using the web enabled safety system WESS per reference A4 3 f Risk Assessment The safety officer shall assign a RAC to each identified hazard that cannot be corrected immediately The RAC provides a measure of the degree of risk associated with a deficiency by combining both the severity of the hazard and the mishap probability The RAC provides a priority for the correction of deficiencies The RAC is derived as follows A4 5 1 Hazard Severity OPNAVINST 5100 19E 30 May 2007 The hazard severity is an assessment of the worst reasonably expected consequence defined by degree of i
454. ts and records are critical elements of the exposure assessment process Reports and records are needed to ensure effective communication of workplace findings and successful continuity of the industrial hygiene program d Baseline Industrial Hygiene Surveys Each ship and submarine shall arrange for a baseline industrial hygiene survey This survey may be scheduled and obtained through the supporting Navy Environmental and Preventive Medicine Unit NAVENPVNTMEDU or Bureau of Medicine and Surgery BUMED medical treatment facility MTF The survey will consist of the following elements 1 A detailed hazard evaluation of all operations which present a potential for exposure to hazardous chemicals and or harmful ergonomic physical e g noise heat stress or biological agents 2 When sampling is warranted to quantitatively characterize workplace exposures collect samples per reference A3 8 Navy occupational exposure limits OELs and Federal Occupational Safety and Health Administration OSHA permissible exposure limits PELs will be determined using chapter 16 of reference A3 7 Reference A3 9 provides requirements for submarine atmosphere sampling and guidance for submarine unique PELSs The survey shall include a list of exposures that require routine monitoring e g exposure monitoring plan 3 An assessment of the effectiveness of general and local exhaust ventilatio
455. tures scrap waste debris samples and other products containing asbestos materials Print the warning labels in letters of sufficient size and contrast as to be readily visible and legible Include the following information DANGER CONTAINS ASBESTOS FIBERS AVOID CREATING DUST CANCER AND LUNG DISEASE HAZARD c Adherence to Prescribed Work Practices The work processes for asbestos removal or repair are specific to the type of asbestos work protocol See the appropriate appendix for SOPs for each work protocol 1 Appendix B1 B details SOPs for ship s force asbestos work 2 Appendix B1 C is the SOP for EART work processes d Proper Stowage and Offloading of Materials Containing Asbestos 1 Stowage of Unused Asbestos Containing Gasket Materials and Packing Stow asbestos containing gasket material and packing e g Garlock sheets in double heavy duty six millimeters thickness plastic bags or other suitable impermeable containers The storage material must be leak tight All bags or containers must be provided with standard asbestos labels paragraph BO104b 3 b Exercise care in order to prevent bags and other containers from rupturing when being transported and stowed 2 Handling Packaging and Offloading of Removed ACM Adequately wet ACM during removal and maintain wet through disposal Dispose of the wet waste material in double heavy duty six millimeters thickne
456. ty for Medical Facilities This instruction provides laser safety guidance for medical facilities It applies to all medical treatment and laboratory activities using lasers or laser systems This instruction does not apply to the use of lasers or laser systems for military industrial or non medical research applications SECNAVINST 5100 14C Military Exempt Lasers The purpose of this instruction is to implement DoD Instruction 6055 11 provide policy and assign responsibilities per SECNAVINST 5100 10G for individual Navy laser products that are exempt from portions of the radiation safety performance standards of code of federal regulations title 21 Actions required by this instruction apply to all Navy and Marine Corps activities that procure fabricate possess use store or dispose of laser products that are designed for combat combat training or classified in the interest of national security Laser products used in research development test or evaluation and which are components of systems intended for combat combat training or classified are included All other laser products must comply fully with code of federal regulations title 21 and are not within the scope of this instruction B9 A 6 OPNAVINST 5100 19E 30 May 2007 MIL HDBK 828A Laser Safety on Ranges and in Other Outdoors Areas The purpose of this handbook is to provide uniform guidance in evaluations for
457. uestioned by the test conductor regarding the comfort of the respirator upon completion of the protocol If it has become unacceptable another model of respirator shall be tried The respirator shall not be adjusted once the fit test exercises begin Any adjustment voids the test and the fit test must be repeated B6 C 4 OPNAVINST 5100 19E 30 May 2007 2 Isoamyl Acetate IAA Fit Test Note This protocol is not appropriate to use for the fit testing of particulate respirators If used to fit test particulate respirators the respirator must be equipped with an organic vapor filter Odor Threshold Screening Odor threshold screening performed without wearing a respirator is intended to determine if the individual tested can detect the odor of isoamyl acetate at low levels a Three 1 liter glass jars with metal lids are required b Odor free water e g distilled or spring water at approximately 25 degrees C 77 degrees F shall be used for the solutions Cc The isoamyl acetate IAA also known at isopentyl acetate stock solution is prepared by adding 1 ml of pure IAA to 800 ml of odor free water in a one liter jar closing the lid and shaking for 30 seconds A new solution shall be prepared at least weekly d The screening test shall be conducted in a room separate from the room used for actual fit testing The two rooms shall be well ventilated to prevent th
458. uired eye protective equipment All eye and face protection including safety glasses frames ballistic eye protection devices chemical splash goggles welding and chipping goggles welding helmets and face shields shall be labeled Z87 or Z87 indicating compliance with American National Standards Institute ANSI standard ANSI Z87 Such eye and face protection equipment is available through the supply system or open purchase Appendix B5 A contains information that describes the types of protective eyewear frequently used on board ships b Prescription Protective Eyewear As determined by the safety officer and MDR prescription safety glasses may be necessary for some individuals Prescription protectiv yewear shall be obtained through the medical department Open purchase B5 4 OPNAVINST 5100 19E 30 May 2007 procedures may be used to obtain refractive services and prescription safety lenses The eyewear prescription form DD 771 or as designated by the Bureau of Medicine and Surgery BUMED will be used in all services and equipment procurement The prescription and procurement forms shall be entered into the crew member s medical record Prescription protectiv yewear is only indicated when the individual is required to wear safety glasses for a significant portion of their daily work e g at all times while in a shipyard or routinely machining materials For intermitt
459. uncontaminated air Local exhaust ventilation is the removal of an airborne substance at its source or point of generation Local exhaust ventilation is the preferred and more economical method The use of general ventilation should be limited to the control of heat humidity or low toxicity materials if no other ventilation is possible Ventilation requirements for airborne substance control must be determined through an industrial hygiene survey c Administrative Control This method of abatement employs special operating procedures to reduce the exposure of individuals to hazards Examples include limiting access to high hazard areas or adjusted work schedules Adjusted work schedules are appropriate only when the hazard is recognized as having a limit below which all personnel may be repeatedly exposed without adverse effect The amount of time by which a limit may be exceeded for short periods without injury depends on several factors such as the nature of the hazard whether or not the effects are cumulative the frequency with which the hazard occurs and the duration of the hazard All factors must be taken into consideration in determining whether a hazardous condition exists and whether or not exposures above the limit are permitted Do not allow exposures above established limits without the commanding officer s approval A4 3 OPNAVINST
460. ur If after determining personnel stay times per this section a heat exhaustion or heat stroke occurs then the stay times for all other personnel in the space shall immediately be reduced by recalculating stay times using the next numerically higher PHEL curve than specified by table B2 A 1 The work and health status of the individual suffering the injury shall be reviewed W S hen the cause of the injury has been reasonably resolved the tay times for personnel in the space shall be determined using the latest WBGT index and the normally appropriate curves as indicated in table B2 A 1 4 WBGT PHEL Determination The heat stress surveyor shall use the PHEL table table B2 A 2 To use the PHEL table the heat stress surveyor must first round the recorded WBGT index to the next higher whole number value This can be done easily as the WBGT index is recorded in tenths of a degree F For example 85 1 degrees Fahrenheit would be rounded to 86 degrees Fahrenheit and 89 9 degrees Fahrenheit would be rounded to 90 degrees Fahrenheit but 92 0 degrees Fahrenheit would remain 92 degrees Fahrenheit Using the whole number value of the WBGT index the heat stress surveyor would obtain the permissible stay time in hours and minutes under the column for the PHEL curve determined using table B2 A 2 Hence for a B2 20 OPNAVINST 5100 19E 30 May 2007 recorded WBGT index of 85 1
461. urers Nomenclature NSN OPNAVINST 5100 19E 30 May 2007 Type of Protector Federal Nomenclature 10 Ti 12 13 14 Silaflex Blister Pack 6515 00 133 5416 EAR or Deci Damp 6515 00 137 6345 Sound Ban 6515 00 392 0726 6515 00 181 8058 Straightaway Muffs 4240 00 759 3290 4240 00 674 5379 4240 00 979 4040 Ear Plug Cases 6515 01 100 1674 Circumaural Muff 4240 00 22 2946 Non Hardening Silicone Foam Plastic High Performance Circumaural Muffs For 9 AN 2 For 9 AN 2 Plug Ear Noise Protection Cylindrical Disposable 200 s Plug Ear Noise Universal Size Yellow 200 pr Headband Earcaps Plug Ear Hearing Protection Universal Size Aural Protector Sound 372 9 AN 2 Replacement Filler Dome Replacement Seal Dome Case Earplug Aural Protector Sound Headband Napeband POSITIVE AND NEGATIVE FEATURES OF HEARING PROTECTIVE DEVICES Type Wear Earplug V 51R or Triple Flange Headband Ear Caps Sound Ban Circumaural Muffs One single type of hearing protectiv Positive After adaptation can be used for long periods Relatively inexpensive Quickly fitted without touching Comfortable May be worn over plugs Most universal fit for most users Negative Individual fitting Length of Wear Long term by medical personnel May cause initial soreness irritation Uncomfortable after 1 hour Expensiv
462. use and therefore does not indicate that an individual is overexposed to lead b Within five days of receipt of blood lead monitoring results the command shall notify affected personnel in writing of his her blood lead if their blood lead level is at or above 30 ug 100gm Notification should include the criteria for removal from lead work and if appropriate notification that the person is being temporarily removed from lead exposure per reference B10 2 If an individual is pregnant she should be counseled on the possible adverse affects to the pregnancy or fetus A decision regarding any action to be taken will be made by the physician on a case by case basis c All records of examinations possible lead related conditions related laboratory results and all forms and correspondence related to the person s medical history shall become a permanent part of the health record and be retained for the period of naval service plus 20 years or 40 years after the date of the last entry whichever is longer B1009 WRITTEN COMPLIANCE PLAN The supporting industrial hygiene officer or industrial hygienist shall prepare a written compliance plan for processes that produce exposures in excess of the PEL as specified in reference B10 2 The ship only needs a lead compliance plan if lead processes are identified during the baseline industrial hygiene sur
463. use them NRMPs are issued to Navy and Marine Corps commands by the Naval Radiation Safety Committee NRSC per references B9 1 B9 2 and B9 3 The NRSC is chaired by the Director Environmental Readiness Division N45 Regulatory Commission Committee NRC Office of the Chief of Naval Operations Under the master materials license issued by the Nuclear to the Naval Radiation Safety a NRMP is equivalent to a NRC license f Non ionizing radiation is energy that propagates through space in the form of electromagnetic waves but possesses insufficient energy to ionize the material through which it passes portion of Non ionizing radiation comprises th the EMR spectrum as shown in figure B9 1 lower energy Figure B9 1 A Summary of the Electromagnetic Spectrum and Relationships of Wavelength A Energy Frequency E Direct Current v and Energy E Approximate Description Voltage Current x Resistance 1 2E 13 zZ oO Z 1 2E 05 Radiowaves Radar 3 MHz 1 2E 05 3 0 E 04 1 2E 02 300 GHz Microwaves Infra Red 4 3E 05 7 5E 05 Visible OZ N Z0O 1 7E 06 9 6E 06 Ultra violet Lowest lonization Energy 4 8E 09 Mammography X rays 1 2E 10 7 2E 10 Dental Medical X rays 1 6E 11 Cs 137 Gamma Ray 3 0E 11 Co 60 Gamma Ray E L E c T R O M A G N E T l c R A
464. uum all dusty surfaces or wet and wipe them down with a damp rag Dispose of damp rag s as ACM h Remove gloves and dispose of as ACM i Clean all tools and decontaminate with damp rags Dispose of rags as ACM jJ Personnel shall wash their hands upon completion of tile mastic removal action and before eating and drinking chewing gum or tobacco or applying cosmetics 5 Offload Dispose of removed tile and mastic material and any scrap materials as ACM Handle all rags disposable clothing and respirator cartridges as ACM Once all asbestos waste is collected place in an impermeable ACM labeled bag and thoroughly wet waste Tape off the bag and place in second approved and appropriately labeled bag double bag Seal up the second bag with tape and place in ACM marked barrel container for offload Seal all bags with a J or goose neck seal Properly label the waste bag per B0104b 3 b B1 B 5 OPNAVINST 5100 19E 30 May 2007 6 Medical Surveillance Medical surveillance is not required for this type of operation 7 Training All personnel performing replacement of limited amounts of asbestos containing floor tile shall be trained on this standard operating procedure prior to performing the operation Accomplish training as follows For ships with no EART this training shall be accomplished by the safety officer or engineer officer as on the job training using the Standard Operating Proc
465. val Safety Center website at http www safetycenter navy mil afloat checklists f Specified Support Areas Specified support areas are concerned with those aspects of the SOH program requiring special attention or technical expertise The Commander Naval Sea Systems Command Commander Naval Air Systems Command Chief Bureau of Medicine and Surgery Naval Safety Center and the Chief Naval Education and Training in coordination with or at the A2 4 OPNAVINST 5100 19E 30 May 2007 direction of respective primary program sponsors develop procedures SOH standards and instructions for the specified support areas The designated officials will carry out these responsibilities as follows 1 Commander Naval Sea Systems Command COMNAVSEASYSCOM and Commander Naval Air Systems Command COMNAVAIRSYSCOM ensure that a SOH aspects are considered in the design and engineering of all ships and aircraft weapons or weapon systems equipment materials supplies and facilities which are acquired constructed or provided through COMNAVSEASYSCOM COMNAVAIRSYSCOM bo Engineering control of significant occupational health problems such as noise asbestos and hazardous materials is emphasized 2 Bureau of Medicine and Surgery BUMED BUMED provides support in all aspects of occupational health including occupational medicine industrial hygiene and
466. valuation Central to the command s investigation will be a determination of the degree of laser exposure incurred since such incidents often involve emotional concerns or health worries which cannot be easily addressed when measurement data is not available Performing laser measurement assessments are often beyond the technical capabilities of the local command or the nearby medical facility B9 25 OPNAVINST 5100 19E 30 May 2007 6 In cases where it is necessary to reconstruct events or reestablish equipment configuration for conducting a laser exposure assessment the accuracy of the recreation is crucial to the validity of the subsequent measurements The command s investigating officer should apply particular attention to obtaining written statements from those involved giving detailed descriptions of the sequence of events exposure times and equipment set ups as well as obtaining appropriate charts diagrams or photographs indicating the locations of exposed personnel 7 The command shall submit a final report on the laser incident to the Commander Naval Safety Center and to the Bureau of Medicine and Surgery Code M342 with copies to appropriate headquarters and systems commands within 30 days of the incident 8 Investigation of incidents involving alleged or actual laser exposure shall include as a minimum the foll
467. versight of subordinate commands SOH programs and coordination of matters of mutual concern are the primary responsibilities of TYCOMs Accordingly TYCOMs shall 1 Ensure that subordinate commands implement the SOH afloat program Program oversight shall be in accordance with reference A2 1 2 Assign TYCOM SOH responsibilities to qualified personnel as a primary duty billet If the TYCOM safety officer has not previously attended this course ensure newly assigned TYCOM safety officer s attends the Afloat Safety Officer course A 4J 0020 or Submarine Safety Officer course F 4J 0020 as appropriate prior to or within six months of assignment 3 Provide SOH assist visits upon request 4 Coordinate and promote those aspects of the SOH program of mutual concern to forces afloat 5 Coordinate industrial hygiene support and minimally retain cover letter s executive summaries or electronic versions of industrial hygiene surveys for units under their cognizance 6 Ensure timely thorough safety investigations are conducted in accordance with reference A2 7 A2 3 OPNAVINST 5100 19E 30 May 2007 e Immediate Superiors in Command ISICs shall 1 Assign SOH responsibilities to qualified personnel Ensure that the ISIC safety officer attends the Afloat Safety Officer Course A 4J 0020 or Submarine Safety Officer Course F 43 0020 as appropriate prior to or within six months of assignment
468. vey These plans shall include the following items at a minimum a A description of each operation in which lead is emitted e g machinery used material processed controls in place crew size employee job responsibilities operating procedures and maintenance practices b A description of the specific means that will be employed to achieve compliance including engineering plans and B10 9 OPNAVINST 5100 19E 30 May 2007 studies used to determine methods selected for controlling exposure to lead C A report of the technology considered in meeting the permissible exposure limit d Air monitoring data that documents the source of lead emission e A detailed schedule for implementation of the program including documentation such as copies of purchase orders for equipment construction contracts etc f A work practice program which includes items required under paragraphs g h and i of reference B10 2 g An administrative control schedule required by paragraph e 6 of reference B10 2 if applicable and h Other relevant information The supporting industrial hygiene officer industrial hygienist shall review written plans and update as necessary at least every six months to reflect the current status B1010 TRAINING a All personnel who are potentially exposed to lead at or above the AL and their supervisors shall receive initial training prior
469. wash shall be free of trip hazards or overhead strike hazards and positioned in such a way as to pose no hazard to the user e g near electrical fixtures down a ladder through a door obstructed in a confined area 6 The unit shall be positioned with the eyewash nozzle s not less than 33 inches or more than 45 inches above the deck and six inches minimum from the nearest wall or obstruction 7 Eyewash nozzles shall be protected from airborne contaminants and debris Whatever means is used to afford such protection plastic caps cups cover its removal shall not require a separate motion by the operator when activating the unit B5 6 OPNAVINST 5100 19E 30 May 2007 8 The eyewash shall deliver tepid flushing water 60 100 degrees Fahrenheit Temperatures in excess of 100 degrees Fahrenheit have proven harmful to the eyes and can enhance chemical interaction with the eyes and skin 9 Potable water valves to eyewash stations and deluge showers shall be locked open with a metal tamper proof lanyard and marked as a W or circle W fitting 10 All emergency eyewash and shower equipment must be maintained through the planned maintenance system PMS 11 Clearly mark eyewash stations with a green sign with white lettering stating EMERGENCY EYEWASH STATION These signs are available through the supply system under NSN 9905 01 345 4521 Post signs
470. who routinely work with class IIIb and class IV industrial lasers where access to an unenclosed beam path is possible c Other laser workers or personnel where th potential for accidental exposure is deemed very unlikely generally do not require medical surveillance For example 1 Personnel who work with class I or class II lasers or with laser systems containing class III or class IV lasers when there is little or no potential for exposure to the open laser beam 2 Visitors or other personnel involved infrequently in laser testing demonstrations or training when the LSSO has ensured such personnel will be protected from exposure to levels of laser radiation greater than the MPE limit 3 Supervisory B9 21 OPNAVINST 5100 19E 30 May 2007 clerical and custodial personnel working in laser areas where laser safety procedures preclude their exposure to levels of laser radiation above the MPE limit 4 Operators of fielded military laser systems when operations are conducted on established laser ranges or as part of training operations where prescribed laser safety procedures are enforced 5 Personnel involved in force on force laser training exercises where appropriate protection is established either in the form of administrative controls or procedures or where laser protective eyewear is provided B0906 RADIATION INCIDENTS
471. x A5 C A5 4 OPNAVINST 5100 19E 30 May 2007 b A number of safety periodicals are available to afloat commands Articles from these periodicals can be used for general command safety training division safety training and plan of the day notes 1 Ships Safety Bulletin Issued quarterly by COMNAVSAFECEN Contains articles on shipboard safety problems accident trends and current technical information 2 SeaShore Magazine Issued quarterly by COMNAVSAFECEN Publicizes fleet wide safety programs and provides information on afloat and shore mishap prevention Also contains shore hazard information and mishap statistics about occupational safety and health fire motor vehicles weapons and explosives and off duty and recreational topics Issued by COMNAVSAFECEN 3 Approach Issued quarterly by COMNAVSAFECEN Aviation mishap prevention for naval aviators flight officers and air crewmen 4 Mech Issued quarterly by COMNAVSAFECEN Articles on hazards policy and equipment information pertinent to readiness and safety in aviation maintenance at all levels of responsibility 5 FLASH Factual Lines About Submarine Hazards Issued quarterly by COMNAVSAFECEN A mishap prevention bulletin containing a summary of research from selected reports of submarine hazards It is intended to give advanced coverage of safety related information while reducing reading time 6 Diving Safety Lines DSL Issued qu
472. y Harness Complete Fall Assembly work safety Protection lanyard 4240 00 402 4514 Equipment Safety Harness 4240 00 022 2522 Safety Lanyard gt Nylon Rope NEW NSN TBD Safety Lanyard 1 Strap Nylon NEW NSN TBD Climber Safety Sleev 4240 01 042 9688 6 Personal Life Preserver Flotation Vest Foam Pack Devices Inherently Buoyant 4220 00 200 0538 KAPOK MIL L 18045 TYPE I is being replaced with Life Preserver Vest Inherently Buoyant Stearns I600 ORG NLT 4220 01 485 1138 Life Preserver MK1 Auto Inflatable Complete 4220 01 487 XXXX series Surface ships use AEL s 2 330014161 through 2 330014166 Submarines use the green color MK 1 only AEL 2 330013101 Also see Naval Ships Technical Manual chapter 077 for additional information on personal protectiv quipment EX National Stock Numbers NSN are subject to change Recheck Numbers prior to ordering B12 A 3 Indicate by an X the answer to each of the questions below Ifa gq OPNAVINST 5100 19E 30 May 2007 Appendix B12 B PERSONAL PROTECTIVE CLOTHING AND EQUIPMENT CHECKLIST is not applicable to the command indicate by NA in the YES block or describe the condition warranting any NO answer on the space provided at the end of the checklist or on additional sheets if necessary uestion Explain The location of the NAVOSH Manual reference for any question is provided at the end of the question YES NO
473. y the OSHA compliance official during the inspection investigation provided proper security clearances are verified If there is no authorized employee representative the OSHA compliance official is authorized to consult with a reasonable number of employees only contractor or Navy civilian concerning matters of health and safety in the pertinent workplace 9 OSHA compliance officials are authorized to question privately the contractor contractor employee Navy civilian employee or their authorized representatives b Unless specifically requested by the responsible OSHA official commanders and ship commanding officers shall not provide contractors with advance notice of OSHA inspections except in cases of apparent imminent danger to Navy or contractor employees Any person who violates the foregoing is subject to a fine of not more than 1 000 or to imprisonment of not more than six months or both c Report in writing to the CNO full information regarding any OSHA inspection investigation aboard ship with a copy to COMNAVSEASYSCOM and the chain of command A0310 MEDICAL SURVEILLANCE a Purpose The medical surveillance program is designed to monitor the continuance of the health of individuals in the fleet and serve the following purposes 1 Job certification recertification to determine an individual s fitness to begin or continue to perform a job safely and effectively A
474. y working conditions for personnel and enhance operational readiness and mission accomplishments by establishing an aggressive safety and occupational health SOH program that will reduce occupational injuries illnesses or deaths and material loss or damage The safety aspects of the program address the elimination or control of hazards that can result in immediate injury or death The occupational health aspects are primarily concerned with the identification elimination or control of hazardous chemical physical and biological agents with potentially adverse health effects Also included is the diagnosis and treatment of work related illnesses and injuries A successful Navy SOH program that reduces work related injuries and illnesses results when the program is emphasized at every level of the organization The Navy is in accordance with this principle and the overall responsibility for the SOH program is vested in the Secretary of the Navy and implemented through the chain of command The maintenance of safe and healthful working conditions is a responsibility of the chain of command A0202 OVERALL NAVY PROGRAM a The Assistant Secretary of the Navy Installations and Environment is the designated SOH official for the Department of the Navy b Chief of Naval Operations CNO is responsible for implementation and management of the SOH program and in coordination with the Co
475. yor shall use the most current heat stress survey and calculate stay times for ECC watchstanders using the ECC PHEL values in appendix B2 A The length of the exercises cannot exceed the watch PHEL stay times da In any space when the commanding officer determines that a heat stress situation may occur e As required for follow on surveys see paragraph B0204 c 5 B2 13 OPNAVINST 5100 19E 30 May 2007 5 Follow on Surveys Once a heat stress survey has been conducted follow on surveys for the remainder of that day shall be accomplished as identified belo w Surveys on the next day shall be conducted according to paragraph BO204 c 4 Follow on surveys shall be accomplished follows a For engineering space turbine and diesel powered ships 1 If the survey res time greater than the duration of the no time No further follow on surveys are hanging DB temperature increases by more survey 2 If the survey res time less than the duration of the manne then the watch work times shall be adjus PHEL stay times indicated by the WBGT only required if the DB temperature incr Fahrenheit or more from the hanging DB t previous survey If the hanging DB temp value in paragraph B0204c 4 and return time is desired a survey shall be condu using the WBGT meter as s on nuclear gas ulted in a PHEL stay rmal watch or work period and did not require a change from the no
476. ystems with high temperature cut off switches Beginning in fiscal year 2009 new and or upgraded portable breathing air compressor systems will be equipped or operated with carbon monoxide monitor and alarm systems during SCBA air cylinder charging operations 4 Action All levels of command shall implement and manage the SOH Program in compliance with the policies procedures actions and guidance set forth by this instruction Reference c provides guidance on records disposition and shall be followed by shore and afloat commands The policies procedures and actions prescribed here are published without the necessity for implementing instructions from the Echelon 2 commands bureaus and offices except where specifically directed However commands having significant SOH responsibilities should provide appropriate supplemental guidance 5 Forms and Reports a The following forms are available at Navy Forms On line https forme daps dla mil 1 OPNAV 3120 5 Safety Hazard Report S N 0107 LF 016 9300 2 OPNAV 4790 2K Ship s Maintenance Action Form 2 KILO S N 0107 LF 047 9011 3 OPNAV 5100 17 Heat Stress Monitoring Sheet OPNAVINST 5100 19E 30 May 07 4 OPNAV 5100 18 Used Hazardous Material Identification Label S N 0107 LF 127 4700 5 OPNAV 6260 2 Caution Asbestos Dust Hazard Sign S N 0107 LF 062 6010 b The following forms are available at the Dep

navy safety and occupational health (soh)

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents